WO2003053977A1 - Tetracyclic heterocompounds as estrogen receptor modulators - Google Patents

Tetracyclic heterocompounds as estrogen receptor modulators Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2003053977A1
WO2003053977A1 PCT/US2002/038486 US0238486W WO03053977A1 WO 2003053977 A1 WO2003053977 A1 WO 2003053977A1 US 0238486 W US0238486 W US 0238486W WO 03053977 A1 WO03053977 A1 WO 03053977A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
alkyl
group
phenyl
hydroxy
ethoxy
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2002/038486
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Ramesh M. Kanojia
Nareshkumar F. Jain
Raymond Ng
Zhihua Sui
Jiayi Xu
Original Assignee
Ortho-Mcneil Pharmaceutical, Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority to NZ533281A priority Critical patent/NZ533281A/en
Priority to CA002471107A priority patent/CA2471107A1/en
Priority to MXPA04006034A priority patent/MXPA04006034A/en
Priority to IL16229502A priority patent/IL162295A0/en
Priority to EP02797167A priority patent/EP1467998B1/en
Priority to SI200230339T priority patent/SI1467998T1/en
Priority to BR0215152-9A priority patent/BR0215152A/en
Priority to HU0500103A priority patent/HUP0500103A3/en
Application filed by Ortho-Mcneil Pharmaceutical, Inc. filed Critical Ortho-Mcneil Pharmaceutical, Inc.
Priority to DE60210333T priority patent/DE60210333T2/en
Priority to JP2003554693A priority patent/JP2005513133A/en
Priority to AU2002362041A priority patent/AU2002362041A1/en
Publication of WO2003053977A1 publication Critical patent/WO2003053977A1/en
Priority to HK05101213A priority patent/HK1068875A1/en
Priority to CY20061100768T priority patent/CY1105361T1/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D493/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system
    • C07D493/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D493/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/08—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the prostate
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00—Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00—Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • A61P15/18—Feminine contraceptives
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/02—Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/08—Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease
    • A61P19/10—Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease for osteoporosis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/28—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/06—Antihyperlipidemics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P5/00—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
    • A61P5/24—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the sex hormones
    • A61P5/30—Oestrogens
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system

Definitions

  • the present invention is directed to novel heteroatom containing tetracyclic derivatives, pharmaceutical compositions containing them, their use in the treatment of disorders mediated by one or more estrogen receptors and processes for their preparation.
  • the compounds of the invention are thus useful for the treatment and/or prevention of disorders associated with estrogen depletion (including, but not limited to hot flashes, vaginal dryness, osteopenia, osteoporosis, hyperiipidemia, loss of cognitive function, degenerative brain diseases, cardiovascular and cerebrovascular diseases); for the treatment of hormone sensitive cancers and hyperplasia (in tissues including breast, endometrium, and cervix in women and prostate in men); for the treatment and prevention of endometriosis, uterine fibroids, and osteoarthritis; and as contraceptive agents either alone or in combination with a progestogen or progestogen antagonist.
  • disorders associated with estrogen depletion including, but not limited to hot flashes, vaginal dryness, osteopenia, osteoporosis, hyperiipidemia, loss
  • Estrogens are a group of female hormones essential for the reproductive process and for the development of the uterus, breasts, and other physical changes associated with puberty. Estrogens have an effect on various tissues throughout a woman's body, not only those involved in the reproductive process, such as the uterus, breasts, and external genitalia, but also tissues in the central nervous system, bones, the liver, skin, and the urinary tract. The ovaries produce most of the estrogens in a woman's body. Menopause is defined as the permanent cessation of menses due to loss of ovarian follicular function and the near complete termination of estrogen production.
  • the midlife transition of menopause is characterized by a decrease in estrogen that provokes both short-term and long-term symptoms with the vasomotor, urogenital, cardiovascular, skeletal and centra nervous systems, such as hot flushes, urogenital atrophy, increased risk of cardiovascular disease, osteoporosis, cognitive and psychological impairment, including an increased risk of cognitive disorders and Alzheimer's disease (AD).
  • AD Alzheimer's disease
  • Urogenital symptoms associated with the onset of menopause involving the vagina include a sensation of dryness, burning, itching, pain during intercourse, superficial bleeding and discharge, along with atrophy and stenosis.
  • Symptoms involving the urinary tract include a burning sensation during urination, frequent urgency, recurrent urinary tract infections, and urinary incontinence. These symptoms have been reported to occur in up to 50% of all women near the time of menopause and are more frequent a few years after menopause. If left untreated, the problems can become permanent.
  • Heart attack and stroke are major causes of morbility and mortality among senior women.
  • Female morbility from these diseases increases rapidly after menopause. Women who undergo premature menopause are at greater coronary risk than menstruating women of similar age.
  • the presence of serum estrogen has a positive effect on serum lipids. The hormone promotes vasodilation of blood vessels, and enhances the formation of new blood vessels. Thus the decrease in serum estrogen levels in postmenopausal women results in adverse cardiovascular effect. Additionally, it is theorized that differences in the ability of blood to coagulate may account for the observed difference in the occurrence of heart disease before and after menopause.
  • the skeleton is under a continuous process of bone degeneration and regeneration in a carefully regulated interaction among the bone cells. These cells are directly affected by estrogen. Estrogen deficiency results in a loss of bone structure, and decrease of bone strength. Rapid loss of bone mass during the year immediately following menopause leads to postmenopausal osteoporosis and increased risk of fracture.
  • Estrogen deficiency is also one of the causes for the degenerative changes in the central nervous system and may lead to Alzheimer's disease (AD) and decline of cognition. Recent evidence suggests an association between estrogen, menopause and cognition. More particularly, it has been reported that estrogen replacement therapy and the use of estrogen in women may prevent the development of AD and improve cognitive function.
  • HRT Hormone replacement therapy
  • ERT estrogen replacement therapy
  • ERT effectively relieves the climacteric symptoms and urogenital symptoms and has shown some benefits in the prevention and treatment of heart disease in postmenopausal women.
  • Clinical reports have shown that ERT lowered heart attack rates and mortality rates in populations that received ERT versus similar populations not on ERT. ERT initiated soon after menopause may also help maintain bone mass for several years.
  • Controlled investigations have shown that treatment with ERT has a positive effect even in older women up to age of 75 years.
  • Raloxifene a nonsteroidal benzothiophere SERM is marketed in the US and Europe for the prevention and treatment of osteoporosis under the trademark of Evista®.
  • Raloxifene has been shown to reduce bone loss and prevent fracture without adversely stimulating endometrial and mammary tissue, though raloxifene is somewhat less efficacious than ERT for protecting against bone loss.
  • Raloxifene is unique and differs significantly from ERT in that it does not stimulate the endometrium and has the potential for preventing breast cancer.
  • Raloxifene has also demonstrated beneficial estrogen agonist effects on cardiovascular risk factors, more specifically through a rapid and sustained decrease in total and low- density lipoprotein cholesterol levels in patients treated with raloxifene.
  • raloxifene has been shown to reduce plasma concentration of homocysteine, an independent risk factor for atherosclerosis and thromboembolic disease.
  • raloxifene has been reported to exacerbate symptoms associated with menopause such as hot flushes and vaginal dryness, and does not improve cognitive function in senior patients. Patients taking raloxifene have reported higher rates of hot flashes compared with either placebo or ERT users and more leg cramps than placebo users, although women who took ERT had a higher incidence of vaginal bleeding and breast discomfort than raloxifene or placebo users.
  • the present invention is directed to a compound of formula (I)
  • ⁇ represents a single or double bond
  • X is selected from the group consisting of O and S and Y is selected from the group consisting of CR A R B , CR A R B (CR A R B ) 1 . 2 (preferably CR A R B (CR A R B ) 1 - 2 is selected from -CR A R B (CH 2 ) ⁇ - 2 , -CH 2 CR A R B CH 2 -,- CR A R B - CH(OH)-CR A R B - or -CR A R B -CH 2 -CR A R B -), CR A R B C(0), CR A R B C(O)CR A R B (preferably CH 2 C(O)CH 2 ), and C(O); alternatively Y is selected from the group consisting of O and S and X is selected from the group consisting of CR A R B and C(O); provided that when X is S, then Y is selected from the group consisting of CR A R B , CR A R B (CR A R B ) ⁇ - 2 and CH
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, -C(0)-aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl and heteroaryl-alkyl; wherein the alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl or heteroaryl-alkyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, -SH, -S(alkyl), SO 2 , NO 2) CN, C0 2 H, R c , -OR c , -C(O)- OR c , -C(O)O-(alkyl)-NR D R E , -C(0)-NR D -(alkyl)-NR D R ⁇ , -C(O)- (heterocycloalkyl)-NR D R E , -C(0)-(heterocycloalkyl
  • R c is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl-alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-alkyl, heterocycloalkyl and heterocycloalkyl-alkyl; wherein the cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl-alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-alkyl, heterocycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl-alkyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, -SH, -S(alkyl), S0 2 , NO 2 , CN, CO 2 H, R c , - SO 2 -NR D R E , NR R E , NR D -SO 2 -R F , -(alkyl)r 4-C(O)-NR D R E , -(alkyl
  • R F is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl-alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-alkyl, heterocycloalkyl and heterocycloalkyl-alkyl; wherein the cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-alkyl, heterocycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl-alkyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, carboxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, nitro or cyano;
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, -C(O)-aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl and heteroaryl-alkyl; wherein the alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl or heteroaryl-alkyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, -SH, -S(alkyl), SO 2 , NO 2 , CN, CO 2 H, R c , -OR c , -C(O)- R c , -C(O)O-(alkyl)-NR D R E , -C(O)-NR D -(alkyl)-NR D R E , -C(O)-(heterocycloalkyl)- NR D R E , -C(0)-(heter
  • R 1 and R 2 are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are bound to form C(O); provided that when R 1 and R 2 are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are bound to form C(O) and X is selected from the group consisting of O and S, then Y is selected from the group consisting of CR A R B , CR A R B (CR A R B )i -2 , CR A R B C(O) and CH 2 C(O)CH 2 ; provided further that when R 1 and R 2 are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are bound to form C(O) and Y is selected from the group consisting of O and S, then X is selected from the group consisting of CR A R B ;
  • n is an integer selected from 0 to 4; each R 3 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, R c , amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, nitro, cyano, -C(O)R G , - C(O)OR G , -OC(O)R G , -OC(O)OR G , -OC(O)N(R G ) 2 , -N(R G )C(O)R G , -OSi(R G ) 3 , - OR G , -S0 2 N(R G ) 2 , -0-(alkyl) ⁇ - 4 -C(O)R G and -0-(alkyl) ⁇ -C(O)OR G ; wherein each R G is independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, aralkyl and 1 ,7,7-trimethyl-2-oxabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-3-one; wherein the al
  • m is an integer selected from 0 to 4; each R 4 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, R c , amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, nitro, cyano, -C(O)R G , - C(O)OR G -OC(O)R G , -OC(O)OR G , -OC(O)N(R G ) 2 , -N(R G )C(O)R G , -OSi(R G ) 3 , - OR G , -SO 2 N(alkyl) 2 , -0-(alkyl) 1 - 4 -C(O)R G and
  • n or m is an integer selected from 1 to 4; preferably, n is an integer from 1 to 4 and m is an integer from 1 to 4;
  • R 1 and R 2 are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are bound to form C(O), n is 0 and m is 2, then each R 4 is not hydroxy or alkoxy; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the present invention is further directed to a compound of formula (D)
  • A is selected from the group consisting of O and S;
  • D is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, acetyl, benzyl, benzoyl, SEM, MOM, BOM, TBS, TMS, pivaloyl and -C(O)R; wherein R is selected from alkyl, aryl, and substituted aryl; wherein the substituents on the aryl group are one or more independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, amino, alkylamino, di(alkyl)amino, nitro or cyano; each R 10 and R 11 is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, hydroxy substituted alkyl, alkoxy, -CH(OH)-aryl, -CHO, -C(O)- alkyl, -C(O)-aryl, -C(O)O-alkyl, -C(O)O-aryl, SEM, MOM, B
  • Z is selected from the group consisting of O and S; n is an integer selected from 0 to 4; each R 12 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, trialkylsilyl, acyloxy, benzoyloxy, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, SEMoxy, MOMoxy and pivaloyloxy; m is an integer selected from 0 to 4; each R 13 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, trialkylsilyl, acyloxy, benzoyloxy, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, SEMoxy, MOMoxy and pivaloyloxy; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the present invention is further directed to a compound of formula (Dl)
  • X is selected from the group consisting of O and S and Y is selected from the group consisting of CR A R B , CR A R B (CR A R B ) 1 . 2 (preferably
  • CR A R B (CR A R B ) 1 -2 is selected from -CR A R B (CH ) ⁇ - 2 , -CH 2 CR A R B CH 2 -,- CR A R B - CH(OH)-CR A R B - or -CR A R B -CH2-CR A R B -), CR A R B C(O), CR A R B C(O)CR A R B (preferably CH 2 C(O)CH 2 and C(O); alternatively Y is selected from the group consisting of O and S and X is selected from the group consisting of CR A R B and C(O); provided that when X is S, then Y is selected from the group consisting of CR A R B , CR A R B (CR A R B ) ⁇ -2 and CH 2 C(O)CH 2 ; provided further that when Y is S, then X is selected from the group consisting of CR A R B ; wherein each R A and R B is independently selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, alky
  • T is selected from the group consisting of ⁇ (aryl)-O-(alkyl)-NR D R E and - (aryl)-O-(alkyl)-OH; n is an integer selected from 0 to 4; each R 3 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, R c , amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, nitro, cyano, -C(O)R G , - C(O)OR G -OC(O)R G , -OC(0)OR G , -OC(O)N(R G ) 2> -N(R G )C(O)R G -OSi(R G ) 3 , - OR G , -SO 2 N(R G ) 2 , -0-(alkyl) ⁇ -4-C(O)R G and -O-(alkyl) 1 - 4 -C(O)OR G ; wherein R c is selected from the group consisting of alky
  • the present invention is further directed to a process for the preparation of a compound of formula (DX) wherein
  • ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ represents a single or double bond
  • X is selected from the group consisting of O and S; p is an integer from 0 to 2;
  • R A and R B are each independently selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl or alkoxy; provided that R A and R B are not each hydroxy;
  • Z is selected from the group consisting of O and S; n is an integer from 0 to 4; each R 12 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, trialkylsilyl, acyloxy, benzoyloxy, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, SEMoxy, MOMoxy and pivaloyloxy; m is an integer selected from 0 to 4; each R 13 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, trialkylsilyl, acyloxy, benzoyloxy, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, SEMoxy, MOMoxy and pivaloyloxy; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; comprising
  • the present invention is further directed to a process for the preparation of a compound of formula (DXI) wherein
  • ⁇ represents a single or double bond
  • X is selected from the group consisting of O and S;
  • U is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl
  • R A and R B are each independently selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl or alkoxy; provided that R A and R B are not each hydroxy;
  • Z is selected from the group consisting of O and S; n is an integer from 0 to 4; each R 12 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, trialkylsilyl, acyloxy, benzoyloxy, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, SEMoxy, MOMoxy and pivaloyloxy; m is an integer selected from 0 to 4; each R 13 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, trialkylsilyl, acyloxy, benzoyloxy, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, SEMoxy, MOMoxy and pivaloyloxy; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; comprising
  • the present invention is further directed to a process for the preparation of a compound of formula (C) wherein
  • X is selected from the group consisting of O and S;
  • Pg 1 is a protecting group selected from alkyl, allyl, benzyl, benzoyl, SEM,
  • V is a base cation selected from the group consisting of Li, Na and K; R A and R B are each independently selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl or alkoxy; provided that R A and R B are not each hydroxy; Z is selected from the group consisting of O and S; n is an integer from 0 to 4; each R 12 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, trialkylsilyl, acyloxy, benzoyloxy, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, SEMoxy, MOMoxy and pivaloyloxy; m is an integer selected from 0 to 4; each R 13 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, trialkylsilyl, acyloxy, benzoyloxy, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, SEMoxy, MOMoxy and pivaloyloxy; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; comprising
  • the present invention is further directed to the product prepared accord liinnng t tno a annvy o off t thhee n prroocceesssseess d diisscclloosseedd h heerreeiinn.
  • Illustrative of the invention is a pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and any of the compounds described above.
  • An illustration of the invention is a pharmaceutical composition made by mixing any of the compounds described above and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • Illustrating the invention is a process for making a pharmaceutical composition comprising mixing any of the compounds described above and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • Exemplifying the invention are methods of treating a disorder mediated by one or more estrogen receptors in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of any of the compounds or pharmaceutical compositions described above.
  • Illustrating the invention is a method of contraception comprising administering to a subject in need thereof co-therapy with a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula (I) with a progestogen or progestogen antagonist.
  • Another example of the invention is the use of any of the compounds described herein in the preparation of a medicament for treating: (a) hot flashes, (b) vaginal dryness, (c) osteopenia, (d) osteoporosis, (e) hyperlipidemia, (f) loss of cognitive function, (g) a degenerative brain disorder, (h) cardiovascular disease, (i) cerebrovascular disease (j) breast cancer, (k) endometrial cancer, (I) cervical cancer, (m) prostate cancer, (n) benign prostatic hyperplasia, (o) endometriosis, (p) uterine fibroids, (q) osteoarthritis and for (r) contraception in a subject in need thereof.
  • the present invention is directed to a compound of formula (I)
  • the compounds of the present invention are further useful in the treatment and / or prevention of disorders associated with the depletion of estrogen, hormone sensitive cancers and hyperplasia, endometriosis, uterine fibroids, osteoarthritis and as contraceptive agents, alone or in combination with a progestogen or progestogen antagonist.
  • the compounds of the present invention are useful in the treatment and / or prevention of a condition or disorder selected from the group consisting of hot flashes, vaginal dryness, osteopenia, osteoporosis, " hyperlipidemia, loss of cognitive function, degenerative brain diseases, cardiovascular diseases, cerebrovascular diseases, cancer or hyperplasia of the breast tissue, cancer or hyperplasia of the endometrium, cancer or hyperplasia of the cervix, cancer or hyperplasia of the prostate, endometriosis, uterine fibroids and osteoarthritis; and as a contraceptive agent.
  • the disorder is selected from the group consisting of osteoporosis, hot flashes, vaginal dryness, breast cancer, and endometriosis.
  • the present invention is further directed to compounds of formula (D).
  • A, D, Z, R 10 , R 11 , n, R 12 , m and R 13 are as herein defined, useful as intermediates in the preparation of the compounds of formula (I).
  • the present invention is further directed to a compounds of formula (Dl)
  • X is selected from the group consisting of O and S and Y is selected from the group consisting of CR A R B , CR A R B (CH 2 ) ⁇ - 2 , CR A R B C(O) and C(O); alternatively Y is selected from the group consisting of O and S and X is selected from the group consisting of CR A R B and C(O); provided that when X is S, then Y is selected from the group consisting of CR A R B and CR A R B (CH 2 ) ⁇ - 2 ; provided further that when Y is S, then X is selected from the group consisting of CR A R B ; wherein each R A and R B is independently selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl or alkoxy; provided that R A and R B are not each hydroxy; Z is selected from the group consisting of O and S;
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl and heteroaryl-alkyl; wherein the cycloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl or heteroaryl-alkyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, -SH, -S(alkyl), SO 2 , NO 2 , CN, CO 2 H, R c , -OR c , -S0 2 -NR D R E , -NR D R E , NR D - SO 2 -R F , -(alkyl) 0 -4-C(O)NR D R E , (alkyl) (M -NR D -C(0)-R F I -(alkyl)o ⁇ Q)o- ⁇ -(alkyl)o.
  • R E 4-NR D R E , -(alkyl) 0 -4-(Q)o-r(alkyl)o-4-C(O)-OR F > -(alkyl)(M-(Q)o-i-(alkyl)o-4-C(O)- NR D R E or -(alkyl)( M -C(O)-(alkyl)o- 4 -C(O)-OR F ; wherein R c is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl-alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-alkyl, heterocycloalkyl and heterocycloalkyl-alkyl; wherein the cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl-alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-alkyl, heterocycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl-alkyl group is optionally substitute
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl and heteroaryl-alkyl; wherein the cycloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl or heteroaryl-alkyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, -SH, -S(alkyl), SO 2 , N0 2 , CN, C0 2 H, R c , -OR c , -SO 2 -NR D R E , -NR D R E , NR D - SO 2 -R F , -(alkyl) 0 -4-C(O)NR D R E , (alkyl ) 0 -4-NR D -C(O)-R F , -(alkyl) 0 -4-(Q)o. ⁇ -(alkyl)o-
  • each R G is independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, aralkyl and 1 ,7,7-trimethyl-2-oxabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-3-one; wherein the alkyl, aryl or aralkyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from alkyl, halogenated alkyl, alkoxy, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, -OC(O)-alkyl or -C(0)0-alkyl; alternatively two R G groups are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound to form a heterocycloalkyl group; wherein the heterocycloalkyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, carboxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, nitro or
  • X is CR A R B .
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of -CR A R B -CH 2 -, - CH 2 CR A R B CH 2 -, -CR A R B -CH(OH)-CR A R B - and -CR A R B -CH 2 -CR A R B -.
  • X is O
  • Z is O
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of-CH 2 -, - CH2CH2-, -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH(lower alkoxy)-, -CH(OH)-,-CH(lower alkyl)-,— CH C(0)-, -CH 2 C(O)CH 2 - and -CH 2 CH(OH)CH 2 -;
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of -CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH2CH2CH2, -CH(OCH 3 )-, -CH(OH)- ,-CH((CH(CH 3 ) 2 )- -CH 2 C(O)- f -CH 2 C(O)CH 2 - and CH 2 CH(OH)CH 2 -; more prefereably, Y is selected from the group consisting of -CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH
  • X is O
  • Z is O
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of - CH 2 -, -CH2CH 2 -, -CH(lower alkoxy)-, -CH(OH)-,-CH(lower alkyl)- and - CH 2 C(0)-; preferably Y is selected from the group consisting of-CH 2 -, - CH2CH2-, -CH(OCH 3 )-, -CH(OH)-,-CH((CH(CH 3 ) 2 )- and -CH 2 C(O)-; more preferably Y is selected from the group consisting of -CH 2 -, -CH(OCH 3 )- and - CH(OH)- «; more preferably still Y is selected from the group consisting of -CH 2 - and -CH(OH)-.
  • X is selected from the group consisting of O and S, preferably X is O.
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of O and S, preferably Y is O.
  • Z is O.
  • X is CR A R B .
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of CR A R B , CR A R B CH 2 and CR A R B C(O).
  • R A and R B are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl and alkoxy; provided that R A and R B are not each hydroxy.
  • R A and R B are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen hydroxy, isopropyl and methoxy; provided that both R A and R B are not hydroxy.
  • R A and R B are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxy and methoxy.
  • R is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, aryl, -C(O)-aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl and heteroaryl-(lower alkyl); wherein the lower alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl or heteroaryl-(lower alkyl) group is optionally substituted with one to two substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, -SH, -S(lower alkyl), SO 2 , NO 2 , CN, -C(0)-(lower alkyl), CO 2 H, R c , -SO 2 -NR D R E , -NR D R E , NR D -S0 2 -R F , -(alkyl) 0 .
  • R 1 is hydrogen and R 2 is in the R stereo-configuration. In another embodiment of the present invention R 1 is hydrogen and R 2 is in the S stereo-configuration.
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl and heteroaryl- (lower alkyl); wherein the aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl or heteroaryl-(lower alkyl) group is optionally substituted with one to two substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, -SH, -S(lower alkyl), SO 2 , NO 2 , CN, C0 2 H, R c , -S0 2 -NR D R E , -NR D R E , NR D -SO 2 -R F , -(alkyl) 0 - 4 - C(O)NR D R E , (alkyl) 0 - 4 -NR D -C(O)-R F , -(alkyl)o-4-(Q)o-r(alkyl) 0 -4-NR
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl and heteroaryl-(lower alkyl); wherein the aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl or heteroaryl-(lower alkyl) group is optionally substituted with one to two substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, -SH, -S(lower alkyl), SO 2 , NO 2 , CN, CO 2 H, R c or NR D R E , More preferably, R 1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and lower alkyl. More preferably still, R 1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and methyl.
  • R c is selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-(lower alkyl), heterocycloalkyl and heterocycloalkyl-(lower alkyl); wherein the aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-(lower alkyl), heterocycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl-(lower alkyl) group is optionally substituted with one to two substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, -SH, -S(alkyl), SO 2 , NO 2 , CN, C0 2 H, R c , -SO 2 -NR D R E , NR D -SO 2 -R F , -(alkyl)o-4-C(O)-NR D R E , - (alkyl)o-4-NR D -C(O)-R F , -
  • R c is selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-(lower alkyl), heterocycloalkyl and heterocycloalkyl-(Iower alkyl); wherein the aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl- (lower alkyl), heterocycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl-(lower alkyl) group is optionally substituted with one to two substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, -SH, -S(alkyl), SO 2 , NO 2 , CN, CO 2 H, R c or NR D R E .
  • R c is selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, and aralkyl. More preferably still, R c is selected from the group consisting of methyl, isopropyl and benzyl.
  • R D and R E are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and lower alkyl.
  • R D and R E are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound to form a 4 to 8 membered ring selected from the group consisting of heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl; wherein the heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl group is optionally substituted with one to two substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, carboxy, amino, (lower alkyl)-amino, di(lower alkyl)amino, nitro or cyano.
  • R D and R E are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound to form a 5 to 6 membered ring selected from the group consisting of heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl; wherein the heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl group is optionally substituted with one to two substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, carboxy, amino, (lower alkyl)-amino, di(lower alkyl)amino, nitro or cyano.
  • R D and R E are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, ethyl and isopropyl.
  • R D and R E are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound to form a 5 to 6 membered ring selected from the group consisting of heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl; wherein the heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl group is optionally substituted with one to two substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, oxo, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, carboxy, amino, (lower alkyl)-amino, di(lower alkyl)amino, nitro or cyano.
  • R D and R E are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound to form a 5 to 6 membered ring selected from the group consisting of azepanyl, morpholinyl, pyridyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl-2,6-dione and pyrrolidinyl-2,5-dione.
  • R F is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-(lower alkyl), heterocycloalkyl and heterocycloalkyl-(lower alkyl); wherein the aryl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-(lower alkyl), heterocycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl-(lower alkyl) group is optionally substituted with one to two substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, carboxy, amino, (lower alkyl)-amino, di(lower alkyl)amino, nitro or cyano.
  • R F is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl and heteroaryl; wherein the aryl is optionally substituted with a halogen. More preferably, R F is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, 4-fluorophenyl and 2- pyridyl.
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, lower alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl and heteroaryl-(lower alkyl); wherein the aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl or heteroaryl-(lower alkyl) group is optionally substituted with one to two substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, -SH, -S(lower alkyl), SO 2 , NO 2 , CN, CO 2 H, R c , -OR c , -SO 2 -NR D R E , -NR D R E , -(alkyl)o-4-C(0)NR D R E , (alkyl ⁇ -NR 0 - C(O)-R F , -(alkyl)o-4-(Q)o-r(alkyl)o-4-NR D R E , -(alkyl) (M -(Q)o
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, lower alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl and heteroaryl-(lower alkyl); wherein the aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl or heteroaryl-(lower alkyl) group is optionally substituted with one to two substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, -SH, -S(lower alkyl), SO 2 , N0 2 , CN, CO 2 H, R c , -OR c or - NR D R E .
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, aryl, 4-(1-heterocycloalkyl-alkoxy)-phenyl, 4-(di(alkyl)amino-alkoxy)-phenyl, 4- (di(alkyl)amino)-phenyl and 4-aralkyloxy-phenyl.
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, phenyl, 4-(1-piperidinyl-ethoxy)- phenyl, 4-(1 -pyrrolidinyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(4-mo ⁇ holinyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(1 - azepanyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(diethylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(dimethylamino- ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(dimethylamino)-phenyl, 4-benzyloxy-phenyl and 4-(1- piperidinyl-n-propoxy)-phenyl.
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, 4-(1-piperidinyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(1 -pyrrolidinyl- ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(4-morpholinyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(1-azepanyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(diethylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(dimethylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4- (dimethylamino)-phenyl and 4-(1-piperidinyl-n-propoxy)-phenyl.
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, 4-(1- piperidinyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(1 -pyrrolidinyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(4-morpholinyl- ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(1 -azepanyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(diethylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(dimethylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl and 4-(dimethylamino)-phenyl.
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, 4-(1- piperidinyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(1 -pyrrolidinyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(4-morpholinyl- ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(1 -azepanyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(dimethylamino-ethoxy)- phenyi and 4-(dimethylamino)-phenyl.
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of -(alkyl)o-4-(Q)o- ⁇ -(alkyl) 0 -4-NR D R E and -(alkyi)o- 4 -(Q) 0 - ⁇ - (alkyi)o- 4 -C(O)OR F .
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of -(alkyl)o-4-(Q)o-r(alkyl) 0 -4-NR D R E ; wherein R D and R E are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound to form a 5 to 7 membered ring selected from the group consisting of heteroaryl and heterocycloalkyl.
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, aryl, -C(O)-aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl and heteroaryl-(lower alkyl); wherein the lower alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl or heteroaryl-(lower alkyl) group is optionally substituted with one to two substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, -SH, -S(lower alkyl), SO 2 , NO 2 , CN, -C(O)-(lower alkyl), CO 2 H, R c , -OR c , -S0 2 -NR D R E , -NR D R E , -(alkyl) 0 - 4 -C(O)NR D R E , -C(O)O-(lower alkyl)-NR D R E
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, lower alkenyl, carboxy-lower alkyl, hydroxy-lower alkyl, aryl, 4-(1-N containing heterocycloalkyl (wherein said N containing heterocycloalkyl is bound through the N atom)-alkoxy)-phenyl, 4-(di(lower alkyl)amino-alkoxy)-phenyl, 4-(di(lower alkyl)amino)-phenyl, 4-aralkyloxy-phenyl, lower alkoxy-carbonyl-lower alkyl, 4- (lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy)-phenyl, di(lower alkyl)amino-(lower alkoxy)- carbonyl-(lower alkyl), (N containing heterocycloalkyl (wherein said N containing heterocycloalkyl is bound through the N atom))-(lower alkoxy)- carbonyl-(N containing
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, allyl, carboxymethyl, hydroxy-ethyi, 3-hydroxy-n-propyl, phenyl, 3-(1-piperidinyl- ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(1-piperidinyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, S-4-(piperidinyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, R-4-(piperidinyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(1-pyrrolidinyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(4- morpholinyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(1-azepanyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, R-4-(1 -azepanyl- ethoxy)-phenyl, S-4-(1 -azepanyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(diethylamino-ethoxy)- phenyl, 4-(dimethylamino-phenyl
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, 4-(1 -piperidinyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, R-4(piperidinyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, S-4-(piperidinyl- ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(1 -pyrrolidinyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(4-morpholinyi-ethoxy)- phenyl, 4-(1-azepanyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, R-4-(azepanyl-ethoxy)-ohenyl, S-4- (azepanyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(diethylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl ) 4-(dimethylamino- ethoxy)-phenyl, R-4-(dimethylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl, S-4-(dimethylamino- ethoxy)-phenyl,
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, 4-(1-piperidinyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, R-4-(piperidinyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, S-4- (piperidinyl-ethoxy)-phenyl), 4-(1-pyrrolidinyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(4-morpholinyl- ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(1-azepanyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, R-4-(azepanyl-ethoxy)-ohenyl, S-4-(azepanyi-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(dimethylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl, R-4- (dimethylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl, S-4-(dimethylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl, R-4- (diisopropylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl,
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of aryl substituted with -O-(alkyl)-NR D R E .
  • R 1 and R 2 are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are bound to form C(O) and Y is selected from the group consisting of CR A R B , CR A R B (CH 2 ) 1 - 2 , CR A R B C(O), CH 2 C(O)CH 2 and CH 2 CR A R B CH 2 , preferably CR A R B , CR A R B (CH 2 ) ⁇ - 2l CR A R B C(O) and CH 2 C(0)CH 2 .
  • R 1 and R 2 are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are bound to form C(O) and Y is selected from the group consisting fo CH 2 , CH 2 CH 2 , CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 , CH 2 C(O) and CH 2 C(O)CH 2 .
  • n is an integer selected from 0 to 2.
  • n is an integer selected from 0 to 1.
  • n is 1.
  • an R 3 substituent is bound at the 2-position of the core ring structure.
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, R c , amino, (lower alkyl)-amino, di(lower alkyl)amino, nitro, cyano, -OC(0)R G , -OC(O)OR G , -OC(O)N(R G ) 2 , -OSi(R G ) 3, - OR G , -O-(alkyl) 1 - 4 -C(O)R G and -O-(alkyl) 1 . 4 -C(0)0R G .
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, R c , - OC(O)R G , -OC(O)OR G , -OC(O)N(R G ) 2 , -OSi(R G ) 3 , -OR G , -0-(alkyl) 1-4 -C(O)R G and -O-(alkyl) M -C(O)OR G .
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, tri(lower alkyl)-siiyloxy, -OC(O)-(lower alkyl), -OC(O)- C(phenyl)-OC(O)-(lower alkyl), -OC(0)-(1 ,7,7-trimethyl-2- oxabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-3-one) and -OC(O)-C(CH 3 )(CF 3 )-phenyl.
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of fluoro, hydroxy, methoxy, t-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy, -OC(O)-methyl, -OC(0)-t-butyl, -OC(O)- C(phenyl)-OC(O)CH 3 , -OC(O)-(1,7,7-trimethyl-2-oxabicyclo[.2.1]heptan-3-one) and -OC(O)-C(CH 3 )(CF 3 )-phenyl. More preferably still, R 3 is selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, methoxy and -OC(O)-t-butyl. More preferably still, R 3 is selected from the group consisting of hydroxy and -OC(O)-t-butyl.
  • R G is selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl (preferably methyl), aryl, aralkyl and 1 ,7,7-trimethyl-2- oxabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-3-one; wherein the alkyl, aryl or aralkyl group is optionally substituted with one to two substituents independently selected from lower alkyl, halogenated lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, -OC(O)-(lower alkyl) and -C(0)O-(lower alkyl).
  • two R G groups are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound to form a 5 to 6 membered heterocycloalkyl group; wherein the heterocycloalkyl group is optionally substituted with one to two substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, carboxy, amino, (lower alkylamino, di(lower alkyl)amino, nitro or cyano.
  • R G is selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, aralkyl and 1 ,7,7-trimethyl-2-oxabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-3-one; wherein the aralkyl group is optionally substituted with lower alkyl, halogenated alkyl or -OC(O)- (lower alkyl). More preferably, R G is selected from the group consisting of methyl, t-butyl, -C(CH 3 )(CF 3 )-phenyl, -CH(OC(O)CH 3 )-phenyl and 1 ,7,7- trimethyl-2-oxabicyclo[2.2.1 ]heptan-3-one.
  • n is an integer selected from
  • n is an integer selected from 0 to 1. In another embodiment of the present invention, m is 1.
  • an R 4 substituent is bound at the 8- o orr 9- position of the core ring structure.
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, R c , amino, (lower alkyl)-amino, di(lower alkyl)amino, nitro, cyano, -0C(O)R G , -OC(0)OR G -OC(O)N(R G ) 2 , -OSi(R G ) 3l - OR G , -0-(alkyl) 1 . 4 -C(O)R G and -0- ⁇ alkyl) ⁇ -4-C(O)OR G .
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, R c , - OC(0)R G -OC(O)OR G , -OC(0)N(R G ) 2 , -OSi(R G ) 3 , -OR G , -O-(alkyl) 1 - 4 -C(O)R G and -O-(alkyl) 1 . 4 -C(O)OR G .
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, tri(lower alkyl)-silyloxy, -OC(O)-(lower alkyl), -OC(O)- C(phenyl)-OC(O)-(lower alkyl), -OC(O)-(1 ,7,7-trimethyl-2- oxabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-3-one) and -OC(0)-C(CH 3 )(CF 3 )-phenyl.
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, methyl, methoxy, t-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy, -OC(O)-methyl, -OC(O)-t-butyl, -OC(O)- C(phenyl)-OC(O)CH 3 , -OC(O)-(1 ,7,7-trimethyl-2-oxabicyclo[.2.1]heptan-3-one) and -OC(O)-C(CH 3 )(CF 3 )-pheny1. More preferably still, R 4 is selected from the group consisting of fluoro, hydroxy, methoxy and -OC(O)-t-butyl. More preferably still, R 4 is selected from the group consisting of hydroxy and - OC(O)-t-butyl.
  • X is selected from the group consisting of O and S and Y is selected from the group consisting of CR A R B , CR A R B (R A R B ) ⁇ - 2 , (preferably CR A R B (CR A R B ) ⁇ -2 is selected from -CR A R B (CH 2 ) ⁇ - 2 , -CH 2 CR A R B CH2-,- CR A R B - CH(OH)-CR A R B - or -CR A R B -CH 2 -CR A R B -), CR A R B C(0) and CR A R B C(O)CR A R B (preferably CH 2 C(O)CH 2 ); alternatively Y is selected from the group consisting of O and S and X is selected from the group consisting of CR A R B and C(O); provided that when X is S, then Y is selected from the group consisting of CR A R B , CR A R B (CR A R B )i -2 and CH 2 C(O)CH 2
  • each R 3 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, R c , amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, nitro, cyano, -C(O)R G , - C(O)OR G -OC(O)R G , -OC(O)OR G -OC(0)N(R G ) 2> -N(R G )C(O)R -OSi(R G ) 3 , - OR G , -SO 2 N(R G ) 2 , -O-(alkyl) ⁇ - 4 -C(O)R G and -O-(alkyl) ⁇ -4-C(O)OR G ; wherein R c is selected from
  • A is selected from the group consisting of O and S;
  • D is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, acetyl, benzoyl, SEM, MOM, BOM, TBS, pivaloyl and -C(O)R; wherein R is selected from alkyl, aryl, and substituted aryl; wherein the substituents on the aryl group are one or more independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, amino, alkylamino, di(alkyl)amino, nitro or cyano; each R 10 and R 11 is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, hydroxy substituted alkyl, alkoxy, -CH(OH)-aryl, -CHO, -C(O)- aryl, -C(O)O-alkyl, -C(0)O-aryl and pivaloyl; provided that R 10 and R 11 are not each hydroxy;
  • Z is selected from the group consisting of O and S; n is an integer selected from 0 to 4; each R 12 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, alkoxy, trialkylsilyl, acyloxy, benzoyloxy, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, SEMoxy, MOMoxy and pivaloyloxy; m is an integer selected from 0 to 4; each R 13 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, alkoxy, trialkylsilyl, acyloxy, benzoyloxy, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, SEMoxy, MOMoxy and pivaloyloxy;
  • R 10 and R 11 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy substituted alkyl, halogen substituted alkyl, -CHO, -CH(OH)-phenyl, aryl (wherein the aryl group is optionally substituted with a hydroxy, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl), -C(O)-alkyl, -C(0)-(halogen substituted alkyl), -C(0)-phenyl, - C(0)0-alkyl, -C(O)-(aikyl)-O-(alkyi),-C(0)0-phenyl, -(alkyl)-O-(alkyl) and - (alkyl)-O-(alkyl)-Si(alkyl) 3 .
  • R 10 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and bromo, preferably hydrogen; and R 11 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, bromo, iodo-methyl, chloromethyi, -CHO, -CH 2 OH, CH(OH)CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , -CH(OH)- phenyl, 4-hydroxy-phenyl, 4-methoxy-phenyl, 4-(methoxy-carbonyl)-phenyl, - C(0)-CH 2 -CI, -C(O)OCH 3 , -C(O)-CH 2 -O-CH 3 , -C(0)0-phenyl, -CH 2 -0-CH 3 and -CH 2 -0-CH 2 CH 2 -Si(CH 3 ) 3 .
  • R 10 and R 11 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy substituted alkyl, -CHO, -CH(OH)-phenyl, -C(0)-phenyl, -C(0)0-alkyl and -C(0)0-phenyl.
  • R 10 is hydrogen and R 11 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, bromine, - CHO, -CH 2 OH, CH(OH)CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , -CH(OH)-phenyl, -C(O)OCH 3 and - C(O)O-phenyl.
  • R 12 and R 13 are each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, aralkyloxy, SEMoxy MOMoxy, pivaloyloxy and -OSi(lower alkyl) 3 .
  • R 12 and R 13 are each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, methyl, methoxy, ethoxy, isopropyloxy, benzoyloxy, SEMoxy MOMoxy, pivaloyloxy and t-butyi-dimethyl-silyloxy.
  • R 12 and R 13 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, isopropyloxy, benzoyloxy, SEMoxy MOMoxy and pivaloyloxy. In yet another embodiment R 12 and R 13 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, methoxy, benzyloxy, benzoyloxy, MOMoxy, SEMoxy and pivaloyoloxy.
  • D is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, methyl-carbonyl, benzoyl, SEM, MOM and pivaloyl. In another embodiment of the present invention D is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, benzoyl, SEM, MOM and pivaloyl.
  • T is selected from the group consisting of-(aryl)-O-(alkyl)- NR D R E and -(aryl)-O-(alkyl)-OH.
  • T is selected from the group consisting of 4-(piperidinyl-ethoxy)-phenyl and 4-(3-hydroxy-prop-1-yl-oxy)- phenyl.
  • T is selected from the group consisting of -(phenyl )-0-(lower alkyl)-NR D R E .
  • the salts of the compounds of this invention refer to non-toxic "phamnaceutically acceptable salts.”
  • Other salts may, however, be useful in the preparation of compounds according to this invention or of their pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
  • Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds include acid addition salts which may, for example, be formed by mixing a solution of the compound with a solution of a pharmaceutically acceptable acid such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, succinic acid, acetic acid, benzoic acid, citric acid, tartaric acid, carbonic acid or phosphoric acid.
  • suitable pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof may include alkali metal salts, e.g., sodium or potassium salts; alkaline earth metal salts, e.g., calcium or magnesium salts; and salts formed with suitable organic ligands, e.g., quaternary ammonium salts.
  • alkali metal salts e.g., sodium or potassium salts
  • alkaline earth metal salts e.g., calcium or magnesium salts
  • suitable organic ligands e.g., quaternary ammonium salts.
  • representative pharmaceutically acceptable salts include the following: acetate, benzenesulfonate, benzoate, bicarbonate, bisulfate, bitartrate, borate, bromide, calcium edetate, camsylate, carbonate, chloride, clavulanate, citrate, dihydrochloride, edetate, edisylate, estolate, esylate, fumarate, gluceptate, gluconate, glutamate, glycollylarsanilate, hexyiresorcinate, hydrabamine, hydrobromide, hydrochloride, hydroxynaphthoate, iodide, isothionate, lactate, lactobionate, laurate, malate, maleate, mandelate, mesylate, methylbromide, methylnitrate, methylsulfate, mucate, napsylate, nitrate, N-methylglucamine ammonium salt, oleate, pa
  • the present invention includes within its scope prodrugs of the compounds of this invention.
  • prodrugs will be functional derivatives of the compounds which are readily convertible in vivo into the required compound.
  • the term “administering” shall encompass the treatment of the various disorders described with the compound specifically disclosed or with a compound which may not be specifically disclosed, but which converts to the specified compound in vivo after administration to the patient.
  • Conventional procedures for the selection and preparation of suitable prodrug derivatives are described, for example, in "Design of Prodrugs", ed. H. Bundgaard, Elsevier, 1985.
  • the compounds according to this invention may accordingly exist as enantiomers. Where the compounds possess two or more chiral centers, they may additionally exist as diastereomers. It is to be understood that all such isomers and mixtures thereof are encompassed within the scope of the present invention. Furthermore, some of the crystalline forms for the compounds may exist as polymorphs and as such are intended to be included in the present invention. In addition, some of the compounds may form solvates with water (i.e., hydrates) or common organic solvents, and such solvates are also intended to be encompassed within the scope of this invention. As used herein, the term "degenerative brain disease" shall include cognitive disorder, dementia, regardless of underlying cause and Alzheimer's disease.
  • cardiovascular disease shall include elevated blood lipid levels, coronary arthrosderosis and coronary heart disease.
  • cancer shall include abnormal regional cerebral blood flow and ischemic brain damage.
  • progestogen antagonist shall include mifepristone (RU-486), J-867 (Jenapharm / TAP Pharmaceuticals), J-956 (Jenapharm / TAP Pharmaceuticals), ORG-31710 (Organon), ORG-32638 (Organon), ORG-31806 (Organo ⁇ ), onapristone (ZK98299) and PRA248 (Wyeth).
  • halogen shall mean chlorine, bromine, fluorine and iodine.
  • alkyl whether used alone or as part of a substituent group, include straight and branched chain compositions of one to eight carbon atoms.
  • alkyl radicals include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, t-butyl, pentyl and the like.
  • lower when used with alkyl means a carbon chain composition of 1-4 carbon atoms.
  • the group "-(alkyl) 0 - 4 -" shall me the absence of an alkyl group or the presence of an alkyl group comprising one to four carbon atoms. Suitable examples include, but are not limited to -CHr, -CH 2 CH 2 -, CH 2 - CH(CH 3 )-, CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH(CH 3 )CH 2 -, CH2CH2CH 2 CH2-, and the like.
  • alkenyl shall mean a carbon chain comprising one to eight carbon atom and containing at least one double bond. Suitable examples include but are not limited to, allyl, crotyl, 2- butenyl, 2-pentenyl, and the like. Unless otherwise noted, “lower” when used with alkenyl shall mean an alkenyl carbon chain comprising one to four carbon atoms, such as allyl, and the like.
  • alkoxy shall denote an oxygen ether radical of the above described straight or branched chain alkyl groups. For example, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, sec-butoxy, t-butoxy, n-hexyloxy and the like. Unless otherwise noted, “lower” when used with alkoxy means an alkoxy group (an oxygen ether radical as described above) comprising one to four carbon atoms. Suitable examples include, but are not limited to methoxy, ethoxy, isopropoxy, n-propoxy, and the like.
  • aryl shall refer to unsubstituted carbocyclic aromatic groups such as phenyl, naphthyl, and the like.
  • aralkyl shall mean any lower alkyl group substituted with an aryl group such as phenyl, naphthyl and the like. Suitable examples include benzyl, phenylethyl, phenylpropyl, naphthylmethyl, and the like.
  • cycloalkyl shall mean any stable 3-8 membered monocyclic, saturated ring system, for example cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyciopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl and cyclooctyl.
  • cycloalkyl-alkyl shall mean any lower alkyl group substituted with a cycloalkyl group. Suitable examples include, but are not limited to cyclohexyl-methyl, cyclopentyl-methyl, cyclohexyl-ethyl, and the like.
  • acyloxy shall mean a radical group of the formula -O-C(O)-R where R is alkyl, aryl or aralkyl, wherein the alkyl, aryl or aralkyl is optionally substituted.
  • carboxylate shall mean a radical group of the formula -C(O)O-R where R is alkyl, aryl or aralkyl, wherein the alkyl, aryl or aralkyl is optionally substituted.
  • heteroaryl shall denote any three to ten membered monocyclic or bicyclic aromatic ring structure containing at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of O, N and S, optionally containing one to four additional heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of O, N and S.
  • the heteroaryl group is a five or six membered monocyclic aromatic ring structure containing at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of 0, N and S, optionally containing one to three additional heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of O, N and S; or a nine or ten membered bicyclic aromatic ring structure containing at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of O, N and S, optionally containing one to four additional heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of O, N and S.
  • the heteroaryl group may be attached at any heteroatom or carbon atom of the ring such that the result is a stable structure.
  • heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, pyrroM, furyl, thienyl, oxazolyl, imidazolyl, purazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, triazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyranyl, furazanyl, indolizinyl, indolyl, isoindolinyl, indazolyl, benzofuryl, benzothienyl, benzimidazolyl, benzthiazolyl, purinyl, quinolizinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, isothiazolyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, naphthyridinyl, pteridinyl, and the like.
  • heteroaryl-alkyl shall mean any lower alkyl group substituted with a heteroaryl group. Suitable examples include, but are not limited to pyridyl-methyl, isoquinolinyl-methyl, thiazolyl-ethyl, furyl-ethyl, and the like.
  • heterocycloalkyl shall denote any three to ten membered monocyclic or bicyclic, saturated, partially unsaturated or partially aromatic ring structure containing at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of O, N and S, optionally containing one to four additional heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of O, N and S.
  • the heterocycloalkyl is a five to seven membered monocyclic, saturated or partially unsaturated ring structure containing at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of O, N and S, optionally containing one to three additional heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of O, N and S; or a nine to ten membered saturated, partially unsaturated or partially aromatic bicyclic ring system containing at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of O, N and S, optionally containing one to four additional heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of O, N and S.
  • the heterocycloalkyl group may be attached at any heteroatom or carbon atom of the ring such that the result is a stable structure.
  • heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, pyrrolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, dioxalanyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, piperidinyl, dioxanyl, morpholinyl, dithianyl, thiomorpholinyl, piperazinyl, trithianyl, indolinyl, chromenyl, 3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl, 2,3- dihydrobenzofuryl, and the like.
  • Preferred heterocycloalkyl groups include morpholinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, azepanyl and 2-oxabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane.
  • heterocycloalkyl-alkyl shall mean any lower alkyl group substituted with a heterocycloalkyl group. Suitable examples include, but are not limited to piperidinyl-methyl, piperazinyl- methyl, piperazinyl-ethyl, morpholinyl-methyl, and the like.
  • N containing heterocycloalkyl (wherein said N containing heterocycloalkyl is bound through the N atom) shall mean any heterocycloalkyl as described above which contains at least one N atom and which is bound through said N atom. Suitable examples include, but are not limited to 1 -piperidinyl, 4-piperazinyl, 1 -pyrrolidinyl, 4-morpholinyl, 1-azepanyl, and the like.
  • a particular group may have one or more substituents, preferably from one to five substituents, more preferably from one to three substituents, most preferably from one to two substituents, independently selected from the list of substituents.
  • substituent(s) may be on any portion of the group (i.e. the substituent(s) may be on the aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, cycloalkyl or the alkyl portion of the group.)
  • phenylCr C 6 alkylaminocarbonylCi-C 6 alky substituent refers to a group of the formula
  • the term "leaving group” shall mean any group which leaves a substrate during a reaction in which the substrate is cleaved. Suitable examples include, but are not limited to, Cl, Br, I, tosylate, mesyiate, triflate, hydroxy, and the like.
  • the term "electrophile” shall mean an atom or molecule which takes a pair of electron. Suitable example include, but are not limited to, Br, Cl, I, CH 3 , SEM, MOM, BOM, -C(0)CH 2 -OCH 3 , -C(0)-CH2-CI, -C(O)-CH 2 - Br, -C(O)-CH 2 -(lower alkyl), -C(0)-CH 2 -(benzyl), -C(0)-CH 2 -(aryl), -CH2- C(0)0-(lower alkyl), and the like.
  • AD Alzheimer's disease
  • AIBN 2,2'-Azobisisobutyronitrile
  • DIAD Diisopropylazodicarboxylate
  • DIBAL Diisobutyl aluminum hydride
  • DIPEA or DIEA Diisopropylethylamine
  • Et ethyl (i.e. -CH 2 CH 3 )
  • FBS Fetal bovine serum
  • HEPES 4-(2-Hydroxyethyl)-1 -piperazine ethane sulfonic acid
  • HRT Hormone replacement therapy
  • LAH Lithium aluminum hydride
  • NBS N-Bromosuccinimide
  • n-BuLi n-butyl lithium
  • nBu 3 n-Tributyltin hydride
  • NCS N-chlorosuccinimide
  • OTBS t-Butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy
  • PCC Pyridinium chlorochromate
  • P(Ph) 3 Triphenylphosphine
  • PPTS Pyridinium p-toluenesulfonate
  • Rochelle Solution Aqueous solution of potassium sodium tartrate tetrahydrate
  • SERM Selective estrogen receptor modulator
  • TBAF Tetra(n-butyl)ammonium fluoride
  • TBDMS Tert-butyldimethylsilane
  • TBS Te/f-butyl-dimethyl-silyl
  • TBSCI Tet-butyl-dimethyl-silyl chloride
  • TIPSCI Triisopropylsilyl chloride
  • TIPSOTf Triisopropylsilyl trifluoromethane sulfonate
  • TMSCHN 2 Trimethylsilyl diazomethane
  • TPAP Tetra-n-propylammonium perruthenate
  • subject refers to an animal, preferably a mammal, most preferably a human, who has been the object of treatment, observation or experiment.
  • therapeutically effective amount means that amount of active compound or pharmaceutical agent that elicits the biological or medicinal response in a tissue system, animal or human that is being sought by a researcher, veterinarian, medical doctor or other clinician, which includes alleviation of the symptoms of the disease or disorder being treated.
  • therapeutically effective amount shall mean that amount of the combination of agents taken together so that the combined effect elicits the desired biological or medicinal response.
  • the therapeutically effective amount of co-therapy comprising administration of a compound of formula I and progestogen would be the amount of the compound of formula I and the amount of the progestogen that when taken together or sequentially have a combined effect that is therapeutically effective.
  • the amount of the compound of formula I and/or the amount of the progestogen or progestogen antagonist individually may or may not be therapeutically effective.
  • the term "co-therapy” shall mean treatment of a subject in need thereof by administering one or more compounds of formula I with a progestogen or progestogen antagonist, wherein the compound(s) of formula I and progestogen or progestogen antagonist are administered by any suitable means, simultaneously, sequentially, separately or in a single pharmaceutical formulation.
  • the number of dosages administered per day for each compound may be the same or different.
  • the compound(s) of formula I and the progestogen or progestogen antagonist may be administered via the same or different routes of administration.
  • suitable methods of administration include, but are not limited to, oral, intravenous (iv), intramuscular (im), subcutaneous (sc), transdermal, and rectal.
  • Compounds may also be administered directly to the nervous system including, but not limited to, intracerebral, intraventricular, intracerebroventricular, intrathecal, intracistemal, intraspinal and / or peri-spinal routes of administration by delivery via intracranial or intravertebral needles and / or catheters with or without pump devices.
  • the compound(s) of formula I and the progestogen or progestogen antagonist may be administered according to simultaneous or alternating regimens, at the same or different times during the course of the therapy, concurrently in divided or single forms.
  • composition is intended to encompass a product comprising the specified ingredients in the specified amounts, as well as any product which results, directly or indirectly, from combinations of the specified ingredients in the specified amounts.
  • an organic base such as TEA, DIPEA, pyridine, and the like
  • organic solvent such as acetic anhydride, propionic anhydride, butyric anhydride, and the like
  • the compound of formula (VI) is reacted with a de-methylating reagent such as TMS iodide, BBr 3 , AICI 3 with ethanethiol, and the like, in an chlorinated solvent such as methylene chloride, chloroform, dichloroethane, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (VII).
  • a de-methylating reagent such as TMS iodide, BBr 3 , AICI 3 with ethanethiol, and the like
  • the compound of formula (VI) is reacted with a de- methylating reagent such as pyridine hydrochloride, pyridine hydrobromide, pyridine hydroiodide, and the like, optionally in an organic solvent such as xylene, acetic acid, and the like, at an elevated temperature in the range of about 170°C to about 220°C, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (VII).
  • a de- methylating reagent such as pyridine hydrochloride, pyridine hydrobromide, pyridine hydroiodide, and the like, optionally in an organic solvent such as xylene, acetic acid, and the like
  • the compound of formula (VII) is reacted with a suitably selected protecting reagent such as acetyl chloride, acetic anhydride, benzoyl chloride, BOMCI, MOMCI, SEMCI and the like, in the presence of an base such as pyridine, TEA, DIPEA, K C0 3 , and the like, in an organic solvent such as methylene chloride, chloroform, acetone, acetonitrile, dichloroethane, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (VIII), wherein Pg 1 represents a protecting group.
  • a suitably selected protecting reagent such as acetyl chloride, acetic anhydride, benzoyl chloride, BOMCI, MOMCI, SEMCI and the like, in the presence of an base such as pyridine, TEA, DIPEA, K C0 3 , and the like, in an organic solvent such as methylene chloride, chloroform, acetone, ace
  • the compound of formula (VII) is reacted with a radical brominating agent such as NBS, CBrCI 3 , NaBr0 3 in combination with NaHS0 3 , and the like or a radical chlorinating agent, such as NCS, SO 2 CI 2 , Cl gas, t-butyl hypochloride, and the like, preferably a radical brominating agent such as NBS, in the presence of a radical initiator such as benzoyl peroxide, AIBN, and the like and/or in the presence of a light source, such as a tungsten lamp, a 120 Watt light bulb, bright sunshine, and the like, optionally at an elevated temperature in the range of about 50°C to about 120°C, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (VIII).
  • a radical brominating agent such as NBS, CBrCI 3 , NaBr0 3 in combination with NaHS0 3 , and the like or a radical chlorinating agent, such as NCS, SO 2 CI 2 , Cl
  • the reaction is carried out in a halogenated organic solvent such as carbon tetrachloride, chloroform, dichloromethane, and the like.
  • the radical brominating reagent is NaBr0 3
  • the reaction is carried out in an organic solvent such as ethyl acetate, cyclohexane, and the like.
  • the compound of formula (VII) is reacted with a radical chlorinating reagent, the reaction is carried out in an organic solvent such as ethyl acetate, chloroform, dichloromethane, and the like.
  • the compound of formula (VII) is reacted with bromine or a source of bromine or a source of chlorine such as NBS, NCS, and the like, in the presence of a base such as LHMDS, LDA, KHMDS, NaHMDS, and the like, at a reduced temperature in the range of about 30°C to about -78°C, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (IX).
  • a base such as LHMDS, LDA, KHMDS, NaHMDS, and the like
  • the compound of formula (IX) is de-protected to yield the corresponding compound of formula (II).
  • Pg 1 is acetyl or benzoyl
  • the compound of formula (IX) is de-protected with a base such as potassium carbonate, sodium carbonate, cesium carbonate, and the like, in a solvent such as methanol, ethanoi, isopropanol, or in a mixture thereof such as methanol :acetone, ethano acetone, methano acetonitrile, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (II).
  • the compound of formula (IX) is de-protected with acid such as TFA, HF, HCI, H 2 SO 4 , and the like, or a Lewis acid such as tin tetrachloride, titanium tetrachloride, boron trichloride, boron tribromide, and the like, or when Pg 1 is SEM with a de- protecting agent such as LiBF 4 , TBAF, and the like, in a solvent such as THF, acetonitrile, methylene chloride, chloroform, isopropanol, methanol, and the like, at a temperature in the range of about 0°C to about 50°C, and then treated with a base such as potassium carbonate, sodium carbonate, cesium carbonate, potassium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, and the like, or an alkali metal alkoxide such as sodium ethoxide, sodium meth
  • the compound of formula (VI) is reacted with bromine or a source of bromine or chlorine such as NBS, NCS, and the like, in the presence of a base such as LHMDS, LDA, KHMDS, NaHMDS, and the like, at a reduced temperature in the range of about 30°C to about -78°C, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (IX).
  • bromine or a source of bromine or chlorine such as NBS, NCS, and the like
  • a base such as LHMDS, LDA, KHMDS, NaHMDS, and the like
  • R 3 and/or R 4 groups it may be necessary and/or desirable to protect one or more of the R 3 and/or R 4 groups at any of the steps within the process described above. This may be accomplished using known protecting groups and know protection and de-protection reagents and conditions, for example such as those described in Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry, ed. J.F.W. McOmie, Plenum Press, 1973; and T.W. Greene & P.G.M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Or ⁇ anic Synthesis. John Wiley & Sons, 1991.
  • the compound of formula (lla) is then optionally reacted according to known methods (including for example, those disclosed herein) to displace the R 12 and R 13 group(s) with suitably selected, desired R 3 and R 4 group(s).
  • the compound of formula (II) may be selectively hydrogenated to yield the corresponding compound of formula (III), as shown in Scheme 2.
  • the compound of formula (II) is reacted with hydrogen gas, at a pressure in the range of about 20 psi to about 100 psi, in the presence of a metal catalyst such as Pd on C, Pt on C, Raney nickel, Pd(OH) 2 , and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (III), as predominately the cis isomer.
  • a metal catalyst such as Pd on C, Pt on C, Raney nickel, Pd(OH) 2 , and the like
  • the compound of formula (III) is reacted with a hydride such as LAH, Cu hydride, Sml 2 , Stiyker's Reagent ([(Ph 3 P)CuH] 6 ), and the like, in an solvent such as THF, diethyl ether, and the like, at a temperature in the range of about -20°C to about 60°C, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (III), as predominately the trans isomer.
  • a hydride such as LAH, Cu hydride, Sml 2 , Stiyker's Reagent ([(Ph 3 P)CuH] 6 ), and the like
  • the compound of formula (II) is reacted with triethyl silane, in the presence of an acid such as TFA, BF 3 etherate, Tin tertachloride, and the like, in an organic solvent such as methylene chloride, toluene, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (III), as a mixture of cis and trans isomers.
  • an acid such as TFA, BF 3 etherate, Tin tertachloride, and the like
  • organic solvent such as methylene chloride, toluene, and the like
  • the compound of formula (X) is reacted with a suitably substituted compound of formula (XII), wherein MQ is lithium or a magnesium halide such as MgCI, MgBr or Mgl, prepared from the corresponding known alkyl or aryl halide by known methods, in an organic solvent such as THF, diethyl ether, dioxane, hexane, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XIII).
  • the compound of formula (XIII) is treated with a protic acid such as HCI,
  • the compound of formula (XIII) is treated with a reagent such as triphenylphosphine, tributylphosphine, and the like, or an azodicarboxamide such as DEAD, DIAD, and the like, in a solvent such as toluene, THF, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (la).
  • a reagent such as triphenylphosphine, tributylphosphine, and the like, or an azodicarboxamide such as DEAD, DIAD, and the like
  • R 3 and/or R 4 groups it may be necessary and/or desirable to protect one or more of the R 3 and/or R 4 groups at any of the steps within the process described above. This may be accomplished using known protecting groups and know protection and de-protection reagents and conditions, for example such as those described in Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry, ed. J.F.W. McOmie, Plenum Press, 1973; and T.W. Greene & P.G.M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis. John Wiley & Sons, 1991.
  • the compound of formula (lb) may alternatively be prepared by selectively hydrogenating a suitably substituted compound of formula (la), wherein Y is CR A R B , using reagents and conditions as described in Scheme 2.
  • Compounds of formula (I) wherein one or more R 3 and/or R 4 are acyloxy may be prepared by reacting a suitably substituted compound of formula (I), wherein the R 3 and/or R 4 group(s) are hydroxy with a suitably substituted acid chloride, a suitably substituted carboxylic acid or a suitably substituted anhydride.
  • a compound of formula (I) wherein R 3 and R 4 , at the 2 and 8 positions respectively, are acyloxy may be prepared according to the process outlined in Scheme 4.
  • the compound of formula (laa) is reacted with a suitably substituted carboxylic acid, a compound of formula (XV), wherein R G is as defined above, a known compound or compound prepared by known methods, in the presence of a coupling reagent such as DCC, DIC, and the like, in an organic solvent such as DMF, THF, methylene chloride, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (lc).
  • a coupling reagent such as DCC, DIC, and the like
  • organic solvent such as DMF, THF, methylene chloride, and the like
  • any R 3 and / or R 4 group(s) terminating with a hydroxy group may be similar converted according to the process outlined in Scheme 4 above.
  • the corresponding compound of formula (la) is reacted with a tetra-alkyl ammonium fluoride such as TBAF, and the like, and then reacted with a suitably substituted acid chloride of formula (XIV), in an organic solvent such as THF, diethyl ether, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (lc).
  • reaction can be tailored to the preparation of compound of formula (I) and (II) wherein the position of the R 3 and R 4 group may be varied about the A and D rings respectively, and where the number of R 3 and R 4 groups is varied.
  • the acyloxy groups may be sequentially coupled onto the core structure through conversion of a hydroxy group as described in Scheme 4 above, with suitable protection and de- protection of reactive groups as necessary.
  • an oxidizing agent such as Se0 , PCC, PDC, and the like
  • the compound of formula (XVIII) is further oxidized with an oxidizing agent such as SeO 2 , PCC, PDC, and the like, in an organic solvent such as toluene, xylene, ethyl acetate, dichloromethane, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XIX).
  • an oxidizing agent such as SeO 2 , PCC, PDC, and the like
  • organic solvent such as toluene, xylene, ethyl acetate, dichloromethane, and the like
  • the compound of formula (XVII) when the compound of formula (XVII) is reacted with 2 or more equivalents of the oxidizing agent, the compound of formula (XVII) is converted directly to the compound of formula (XIX) (i.e. The intermediate alcohol compound of formula (XVIII) need not be isolated).
  • the compound of formula (XIX) may be prepared according o the process outlined in Scheme 6.
  • a suitably substituted compound of formula (IXa), a compound of formula (IX) wherein ⁇ and R B are each hydrogen, wherein Z is O and wherein Pg 1 is a suitable protecting group such as benzyloxy, methoxy, SEM, MOM, acetoxy, and the like, a known compound or compound prepared by known methods is reacted with a radical brominating agent such as NBS, CBrCI 3 , NaBr0 3 in combination with NaHS0 3 , and the like or a radical chlorinating agent, such as NCS, S0 2 CI 2 , Cl 2 gas, t-butyl hypochloride, and the like, preferably a radical brominating agent such as NBS, in the presence of a radical initiator such as benzoyl peroxide, AIBN, and the like and/or in the presence of a light source, such as a tungsten lamp, a 120 Watt light bulb, bright sunshine, and the like, optionally at an elevated temperature in the radical bro
  • the compound of formula (XX) is hydrolyzed with water, in the presence of a base such as sodium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XIX).
  • a base such as sodium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, and the like.
  • Compounds of formula (I) wherein X is O, Y is CH 2 or C(O) and Z is O or S may be prepared from the intermediate compound of formula (XIX) according to the process outlined in Scheme 7.
  • the compound of formula (XXI) is reacted with a protic acid such as HCI, H 2 S0 4 , p-toluene sulfonic acid, camphor sulfonic acid (CSA), TFA, and the like or a Lewis acid such as BF 3 etherate, AICI 3 , SnCU, and the like, in a solvent such as toluene, methylene chloride, acetonitrile and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (le).
  • a protic acid such as HCI, H 2 S0 4 , p-toluene sulfonic acid, camphor sulfonic acid (CSA), TFA, and the like or a Lewis acid such as BF 3 etherate, AICI 3 , SnCU, and the like
  • a solvent such as toluene, methylene chloride, acetonitrile and the like
  • the compound of formula (le) may optionally be selectively reduced by reacting with a reducing agent such as LAH/AICI 3 , and the like, in an organic solvent such as THF, diethyl ether, dioxane, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (If).
  • a reducing agent such as LAH/AICI 3 , and the like
  • organic solvent such as THF, diethyl ether, dioxane, and the like
  • R 3 and/or R 4 groups it may be necessary and/or desirable to protect one or more of the R 3 and/or R 4 groups at any of the steps within the process described above. This may be accomplished using known protecting groups and know protection and de-protection reagents and conditions, for example such as those described in Protective Groups in Or ⁇ anic Chemistry, ed. J.F.W. McOmie, Plenum Press, 1973; and T.W. Greene & P.G.M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis. John Wiley & Sons, 1991.
  • the compound of formula (XIX) may be substituted with the corresponding compound wherein the bridge bond of the B and C rings is fully saturated and then reacted according to the process outlined in Scheme 7, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Ig) or (Ih).
  • a suitably substituted compound of formula (XXV) is reacted with an oxidizing agent such as MnO 2 , PDC, TPAP, and the like, in an organic solvent such as DCM, acetonitrile, DCE, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XXVI).
  • an oxidizing agent such as MnO 2 , PDC, TPAP, and the like
  • organic solvent such as DCM, acetonitrile, DCE, and the like
  • the compound of formula (XXVI) is reacted with a compound of formula (XXVII), wherein MQ is lithium or a magnesium halide such as MgCI, MgBr or Mgl, prepared from the corresponding known alkyl or aryl halide by known methods, in an organic solvent such as THF, diethyl ether, dioxane, hexane, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XXVIII).
  • MQ is lithium or a magnesium halide such as MgCI, MgBr or Mgl
  • the compound of formula (XXVIII) is protected by reacting with a suitable protecting group, via known chemistry, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XXIX), wherein Pg is a suitable protecting group such as benzyloxy, methoxy, MOM, SEM, and the like.
  • a suitable protecting group such as benzyloxy, methoxy, MOM, SEM, and the like.
  • the compound of formula (XXVIII) is reacted with an oxidizing agent such as Mn ⁇ 2 , PDC, TPAP, and the like, in an organic solvent such as DCE, DCM, acetonitrile, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XXX).
  • the compound of formula (XXX) is reacted with a suitably substituted compound of the formula (XXXI), wherein MQ is lithium or a magnesium halide such as MgCI, MgBr or Mgl, prepared from the corresponding known alkyl or aryl halide by known methods, in an organic solvent such as THF, diethyl ether, dioxane, hexane, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XXXII).
  • MQ is lithium or a magnesium halide such as MgCI, MgBr or Mgl, prepared from the corresponding known alkyl or aryl halide by known methods, in an organic solvent such as THF, diethyl ether, dioxane, hexane, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XXXII).
  • the compound of formula (XXXIll) is reacted with an anhydride such as acetic anhydride, and the like, in an organic solvent such as THF, DCM, and the like, and then reacted with a reducing agent such as sodium borohydride, and the like, in an alcohol such as methanol, ethanoi, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XXIII).
  • anhydride such as acetic anhydride, and the like
  • organic solvent such as THF, DCM, and the like
  • a reducing agent such as sodium borohydride, and the like
  • alcohol such as methanol, ethanoi, and the like
  • the compound of formula (XXXIll) is converted to the corresponding compound of formula (XXV) by reacting the compound of formula (XXXIll) with borane THF complex, in an organic solvent such as THF, and the like, at a reduced temperature in the range of about -78°C to about room temperature.
  • the compound of formula (XXIV) may be prepared according to the process outlined in Scheme 9.
  • the compound of formula (XXXIV) is reacted with a suitably substituted compound of formula (XXXV), a known compound or compound prepared by known methods, in the presence of a base such as LDA, LHMDS, sodium hydride, and the like, in an organic solvent such as diethyl ether, THF, and the like, at a reduced temperature in the range of about -78°C to about 30°C, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XXXVI).
  • a base such as LDA, LHMDS, sodium hydride, and the like
  • organic solvent such as diethyl ether, THF, and the like
  • the compound of formula (XXXVII) is reacted with a de-methylating reagent such as pyridine hydrochloride, pyridine hydrobromide, pyridine hydroiodide, and the like, optionally in an organic solvent such as xylene, acetic acid, and the like, at an elevated temperature in the range of about 170°C to about 220°C, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XXIV).
  • a de-methylating reagent such as pyridine hydrochloride, pyridine hydrobromide, pyridine hydroiodide, and the like, optionally in an organic solvent such as xylene, acetic acid, and the like, at an elevated temperature in the range of about 170°C to about 220°C, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XXIV).
  • a suitably substituted compound of formula (XXIV) is reacted with a reducing agent such as diisobutyl aluminum hydride, LAH, and the like, in an organic solvent such as toluene, benzene, THF, and the like, at a reduced temperature in the range of about -50°C to about -80°C, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XXXX).
  • a reducing agent such as diisobutyl aluminum hydride, LAH, and the like
  • organic solvent such as toluene, benzene, THF, and the like
  • the compound of formula (XXXX) is oxidized under oxidizing conditions such as Swern oxidation, Dess-Martin periodinane, TPAP, and the like, in an organic solvent such as dichloromethane, acetonitrile, DCE, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XXXXI).
  • the compound of formula (XXXXI) is reacted with a suitably substituted compound of formula (XII), wherein MQ is lithium or a magnesium halide such as MgCI, MgBr or Mgl, prepared from the corresponding known alkyl or aryl halide by known methods, in an organic solvent such as THF, diethyl ether, dioxane, hexane, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XXXXII).
  • MQ is lithium or a magnesium halide such as MgCI, MgBr or Mgl, prepared from the corresponding known alkyl or aryl halide by known methods, in an organic solvent such as THF, diethyl ether, dioxane, hexane, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XXXXII).
  • the compound of formula (XXXXII) is treated with a reagent such as triphenylphosphine, tributylphosphine, and the like, and an azodicarboxamide such as DEAD, DIAD, and the like, in a solvent such as toluene, THF, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (li).
  • a reagent such as triphenylphosphine, tributylphosphine, and the like, and an azodicarboxamide such as DEAD, DIAD, and the like
  • R 3 and/or R 4 groups it may be necessary and/or desirable to protect one or more of the R 3 and/or R 4 groups at any of the steps within the process described above. This may be accomplished using known protecting groups and know protection and de-protection reagents and conditions, for example such as those described in Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry, ed. J.F.W. McOmie, Plenum Press, 1973; and T.W. Greene & P.G.M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis. John Wiley & Sons, 1991.
  • the hydroxy groups may be optionally converted to desired groups according to the processes previously described, for example by reacting the compound of formula (li) with a suitably substituted acid chloride, a suitably substituted carboxylic acid or suitably substituted anhydride, as described in Scheme 4.
  • the compound of formula (XXXXIV) is reacted with a reducing agent such as NaBH 4 , borane, LAH, and the like, in an organic solvent such as THF, diethyl ether, dioxane, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XXXXV).
  • a reducing agent such as NaBH 4 , borane, LAH, and the like
  • organic solvent such as THF, diethyl ether, dioxane, and the like
  • the compound of formula (XXXXVI) is treated with a protic acid such as HCI, H 2 S0 , p-toluene sulfonic acid, camphor sulfonic acid (CSA), TFA, and the like or a Lewis acid such as BF 3 etherate, AICI 3 , SnCU, and the like, in a solvent such as toluene, methylene chloride, acetonitrile and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XXXVII).
  • a protic acid such as HCI, H 2 S0 , p-toluene sulfonic acid, camphor sulfonic acid (CSA), TFA, and the like
  • CSA camphor sulfonic acid
  • TFA camphor sulfonic acid
  • Lewis acid such as BF 3 etherate, AICI 3 , SnCU, and the like
  • the compound of formula (XXXXVI) is treated with a reagent such as triphenylphosphine, tributylphosphine, and the like, or an azodicarboxamide such as DEAD, DIAD, and the like, in a solvent such as toluene, THF, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XXXXVI I).
  • a reagent such as triphenylphosphine, tributylphosphine, and the like, or an azodicarboxamide such as DEAD, DIAD, and the like
  • Compounds of formula (I) wherein X is selected from O, Y is CR A R B C(0) and Z is O or S may be prepared by reacting a suitably substituted compound of formula (XXXXIV) wherein L 1 is phenoxy and wherein Pg 5 is SEM or MOM, with an acid such as hydrochloric acid, H 2 SO 4 , TFA, and the like, in an organic solvent such as isopropanol, THF, or a mixture thereof such as isopropanol.THF, and the like to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XXXIX).
  • R 3 and/or R 4 groups may be necessary and/or desirable to protect one or more of the R 3 and/or R 4 groups at any of the steps within the process described above. This may be accomplished using known protecting groups and know protection and de-protection reagents and conditions, for example such as those described in Protective Groups in
  • R 3 and/or R 4 groups are hydroxy
  • the hydroxy groups may be optionally converted to desired groups according to the processes previously described.
  • compounds of formula (I) wherein the bond at the bridge of the B and C rings is unsaturated (i.e. a double bond) may be converted to the corresponding compound of formula (I) wherein the bond at the bridge of the B and C rings is fully saturated (i.e. a single bond) as previously described, for example by selective hydrogenation, for example with hydrogen gas, with protection of reactive functional groups, as necessary.
  • the bond at the bridge of the B and C rings may be selectively hydrogenated in any intermediate in the synthesis of the compound of formula (I) provided that reactive functional groups are suitably protected.
  • the compound of formula (L) is reacted with a suitably substituted compound of formula (XII), wherein MQ is lithium or a magnesium halide such MgCI, MgBr or Mgl, prepared from the corresponding known alkyl or aryl halide by known methods, in an organic solvent such as THF, diethyl ether, dioxane, hexane, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (LI).
  • MQ is lithium or a magnesium halide such MgCI, MgBr or Mgl, prepared from the corresponding known alkyl or aryl halide by known methods, in an organic solvent such as THF, diethyl ether, dioxane, hexane, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (LI).
  • the compound of formula (LI) is treated with a protic acid such as HCI, H 2 SO 4 , p-toluene sulfonic acid, camphor sulfonic acid (CSA), TFA, and the like or a Lewis acid such as BF 3 etherate, AICI 3 , SnCU, and the like, in a solvent such as toluene, methylene chloride, acetonitrile and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Ij).
  • a protic acid such as HCI, H 2 SO 4 , p-toluene sulfonic acid, camphor sulfonic acid (CSA), TFA, and the like
  • CSA camphor sulfonic acid
  • TFA camphor sulfonic acid
  • Lewis acid such as BF 3 etherate, AICI 3 , SnCU, and the like
  • the compound of formula (LI) is treated with a reagent such as triphenylphosphine, tributylphosphine, and the like, or an azodicarboamide such as DEAD, DIAD, and the like, in a solvent such as toluene, THF, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Ij).
  • a reagent such as triphenylphosphine, tributylphosphine, and the like, or an azodicarboamide such as DEAD, DIAD, and the like
  • Compounds of formula (D) may be prepared from suitably substituted compounds of formula (VIII) wherein R 3 corresponds to R 12 , R 4 corresponds to R 13 and R A and R B are each hydrogen. More particularly, the compound of formula (VIII) is reacted with a strong base such as LDA, LiN(TMS) 2) and the like, and then reacted with a suitably selected eletrophile such as an alkyl aldehyde, an aryl aldehyde, an alkyl acid chloride, methylchloroformate, phenylchloroformate, ⁇ -chloroacetyi chloride, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (D).
  • Compounds of formula (I) wherein X is O or S, Z is O or S and Y is - CH 2 CH 2 - may be prepared according to the process outlined in Scheme 13.
  • the compound of formula (LIV) is de-protected by known methods, for example by treating the compound of formula (LIV) with a protic such as HCI, H 2 SO 4 , TFA or with a Lewis acid such as BCI 3 , BBr 3 , TiCI 4 , SnCI 4 or with a derivative of such a Lewis acid such catechol borane bromide, dimethy borane bromide, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (LV).
  • a protic such as HCI, H 2 SO 4 , TFA
  • a Lewis acid such as BCI 3 , BBr 3 , TiCI 4 , SnCI 4
  • a derivative of such a Lewis acid such catechol borane bromide, dimethy borane bromide, and the like
  • the compound of formula (LV) is treated with a protic acid such as HCI, H 2 SO 4 and the like or with a Lewis acid such as BF 3 etherate, AlCI 3 , SnCI , PCI 3 , POCI 3 , PCI 5 and the like, in a solvent such as toluene, methylene chloride, acetonitrile and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Ik).
  • a protic acid such as HCI, H 2 SO 4 and the like or with a Lewis acid such as BF 3 etherate, AlCI 3 , SnCI , PCI 3 , POCI 3 , PCI 5 and the like
  • a solvent such as toluene, methylene chloride, acetonitrile and the like
  • the compound of formula (LV) is treated with a reagent such as triphenylphosphine, tributylphosphine, and the like, or with an azodicarboxamide such as DEAD, DIAD, and the like, in a solvent such as toluene, THF, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Ik).
  • a reagent such as triphenylphosphine, tributylphosphine, and the like, or with an azodicarboxamide such as DEAD, DIAD, and the like, in a solvent such as toluene, THF, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Ik).
  • a base such as (TMS) 2 NLi, LDA, NaHMDS, KHMDS, and the like
  • the compound of formula (LVII) is de-protected by known methods, for example by treating the compound of formula (LVII) with a protic acid such as HCI, H 2 SO , TFA and the like, or with a Lewis acid such as BCI 3 , BBr 3 , TiCI 4 , SnCU, and the like or with a derivatives of a Lewis acid such as catechol borane bromide, dimethy borane bromide, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (LVIII).
  • a protic acid such as HCI, H 2 SO , TFA and the like
  • a Lewis acid such as BCI 3 , BBr 3 , TiCI 4 , SnCU, and the like
  • a derivatives of a Lewis acid such as catechol borane bromide, dimethy borane bromide, and the like
  • the compound of formula (LVIII) is treated with a base such as potassium carbonate, sodium carbonate, cesium carbonate, potassium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, and the like, or with an alkali metal alkoxide such as sodium ethoxide, sodium methoxide, sodium t-butoxide, potassium ethoxide, potassium methoxide, potassium t-butoxide, and the like, in a solvent such as methanol, ethanoi, isopropanol, THF, and the like, or in a mixture of solvents thereof such as methano acetone, ethano acetone, methano acetonitrile, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (LIX).
  • a base such as potassium carbonate, sodium carbonate, cesium carbonate, potassium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, and the like
  • an alkali metal alkoxide such as sodium ethoxide, sodium methoxide, sodium t-butoxide, potassium e
  • the compound of formula (LIX) is reacted with a base such as NaBH 4 , borane, LAH, and the like, in an organic solvent such as THF, diethyl ether, dioxane, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Im).
  • a base such as NaBH 4 , borane, LAH, and the like
  • organic solvent such as THF, diethyl ether, dioxane, and the like
  • the compound of formula (Im) is deoxygenated using Barton or modified Barton protocol (see for example, K.C. Nicolaou, R.A. Daines, J. Uenishi, W.S. Li, D.P. Papahatjis and T.K. Chakraborty, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1988, 110, pp. 4672-4683; which procedure involves conversion of the alcohol on the compound of formula (Im) to a thiocarbonate, as in the compound of formula (LX), followed by treatment with tributyltinhydride in presence of radical initiator like benzoyl peroxide, AIBN, and the like) to yield the corresponding compound of formula (In).
  • Barton or modified Barton protocol see for example, K.C. Nicolaou, R.A. Daines, J. Uenishi, W.S. Li, D.P. Papahatjis and T.K. Chakraborty, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1988
  • the compound of formula (LXII) is reacted with a suitably substituted compound of formula (LXIII), wherein MQ is a magnesium halide such as MgCI, MgBr or Mgl (which magnesium halide may be prepared from the corresponding known alkyl or aryl halide by known methods), in an organic solvent such as THF, diethyl ether, dioxane, hexane, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Ip).
  • MQ is a magnesium halide such as MgCI, MgBr or Mgl (which magnesium halide may be prepared from the corresponding known alkyl or aryl halide by known methods)
  • organic solvent such as THF, diethyl ether, dioxane, hexane, and the like
  • the compound of formula (LXI) is reacted with enol ether, or an allyllic reagent such as 1 ,1-bis-trimethylsilyloxy-ethene, 1,1-bis- trimethylsilyloxy-propene, (1 -methoxy-vinyloxy)-trimethyl-silane, allyl-trimethyl- silane, allyl-trimethyl-stannane, but-2-enyl-trimethyl-silane, but-2-enyl-trimethyl- stannane and trimethyl-vinyloxy-silane, and the like to yield the corresponding comound of formula (Ip).
  • an allyllic reagent such as 1 ,1-bis-trimethylsilyloxy-ethene, 1,1-bis- trimethylsilyloxy-propene, (1 -methoxy-vinyloxy)-trimethyl-silane, allyl-trimethyl- silane, allyl-trimethyl-stan
  • the present invention is further directed to a process for the preparation of a compound of formula (DX), as described in more detail in Scheme 16.
  • Scheme 16 Accordingly, a suitably substituted compound of formula (VIII), a known compound or compound prepared by known methods, wherein R A , R B , n, R 3 , m, R 4 and Z are as previously defined, wherein X is O or S and wherein Pg 10 is a suitable protecting group such as alkyl (such as methyl), benzyl, benzoyl, SEM, MOM, BOM, pivaloyl, and the like (see for example Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry, ed. J.F.W. McOmie, Plenum Press, 1973; and T.W. Greene & P.G.M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis.
  • R A , R B , n, R 3 , m, R 4 and Z are as previously defined, wherein X is O or S and wherein Pg 10 is a suitable protecting group such as alkyl (such as methyl), benzyl, benzoyl, SEM, MOM, B
  • a base such as LiHMDS, LDA, KHMDS, NaHMDS, and the like; preferably at a temperature of less than or equal to about room temperature, more preferably at a temperature in the range of about 30°C to about -100°C, more preferably still, at reduced temperature in the range of about -10°C to about -30°C; in an aprotic organic solvent such as THF, dioxane, diethyether, and the like; to yield the corresponding compound of formula (C), wherein V is the corresponding base cation, Li, K or Na (i.e.
  • the compound of formula (Cl) may also be a source of Br or Cl such as NBS, NCS, and the like.
  • the compound of formula (Cll) is de-protected by known methods (Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry, ed. J.F.W. McOmie, Plenum Press, 1973; and T.W. Greene & P.G.M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis. John Wiley & Sons, 1991), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Clll).
  • the compound of formula (Clll) is cyclized according to known methods, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (DX), wherein p is an integer from 0 to 2.
  • the compound of formula (CIV) is treated with a base such as sodium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, potassium carbonate, potassium bicarbonate, NaOH, KOH, TEA, and the like, preferably to a pH in the range of about pH10 to about pH11 , to yield the corresponding compound of formula DX, wherein p is 0.
  • the compound of formula (CIV) is reacted with a protic acid such as HCI, H 2 S0 , p- toluene sulfonic acid, camphor sulfonic acid (CSA), TFA, and the like or a Lewis acid such as BF 3 etherate, AICI 3 , SnCU, and the like, in a solvent such as toluene, methylene chloride, acetonitrile and the like; or with a reagent such as triphenylphosphine, tributylphosphine, and the like, or an azodicarboamide such as DEAD, DIAD, and the like, in a solvent such as toluene, THF, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (DX), wherein p is 1-2.
  • a protic acid such as HCI, H 2 S0 , p- toluene sulfonic acid, camphor sulfonic acid (CSA), TFA
  • the compound of formula (C) may alternatively be reacted with a suitably substituted compound of formula (Cla) wherein when the electrophile E is -C(0)CH -OCH 3 , -C(O)-CH 2 -CI, -C(O)- CH 2 -Br, -C(0)-CH 2 -(lower alkyl), -CH 2 -C(0)0-(lower alkyl), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Cll) which is then further reacted with a protic acid such as HCI, H 2 S0 , p-toluene sulfonic acid, camphor sulfonic acid (CSA), TFA, and the like or a Lewis acid such as BF 3 etherate, AICI 3 , SnCI 4 , and the like, in a solvent such as toluene, methylene chloride, acetonitrile and the like; or with a reagent such as triphenylpho
  • the present invention is further directed to a process for the preparation of a compound of formula (DXI), as described in more detail in Scheme 17.
  • Scheme 17 Accordingly, a suitably substituted compound of formula (VIII), a known compound or compound prepared by known methods, wherein R A , R B , n, R 3 , m, R 4 and Z are as previously defined, wherein X is O or S and wherein Pg 10 is a suitable protecting group such as alkyl (such as methyl), benzyl, benzoyl, SEM, MOM, BOM, pivaloyl, and the like (see for example T.W. Greene & P.G.M. Wuts, Protective Grou p s in Organic Synthesis.
  • a base such as LiHMDS, LDA, KHMDS, NaHMDS, and the like; preferably at a temperature of less than or equal to about room temperature, more preferably at a temperature in the range of about 30°C to about -100°C, more preferably still, at reduced temperature in the range of about -10 to about -30°C; in an aprotic organic solvent such as THF, dioxane, diethyether, and the like; to yield the corresponding compound of formula (C), wherein V is the corresponding base cation, Li, K or Na (i.e. when the base is LiHMDs or LDA, V is Li; when the base is KHMDS, V is K; when the base is NaHMDS, V is Na).
  • the compound of formula (C) is reacted with a suitably substituted compound of formula (C) is reacted with a suitably substituted aldehyde, a compound of formula (CIV), wherein U is hydrogen or lower alkyl, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (CV).
  • the compound of formula (CV) is de-protected by known methods (Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry, ed. J.F.W. McOmie, Plenum Press, 1973; and T.W. Greene & P.G.M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis. John Wiley & Sons, 1991 ), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (CVI).
  • the compound of formula (CVI) is is cyclized according to known methods, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (DX), wherein p is 1. More particularly, the compound of formula (CIV) is reacted with a protic acid such as HCI, H 2 SO l p-toluene sulfonic acid, camphor sulfonic acid (CSA), TFA, and the like or a Lewis acid such as BF 3 etherate, AICI 3 , SnCI 4 , and the like, in a solvent such as toluene, methylene chloride, acetonitrile and the like; or with a reagent such as triphenyiphosphine, tributylphosphine, and the like, or an azodicarboamide such as DE ⁇ AD, DIAD, and the like, in a solvent such as toluene, THF, and the like; to yield the corresponding compound of formula (DX), wherein p is 1.
  • a protic acid
  • the processes for the preparation of the compounds according to the invention give rise to mixture of stereoisomers
  • these isomers may be separated by conventional techniques such as preparative chromatography.
  • the compounds may be prepared in racemic form, or individual enantiomers may be prepared either by enantiospecific synthesis or by resolution.
  • the compounds may, for example, be resolved into their component enantiomers by standard techniques, such as the formation of diastereomeric pairs by salt formation with an optically active acid, such as (-)-di-p-toluoyl-d-tartaric acid and/or (+)-di-p-toluoyl-l-tartaric acid followed by fractional crystallization and regeneration of the free base.
  • the compounds may also be resolved by formation of diastereomeric esters or amides, followed by chromatographic separation and removal of the chiral auxiliary. Alternatively, the compounds may be resolved using a chiral HPLC column.
  • any of the processes for preparation of the compounds of the present invention it may be necessary and/or desirable to protect sensitive or reactive groups on any of the molecules concerned. This may be achieved by means of conventional protecting groups, such as those described in Protective Groups in Or ⁇ anic Chemistry, ed. J.F.W. McOmie, Plenum Press, 1973; and T.W. Greene & P.G.M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Or ⁇ anic Synthesis. John Wiley & Sons, 1991.
  • the protecting groups may be removed at a convenient subsequent stage using methods known from the art.
  • the utility of the compounds of the instant invention to treat disorders mediated by an estrogen receptor may be determined according to the procedures described in Examples -172, 173, 174 and 175 herein.
  • the present invention therefore provides a method of treating disorders mediated by an estrogen receptor in a subject in need thereof which comprises administering any of the compounds as defined herein in a quantity effective to treat said disorder.
  • the compound may be administered to a patient by any conventional route of administration, including, but not limited to, intravenous, oral, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intradermal and parenteral.
  • the quantity of the compound which is effective for treating a disorder mediated by an estrogen receptor is between 0.01 mg per kg and 20 mg per kg of subject body weight.
  • the present invention also provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising one or more compounds of this invention in association with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • compositions are in unit dosage forms such as tablets, pills, capsules, powders, granules, sterile parenteral solutions or suspensions, metered aerosol or liquid sprays, drops, ampoules, autoinjector devices or suppositories; for oral parenteral, intranasal, sublingual or rectal administration, or for administration by inhalation or insufflation.
  • the composition may be presented in a form suitable for once-weekly or once-monthly administration; for example, an insoluble salt of the active compound, such as the decanoate salt, may be adapted to provide a depot preparation for intramuscular injection.
  • a pharmaceutical carrier e.g.
  • a solid preformulation composition containing a homogeneous mixture of a compound of the present invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • preformulation compositions as homogeneous, it is meant that the active ingredient is dispersed evenly throughout the composition so that the composition may be readily subdivided into equally effective dosage forms such as tablets, pills and capsules.
  • This solid preformulation composition is then subdivided into unit dosage forms of the type described above containing from 5 to about 1000 mg of the active ingredient of the present invention.
  • the tablets or pills of the novel composition can be coated or otherwise compounded to provide a dosage form affording the advantage of prolonged action.
  • the tablet or pill can comprise an inner dosage and an outer dosage component, the latter being in the form of an envelope over the former.
  • the two components can be separated by an enteric layer which serves to resist disintegration in the stomach and permits the inner component to pass intact into the duodenum or to be delayed in release.
  • enteric layers or coatings such materials including a number of polymeric acids with such materials as shellac, cetyl alcohol and cellulose acetate.
  • liquid forms in which the novel compositions of the present invention may be incorporated for administration orally or by injection include, aqueous solutions, suitably flavoured syrups, aqueous or oil suspensions, and flavoured emulsions with edible oils such as cottonseed oil, sesame oil, coconut oil or peanut oil, as well as elixirs and similar pharmaceutical vehicles.
  • Suitable dispersing or suspending agents for aqueous suspensions include synthetic and natural gums such as tragacanth, acacia, alginate, dextran, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, polyvinyl-pyrrolidone or gelatin.
  • the method of treating a disorder mediated by an estrogen receptor described in the present invention may also be earned out using a pharmaceutical composition comprising any of the compounds as defined herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the pharmaceutical composition may contain between about 5 mg and 1000 mg, preferably about 10 to 500 mg, of the compound, and may be constituted into any form suitable for the mode of administration selected.
  • Carriers include necessary and inert pharmaceutical excipients, including, but not limited to, binders, suspending agents, lubricants, flavorants, sweeteners, preservatives, dyes, and coatings.
  • compositions suitable for oral administration include solid forms, such as pills, tablets, caplets, capsules (each including immediate release, timed release and sustained release formulations), granules, and powders, and liquid forms, such as solutions, syrups, elixers, emulsions, and suspensions.
  • forms useful for parenteral administration include sterile solutions, emulsions and suspensions.
  • compounds of the present invention may be administered in a single daily dose, or the total daily dosage may be administered in divided doses of two, three or four times daily.
  • compounds for the present invention can be administered in intranasal form via topical use of suitable intranasal vehicles, or via transde ⁇ mal skin patches well known to those of ordinary skill in that art.
  • the dosage administration will, of course, be continuous rather than intermittent throughout the dosage regimen.
  • the active drug component can be combined with an oral, non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable inert carrier such as ethanoi, glycerol, water and the like.
  • suitable binders, lubricants, disintegrating agents and coloring agents can also be incorporated into the mixture.
  • suitable binders include, without limitation, starch, gelatin, natural sugars such as glucose or beta- lactose, com sweeteners, natural and synthetic gums such as acacia, tragacanth or sodium oleate, sodium stearate, magnesium stearate, sodium benzoate, sodium acetate, sodium chloride and the like.
  • Disintegrators include, without limitation, starch, methyl cellulose, agar, bentonite, xanthan gum and the like.
  • the liquid forms may include suitably flavored suspending or dispersing agents such as the synthetic and natural gums, for example, tragacanth, acacia, methyl-cellulose and the like.
  • suspending or dispersing agents such as the synthetic and natural gums, for example, tragacanth, acacia, methyl-cellulose and the like.
  • sterile suspensions and solutions are desired.
  • Isotonic preparations which generally contain suitable preservatives are employed when intravenous administration is desired.
  • the compound of the present invention can also be administered in the form of liposome delivery systems, such as small unilamellar vesicles, large unilamellar vesicles, and multilamellar vesicles.
  • Liposomes can be formed from a variety of phospholipids, such as cholesterol, stearylamine or phophatidylcholines.
  • Compounds of the present invention may also be delivered by the use of monoclonal antibodies as individual carriers to which the compound molecules are coupled.
  • the compounds of the present invention may also be coupled with soluble polymers as targetable drug carriers.
  • Such polymers can include polyvinylpyrrolidone, pyran copolymer, polyhydroxypropylmethacrylamidephenol, polyhydroxyethylaspartamidephenol, or polyethyl-eneoxidepolylysine substituted with palmitoyl residue.
  • the compounds of the present invention may be coupled to a class of biodegradable polymers useful in achieving controlled release of a drug, for example, polylactic acid, polyepsilon caprolactone, polyhydroxy butyric acid, polyorthoesters, polyacetals, polydihydropyrans, polycyanoacrylates and cross-linked or amphipathic block copolymers of hydrogels.
  • a drug for example, polylactic acid, polyepsilon caprolactone, polyhydroxy butyric acid, polyorthoesters, polyacetals, polydihydropyrans, polycyanoacrylates and cross-linked or amphipathic block copolymers of hydrogels.
  • Compounds of this invention may be administered in any of the foregoing compositions and according to dosage regimens established in the art whenever treatment of a disorder mediated by an estrogen receptor is required.
  • the daily dosage of the products may be varied over a wide range from about 1 to about 1 ,000 mg per adult human per day.
  • the compositions are preferably provided in the form of tablets containing, 1.0, 5.0, 10.0, 15.0, 25.0, 50.0, 100, 250 and 500 milligrams of the active ingredient for the symptomatic adjustment of the dosage to the patient to be treated.
  • An effective amount of the drug is ordinarily supplied at a dosage level of from about 0.01 mg/kg to about 20 mg/kg of body weight per day.
  • the range is from about 0.1 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg of body weight per day, and especially from about 0.5 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg of body weight per day.
  • the compounds may be administered on a regimen of 1 to 4 times per day.
  • Optimal dosages to be administered may be readily determined by those skilled in the art, and will vary with the particular compound used, the mode of administration, the strength of the preparation, the mode of administration, and the advancement of the disease condition. In addition, factors associated with the particular patient being treated, including patient age, weight, diet and time of administration, will result in the need to adjust dosages.
  • the following Examples are set forth to aid in the understanding of the invention, and are not intended and should not be construed to limit in any way the invention set forth in the claims which follow thereafter.
  • the title compound was prepared as a crystalline solid according the procedure described in Example 13 with substitution of acetic acid 5-acetoxy-2- (8-acetoxy-4-methyl-2-oxo-2H-chromen-3-yl)-phenyl ester, prepared as in Example 10, for acetic acid 3-acetoxy-4-(7-acetoxy-4-methyl-2-oxo-2H- chromen-3-yl)-phenyl ester.
  • the title product was prepared as a colorless crystalline solid according to the procedure described in Example 22 with substitution of 8-fluoro-2- hydroxy-11H-chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-5-one, prepared as in Example 20, for 2, 8-dihydroxy-11H-chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-5-one.
  • the title product was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 26 with substitution of 4-[ 2-(azapan-1-y
  • the title compound was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 26 with substitution of 4-[ 2-(mopholin-1-yl)-ethoxyphenyl] - magnesium bromide (generated in situ from 4-[ 2-(morpholin-1-yl)-ethoxy]- iodobenzene and isopropyl magnesium bromide) as the Grignard reagent, for the Grignard reagent 4-[ 2-(piperidin-1-yl)-ethoxyphenyl]- magnesium bromide.
  • the title product was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 26 with substitution of 4-[ 2-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)-ethoxy]-phenyl magnesium bromide (generated in situ from 4-[ 2-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)-ethoxy]- iodobenzene and isopropyl magnesium bromide) as the Grignard reagent, for the Grignard reagent 4-[ 2-(piperidin-1-yl)-ethoxy]-phenyl magnesium bromide.
  • the title product was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 26 with substitution of 4-(2-diethylaminoethoxy)-phenyl magnesium bromide (generated in situ from 4-(2-diethylaminoethoxy)-iodobenzene and isopropyl magnesium bromide) as the Grignard reagent, for the Grignard reagent 4-[ 2-(piperidin-1-yl)-ethoxyphenyl]- magnesium bromide.
  • the title product was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 26 with substitution of 4-(2-diethylaminoethoxy)-phenyl magnesium bromide (generated in situ from 4-(2-diethylaminoethoxy)-iodobenzene and isopropyl magnesium bromide) as the Grignard reagent, for the Grignard reagent 4-[ 2-(piperidin-1-yl)-ethoxy]-phenyl magnesium bromide.
  • the title product was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 26 with substitution of phenyl magnesium bromide as the Grignard reagent for the Grignard reagent 4-[ 2-(piperidin-1-yl)-ethoxy]-phenyl magnesium bromide (generated in situ from 4-[ 2-(piperidin-1-yl)-ethoxy]- iodobenzene and isopropyl magnesium bromide).
  • Example 26 The title compound was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 26, with substitution of 2-(ferf-Butyl-dimethyl-silanlyoxy)-8-fluoro- 5,11 -dihydro-chromeno [4,3-c]-chromen-5-ol, prepared as in Example 25, for 2, 8-bis-(terf-Butyl-dimethyl-silanlyoxy)-5,11 -dihydro-chromeno [4,3-c]-chromen-5- ol.
  • reaction mixture was let run overnight (about 18 hours).
  • the reaction mixture was evaporated to dryness, triturated with ether and the resulting colorless solid of triphenyl phosphine oxide removed by filtration.
  • the filtrate was evaporated to dryness to yield a residue which was purified by column chromatography on silica gel using 2% methanol in dichloromethane as an eluent to yield the title product as a viscous semisolid.
  • Example 35 with substitution of 5-(ter.-Butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-2-(7-(fert-butyl- dimethyl-silyloxy)-4- ⁇ hydroxy-[4-(2-diethylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-methyl ⁇ -2H- chromen-3-yl)-phenol, prepared as in Example 27 for 5-(fert-butyl-dimethyl- silyloxy)-2-(7-(te/ -butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-4- ⁇ hydroxy-[4-(2-piperidine-1-yl- ethoxy)-phenyl]-methyl ⁇ -2H-chromen-3-yl)-phenol.
  • Example 35 with substitution of 5-(ten * -Butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-2-(7-(re f-butyl- dimethyl-silyloxy)-4- ⁇ hydroxy-[4-(2-diethylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-methyl ⁇ -2/-/- chromen-3-yl)-phenol, prepared as in Example 30, for 5-(fert-butyl-dimethyl- silyloxy)-2-(7-(te/.-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-4- ⁇ hydroxy-[4-(2-piperidine-1-yl- ethoxy)-phenyl]-methyl ⁇ -2H-chromen-3-yl)-phenol.
  • Example 35 The title product was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 35 with substitution of 5-(fe/f-Butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-2-(7-(ferf-butyl- dimethyl-silyloxy)-4- ⁇ hydroxy-[4-(2-dimethylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-methyl ⁇ -2H- chromen-3-yl)-phenol, prepared as in Example 31 , for 5-(fe/ -butyl-dimethyl- silyloxy)-2-(7-(fer.-butyl-dimethyl-siiyloxy)-4- ⁇ hydroxy-[4-(2-piperidine-1-yl- ethoxy)-phenyl]-methyl ⁇ -2H-chromen-3-yl)-phenol.
  • the reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl (30 mL) and then washed with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (35 mL).
  • the precipitated inorganic salts were removed by filtration and washed with ethyl acetate.
  • the combined organic phases were washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (50 mL), dried (anhydrous sodium sulphate), filtered and evaporated to dryness to yield the crude product.
  • the crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel using a 1:1 mixture of hexane and 10% ammoniated methanol containing 10% ammonium hydroxide to yield the purified title product as a brownish, foamy solid.
  • the title product was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 44 with substitution of 1-(2- ⁇ 4-[2,8-Bis-(ferf-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)- 5,11-dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]-chromen-5-yl]-phenoxy ⁇ -ethyl)-azepane, prepared as in Example 36, for 1-(2- ⁇ 4-[2,8-Bis-(ferf-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)- 5,11-dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]-chromen-5-yl]-phenoxy ⁇ -ethyl)-piperidine.
  • Example 44 with substitution of 1-(2- ⁇ 4-[2,8-Bis-(tert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)- 5,11 -dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]-chromen-5-yl]-phenoxy ⁇ -ethyl)-morpholine, prepared as in Example 37, for 1-(2- ⁇ 4-[2,8-Bis-(ten'-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)- S.I I-dihydro-chromeno ⁇ .S-cl-chromen- ⁇ -y -phenoxyJ-ethy -piperidine.
  • MS (Cl) m/z 474 (M+H) + ; loop negative 472 (M-H)
  • Example 44 The title product was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 44 with substitution of 1-(2- ⁇ 4-[2,8-Bis-(fert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)- 5,11 -dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]-chromen-5-yl]-phenoxy ⁇ -ethyl)-pyrrolidine, prepared as in Example 38, for 1-(2- ⁇ 4-[2,8-Bis-(fe/t-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)- 5,11-dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]-chromen-5-yl]-phenoxy ⁇ -ethyl)-piperidine.
  • the title product was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 44 with substitution of (2- ⁇ 4-[2,8-Bis-(te/t-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-5,11- dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]-chromen-5-yl]-phenoxy ⁇ -ethyl)-diethylamine, prepared as in Example 39, for 1-(2- ⁇ 4-[2,8-Bis-(fert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-5,11-dihydro- chromeno[4,3-c]-chromen-5-yl]-phenoxy ⁇ -ethyl)-piperidine.
  • the title product was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 44 with substitution of (2- ⁇ 4-[2,8-Bis-(tert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-5,11- dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]-chromen-5-yl]-phenoxy ⁇ -ethyl)-dimethylamine, prepared as in Example 40, for 1-(2- ⁇ 4-[2,8-Bis-(fe/ -butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)- 5,11-dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]-chromen-5-yl]-phenoxy ⁇ -ethyl)-piperidine.
  • Example 52 During the purification of the compound prepared in Example 52 by column chromatography, the title compound was isolated in small amount as an accompanying minor component, derived from the silylated precursor [MS (Cl) m/z 630, present as a minor side product in the major component prepared as in Example 52, which in turn was derived from a precursor formed as a minor side product during the preparation of the title compound of Example 34, through the side reaction with isopropyl magnesium bromide.
  • silylated precursor [MS (Cl) m/z 630
  • STEP A 5-(te ⁇ -butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-2-(7-(fert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)- 4- ⁇ 1 -hydroxy-1 -[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-ethyl ⁇ -2H-chromen-3- yl)-phenol.
  • STEP B 1 -(2- ⁇ 4-[2,8-bis-(tert-butyi-dimethyl-silyloxy)-5-methyl-5,11 - dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-5-yl]-phenoxy ⁇ -ethyl)-pyrrolidine.
  • STEP C 5-methyl-5-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,11 -dihydro- chromeno[4,3-c]chromene-2,8-diol.
  • STEP D 2,2-dimethyl-propionic acid 8-(2,2-dimethyl-propionyloxy)-5- methyl-5-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,11 -dihydro-chromeno[4,3- c]chromen-2-yl ester.
  • reaction mixture was then extracted with DCM, washed with brine and dried over MgSO 4 . After removal of the dessicant, the solution was solution was concentrated and the resulting residue eluted through a short silica column with 2% methanol in DCM. The solvent was evaporated to yield the title compounds as a thick yellow oil.
  • reaction mixture was extracted with DCM, washed with brine and dried over MgS ⁇ 4 . After removal of the dessicant, the organic solution was concentrated and the residue was purified via silica gel chromatography with 2% methanol in DCM as the eluent, to yield the title compound as a thick yellow oil.
  • STEP A 5-(fert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-2-(7-(fert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)- 4- ⁇ 1 -hydroxy-1 -[4-(2-piperidin-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-ethyl ⁇ -2H-chromen-3- yl)-phenol.
  • STEP C 5-methyl-5-[4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,11-dihydro- chromeno[4,3-c]chromene-2,8-diol
  • STEP A 5-(te ⁇ -butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-2-(7-(tert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)- 4- ⁇ 1 -hydroxy-1 -[4-(3-piperidin-1 -yl-propoxy)-phenyl]-ethyl ⁇ -2H-chromen-3- yl)-phenoi.
  • STEP A 5-(tert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-2-(7-(tert-butyl-dimethyl-siiyloxy)- 4- ⁇ 1 -hydroxy-1 -[3-(2-piperidin-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-ethyl>-2H-chromen-3- yl)-phenol
  • STEP B 1-(2- ⁇ 3-[2,8-bis-(tert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-5-methyl-5,11- 25 dihydro-chromenol[4,3-c]chromen-5-yl]-phenoxy ⁇ -ethyl)-piperidine
  • the product was determined to contain the benzoic acid 3-benzoyloxy-4- (7-benzoyloxy-4-bromomethyl-2-oxo-2H-chromen-3-yl)-phenyl ester compound and the benzoic acid, 3-benzoyloxy-4-(7-benzoyloxy-4-dibromomethyl-2-oxo- 2H-chromen-3-yl)-phenyl ester.
  • a 250 mL 3-neck round bottom flask was equipped with a magnetic stirrer, a rubber stopper and an argon inlet/outlet adapter.
  • This vessel was charged with THF (20 mL) via syringe, iPr 2 NH (1.8 mL, 14.0 mmol) via syringe and cooled to -10°C in an ice/methanol bath.
  • n-Butyl lithium (1.85 M (titrated) via syringe, 6.3mL, 11.7 mmol) in hexane was added dropwise via syringe at -10°C, stirred for 15 min at -10°C.
  • the organic layer was separated and washed with brine (100 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO , filtered and the solvent evaporated to yield a crude oil.
  • the crude oil was diluted with toluene (150 mL) and HCI (37%, 6.0 mL) and stirred for 30 min at room temperature. The solution was diluted with EtOAc (300 mL), the organic layer washed twice with water (100 ml) and then with a saturated solution of NaHCO 3 (150 ml). The organic layer was separated and dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and evaporated to yield the title compound as a foamy material.
  • the reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with 5% sodium bicarbonate and then with brine.
  • the organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na 2 S ⁇ , and concentrated to yield a 1 :2 mixture of mono-pivalate:di-pivalate.
  • To the crude product dissolved in CH 2 CI 2t was added 2,2-dimethylpropionic acid chloride (4.3 ml) and triethylamine (5 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred for 30 min.
  • the reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate(300 mL) and then washed with brine.
  • the racemic compound (2,2-dimethyl-propionic acid 8-(2,2-dimethyl- propionyloxy)-5[4-(2-piperidin-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5, 11 -dihydro-chromeno[4,3- c]chromen-2-yl ester) (2.5g) was loaded onto a ChiralPak AD chiral HPLC column ( 5 cm I.D. x 50 cm L) and eluted with 20%MeOH in IPA at the 90 mL/min flow rate.
  • reaction mixture was then diluted with ethyl acetate (300 mL) and washed with 5% sodium bicarbonate, then washed with brine.
  • the organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na 2 S0 4 and concentrated to yield a 1 :3 mixture of the mono-camphane:di-camphane derivative.
  • To the crude product in CH 2 CI 2 (55 mL) was added (1S)-(-) camphanic chloride (1.5 g) and TEA (2.0 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred for 30 minutes at room temperature.
  • the reaction mixture was then diluted with ethyl acetate (250 mL) and then washed with brine.
  • MOMCI (6.62 ml, 82.9 mmol) was added to the mixture of K 2 CO 3 (18.6g, about 367.1 mmol) and 3-(2,4-dihydroxyphenyl)-7-hydroxy-4-methyl-chromen- 2-one (4.7g, 16.5 mmol) in acetone (600 mi) at 0°C under nitrogen for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was then stirred for4h, over which time the solution was allowed to warm to room temperature. The reaction mixture was then filtered and evaporated to yield a thick oil.
  • EXAMPLE 70 T3- 2.4-Bis-methoxymethoxy-phenv ⁇ -7-methoxymethoxy-2-oxo-2H- chromen-4-yll-acetaldehvde
  • reaction mixture was then stirred for 30 mins, quenched with saturated aqueous NH4CI, extracted with ethyl acetate and then concentrated to yield th title product as a crude solid which was purified by flash chromatography eluting with 30% ethyl acetate in hexane to yield the title product as a solid.
  • the reaction mixture was gradually warmed to room temperature.
  • the reaction mix was diluted with CH2CI2 (30 mL), the organic layer was separated and dried over Na 2 S04- The solution was filtered and evaporated to yield a crude product that was purified on SiO 2 to yield the title compound as a solid.
  • the reaction mixture was quenched by MeOH (0.5 mL), treated with a saturated solution of ammonium chloride (30 mL) and then diluted with diethyl ether (25 mL). The organic layer was separated and washed with brine (15 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and the solvent evaporated to yield a crude oil.
  • the crude oil was diluted with toluene (30 mL) and 1 N HCI (6.0 mL) and then stirred for 30 min at room temperature.
  • the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (20 mL) and the organic layer was washed twice with water (20 ml) and with a saturated solution of NaHCO 3 (10 ml).
  • reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with 5% sodium bicarbonate and then with brine.
  • the organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2S ⁇ 4, and concentrated to yield a crude oil, which was purified by HPLC (using Luna C18 column, 1 % TFA in acetonitrile (ACN) and 1 % TFA in H 2 0 as gradient solvent system).
  • reaction mixture was maintained at -20°C for 1 hour, then diluted with diethyl ether (200 mL), washed with aqueous NH 4 CI (100ml), brine and organic layer was dried over anhydrous MgSO 4 .
  • the resulting product was then concentration by vacuum " to drynessand purified by silica gel column chromatography to yield the title compound as a colorless oil.
  • reaction mixture was quenched with MeOH (0.1 mL) and then with aqueous NH CI.
  • the resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (200 mL).
  • the organic layers were dried and concentrated and azetropically distilled with benzene (50 mL) to yield the title product as a crude oil.
  • Example 86 1 -[2-[4-[2,6,12-tris[[(1 ,1 -dimethylethyl)dimethylsilyl]oxy]-3,9- dihydro[1]benzopyrano[4,3-e][1]benzoxocin-9-yl]phenoxy]ethyl]- piperidine and

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
  • Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Endocrinology (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Reproductive Health (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
  • Psychiatry (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Cardiology (AREA)
  • Obesity (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Gynecology & Obstetrics (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
  • Heterocyclic Carbon Compounds Containing A Hetero Ring Having Oxygen Or Sulfur (AREA)
  • Pyrane Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention is directed to novel heteroatom containing tetracyclic derivatives, pharmaceutical compositions containing them, their use in the treatment and / or prevention of disorders mediated by one or more estrogen receptors and processes for their preparation. The compounds of the invention are useful in the treatment and / or prevention of disorders associated with the depletion of estrogen such as hot flashes, vaginal dryness, osteopenia and osteoporosis; hormone sensitive cancers and hyperplasia of the breast, endometrium, cervix and prostate; endometriosis, uterine fibroids, osteoarthritis and as contraceptive agents, alone or in combination with a progestogen or progestogen antagonist.

Description

TETRACYCLIC HETEROCOMPOUNDS AS ESTROGEN RECEPTOR MODULATORS
CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATION This application claims the benefit of U. S. Provisional Application
60/341 ,957, filed on December 19, 2001 , which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
Field of the Invention The present invention is directed to novel heteroatom containing tetracyclic derivatives, pharmaceutical compositions containing them, their use in the treatment of disorders mediated by one or more estrogen receptors and processes for their preparation. The compounds of the invention are thus useful for the treatment and/or prevention of disorders associated with estrogen depletion (including, but not limited to hot flashes, vaginal dryness, osteopenia, osteoporosis, hyperiipidemia, loss of cognitive function, degenerative brain diseases, cardiovascular and cerebrovascular diseases); for the treatment of hormone sensitive cancers and hyperplasia (in tissues including breast, endometrium, and cervix in women and prostate in men); for the treatment and prevention of endometriosis, uterine fibroids, and osteoarthritis; and as contraceptive agents either alone or in combination with a progestogen or progestogen antagonist.
Background of the Invention Estrogens are a group of female hormones essential for the reproductive process and for the development of the uterus, breasts, and other physical changes associated with puberty. Estrogens have an effect on various tissues throughout a woman's body, not only those involved in the reproductive process, such as the uterus, breasts, and external genitalia, but also tissues in the central nervous system, bones, the liver, skin, and the urinary tract. The ovaries produce most of the estrogens in a woman's body. Menopause is defined as the permanent cessation of menses due to loss of ovarian follicular function and the near complete termination of estrogen production. The midlife transition of menopause is characterized by a decrease in estrogen that provokes both short-term and long-term symptoms with the vasomotor, urogenital, cardiovascular, skeletal and centra nervous systems, such as hot flushes, urogenital atrophy, increased risk of cardiovascular disease, osteoporosis, cognitive and psychological impairment, including an increased risk of cognitive disorders and Alzheimer's disease (AD).
Seventy-five percent of all women experience some occurrence of vasomotor symptoms associated with the onset of menopause such as body sweating and hot flushes. These complaints may begin several years before menopause and in some women may continue for more than 10 years either relatively constant, or as instant attacks without a definable, provoking cause.
Urogenital symptoms associated with the onset of menopause involving the vagina include a sensation of dryness, burning, itching, pain during intercourse, superficial bleeding and discharge, along with atrophy and stenosis. Symptoms involving the urinary tract include a burning sensation during urination, frequent urgency, recurrent urinary tract infections, and urinary incontinence. These symptoms have been reported to occur in up to 50% of all women near the time of menopause and are more frequent a few years after menopause. If left untreated, the problems can become permanent.
Heart attack and stroke are major causes of morbility and mortality among senior women. Female morbility from these diseases increases rapidly after menopause. Women who undergo premature menopause are at greater coronary risk than menstruating women of similar age. The presence of serum estrogen has a positive effect on serum lipids. The hormone promotes vasodilation of blood vessels, and enhances the formation of new blood vessels. Thus the decrease in serum estrogen levels in postmenopausal women results in adverse cardiovascular effect. Additionally, it is theorized that differences in the ability of blood to coagulate may account for the observed difference in the occurrence of heart disease before and after menopause.
The skeleton is under a continuous process of bone degeneration and regeneration in a carefully regulated interaction among the bone cells. These cells are directly affected by estrogen. Estrogen deficiency results in a loss of bone structure, and decrease of bone strength. Rapid loss of bone mass during the year immediately following menopause leads to postmenopausal osteoporosis and increased risk of fracture.
Estrogen deficiency is also one of the causes for the degenerative changes in the central nervous system and may lead to Alzheimer's disease (AD) and decline of cognition. Recent evidence suggests an association between estrogen, menopause and cognition. More particularly, it has been reported that estrogen replacement therapy and the use of estrogen in women may prevent the development of AD and improve cognitive function.
Hormone replacement therapy (HRT) - more specifically estrogen replacement therapy (ERT) - is commonly prescribed to address the medical problems associated with menopause, and also to help hinder osteoporosis and primary cardiovascular complications (such as coronary artery disease) in both a preventive and therapeutical manner. As such, HRT is considered a medical therapy for prolonging the average life span of postmenopausal women and providing a better quality of life.
ERT effectively relieves the climacteric symptoms and urogenital symptoms and has shown some benefits in the prevention and treatment of heart disease in postmenopausal women. Clinical reports have shown that ERT lowered heart attack rates and mortality rates in populations that received ERT versus similar populations not on ERT. ERT initiated soon after menopause may also help maintain bone mass for several years. Controlled investigations have shown that treatment with ERT has a positive effect even in older women up to age of 75 years.
However, there are numerous undesirable effects associated with ERT that reduce patient compliance. Venous thromboembolism, gallbladder disease, resumption of menses, mastodynia, and a possible increased risk of developing uterine and/or breast cancer are the risks associated with ERT. Up to 30% of women who are prescribed ERT do not fill the prescription, and the discontinuation rate for ERT is between 38% and 70%, with safety concerns, and adverse effects (bloating and break-through bleeding) the most important reasons for discontinuation.
A new class of pharmacological agents known as Selective Estrogen Receptor Modulators or SERMs have been designed and developed as alternatives for HRT. Raloxifene, a nonsteroidal benzothiophere SERM is marketed in the US and Europe for the prevention and treatment of osteoporosis under the trademark of Evista®. Raloxifene has been shown to reduce bone loss and prevent fracture without adversely stimulating endometrial and mammary tissue, though raloxifene is somewhat less efficacious than ERT for protecting against bone loss. Raloxifene is unique and differs significantly from ERT in that it does not stimulate the endometrium and has the potential for preventing breast cancer. Raloxifene has also demonstrated beneficial estrogen agonist effects on cardiovascular risk factors, more specifically through a rapid and sustained decrease in total and low- density lipoprotein cholesterol levels in patients treated with raloxifene. In addition, raloxifene has been shown to reduce plasma concentration of homocysteine, an independent risk factor for atherosclerosis and thromboembolic disease.
However, raloxifene has been reported to exacerbate symptoms associated with menopause such as hot flushes and vaginal dryness, and does not improve cognitive function in senior patients. Patients taking raloxifene have reported higher rates of hot flashes compared with either placebo or ERT users and more leg cramps than placebo users, although women who took ERT had a higher incidence of vaginal bleeding and breast discomfort than raloxifene or placebo users.
As yet, neither raloxifene nor any of the other currently available SERM compounds has been shown to have the ability to provide all the benefits of currently available ERT such as controlling postmenopausal syndrome and preventing AD, without causing adverse side effects such as increasing risk of endometrial and breast cancer and bleeding. Thus there exists a need for compounds which are selective estrogen receptor modulators and which provide all of the benefits of ERT while also addressing the vasomotor, urogenital and cognitive disorders or conditions associated with the decrease in systemic estrogen associated with menopause.
Summary of the Invention
The present invention is directed to a compound of formula (I)
Figure imgf000006_0001
wherein
^^ represents a single or double bond,
X is selected from the group consisting of O and S and Y is selected from the group consisting of CRARB, CRARB(CRARB)1.2 (preferably CRARB(CRARB)1-2 is selected from -CRARB(CH2)ι-2, -CH2CRARBCH2-,- CRARB- CH(OH)-CRARB- or -CRARB-CH2-CRARB-), CRARBC(0), CRARBC(O)CRARB (preferably CH2C(O)CH2), and C(O); alternatively Y is selected from the group consisting of O and S and X is selected from the group consisting of CRARB and C(O); provided that when X is S, then Y is selected from the group consisting of CRARB, CRARB(CRARB)ι-2 and CH2C(O)CH2; provided further that when Y is S, then X is selected from the group consisting of CRARB; wherein each RA and RB is independently selected from hydrogen, y, alkyl or alkoxy; provided that RA and RB are not each hydroxy; Z is selected from the group consisting of O and S;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, -C(0)-aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl and heteroaryl-alkyl; wherein the alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl or heteroaryl-alkyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, -SH, -S(alkyl), SO2, NO2) CN, C02H, Rc, -ORc, -C(O)- ORc, -C(O)O-(alkyl)-NRDRE, -C(0)-NRD-(alkyl)-NRDRε, -C(O)- (heterocycloalkyl)-NRDRE, -C(0)-(heterocycloalkyl)-RF, -SO2-NRDRE, -NRDRE, NRD-SO2-RF, -(alkyl)0-4-C(O)NRDRE, (alkyl)0-4-NRD-C(O)-RF, -(alkyl)0-4-(Q)o-ι- (alkyl)o^-NRDRE, -(alkyl)o-4-(Q)o-ι-(alkyl)(M-C(O)-ORF, -(alkyl)o-4-(Q)o-ι-(alkyl)o-4- C(O)-NRDRE, -(alkyl)0-4-C(O)-(alkyl)o-4-C(O)-ORF, -O-(alkyl)-0SI(alkyl)3, -O- (alkyl)-ORD or -O-(alkyl)-formyl;
wherein Rc is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl-alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-alkyl, heterocycloalkyl and heterocycloalkyl-alkyl; wherein the cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl-alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-alkyl, heterocycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl-alkyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, -SH, -S(alkyl), S02, NO2, CN, CO2H, Rc, - SO2-NRDRE, NR RE, NRD-SO2-RF, -(alkyl)r 4-C(O)-NRDRE, -(alkyl)0-4-NRD-C(O)- RF, -(alkyl)o-4-(Q)o-ι-(alkyl)o-4-NRDRE, -(alkyl)o-4-(Q)o-ι-(alkyl)0-4-C(O)-ORF, - (alkyl)(M-(Q)o-ι-(alkyl)o-4-C(O)-NRDRE or-(alkyl)o-4-C(OHalkyl)o-4-C(O)-ORF;
wherein Q is selected from the group consisting of O, S, NH, N(alkyl) and -CH=CH-; wherein each RD and RE is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl; alternatively RD and RE are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound to form a 3 to 10 membered, preferably 4 to 8 membered, ring selected from the group consisting of heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl; wherein the heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, oxo, alkyl, alkoxy, carboxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, nitro or cyano;
wherein RF is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl-alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-alkyl, heterocycloalkyl and heterocycloalkyl-alkyl; wherein the cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-alkyl, heterocycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl-alkyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, carboxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, nitro or cyano;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, -C(O)-aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl and heteroaryl-alkyl; wherein the alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl or heteroaryl-alkyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, -SH, -S(alkyl), SO2, NO2, CN, CO2H, Rc, -ORc, -C(O)- Rc, -C(O)O-(alkyl)-NRDRE, -C(O)-NRD-(alkyl)-NRDRE, -C(O)-(heterocycloalkyl)- NRDRE, -C(0)-(heterocycloalkyl)-RF, -SO2-NRDRE, -NRDRE, NRD-SO2-RF, - (alkyl)o-4-C(0)NRDRE, (alkyl)0^-NRD-C(O)-RF, -(alkyl)0-4-(Q)o-ι-(alkyl)o-4-NRDRE, - (alkyl)0-4-(Q)o-ι-(alkyl)o-4-C(O)-ORF, -(alkyl)0-4-(Q)o-ι-(alkyl)0-4-C(O)-NRDRE, - (alkyl)0-4-C(0)-(alkyl)o- -C(O)-ORF, -O-(alkyl)-OSi(alkyl)3, -O-(alkyl)-ORD or -O- (alkyl)-formyl;
alternatively, R1 and R2 are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are bound to form C(O); provided that when R1 and R2 are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are bound to form C(O) and X is selected from the group consisting of O and S, then Y is selected from the group consisting of CRARB, CRARB(CRARB)i-2, CRARBC(O) and CH2C(O)CH2; provided further that when R1 and R2 are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are bound to form C(O) and Y is selected from the group consisting of O and S, then X is selected from the group consisting of CRARB;
n is an integer selected from 0 to 4; each R3 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, Rc, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, nitro, cyano, -C(O)RG, - C(O)ORG, -OC(O)RG, -OC(O)ORG, -OC(O)N(RG)2, -N(RG)C(O)RG, -OSi(RG)3, - ORG, -S02N(RG)2, -0-(alkyl)ι-4-C(O)RG and -0-(alkyl)ι^-C(O)ORG; wherein each RG is independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, aralkyl and 1 ,7,7-trimethyl-2-oxabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-3-one; wherein the alkyl, aryl or aralkyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from alkyl, halogenated alkyl, alkoxy, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, -OC(O)-alkyl or -C(0)0-alkyl; alternatively two RG groups are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound to form a heterocycloalkyl group; wherein the heterocycloalkyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, carboxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, nitro or cyano;
m is an integer selected from 0 to 4; each R4 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, Rc, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, nitro, cyano, -C(O)RG, - C(O)ORG -OC(O)RG, -OC(O)ORG, -OC(O)N(RG)2, -N(RG)C(O)RG, -OSi(RG)3, - ORG, -SO2N(alkyl)2, -0-(alkyl)1-4-C(O)RG and
Figure imgf000009_0001
provided that when ^^ is a double bond, X is CH2, Y is O, Z is O and R1 and R2 are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are bound to form C(O), then at least one of n or m is an integer selected from 1 to 4; preferably, n is an integer from 1 to 4 and m is an integer from 1 to 4;
provided further that when =^=^ is a single bond, X is O, Y is CH(alkyl), Z is O, R1 is hydrogen and R2 is alkyl, then at least one of n or m is an integer selected from 1 to 4; preferably, n is an integer from 1 to 4 and m is an integer from 1 to 4; provided further that when == is a single bond, X is O, Y is CH(alkyl), Z is O, R1 is hydrogen, R2 is alkyl, n is 1 and m is 1 , then R3 and R4 are other than methoxy or ethoxy, preferably R3 and R4 are other than alkoxy;
provided further that when is a double bond, X is O, Y is CH2, Z is
O, R1 and R2 are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are bound to form C(O), n is 0 and m is 2, then each R4 is not hydroxy or alkoxy; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
The present invention is further directed to a compound of formula (D)
Figure imgf000010_0001
wherein =^= represents a single or double bond,
A is selected from the group consisting of O and S; D is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, acetyl, benzyl, benzoyl, SEM, MOM, BOM, TBS, TMS, pivaloyl and -C(O)R; wherein R is selected from alkyl, aryl, and substituted aryl; wherein the substituents on the aryl group are one or more independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, amino, alkylamino, di(alkyl)amino, nitro or cyano; each R10 and R11 is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, hydroxy substituted alkyl, alkoxy, -CH(OH)-aryl, -CHO, -C(O)- alkyl, -C(O)-aryl, -C(O)O-alkyl, -C(O)O-aryl, SEM, MOM, BOM, -CH2CH2OCH3, -CH2CH2-O-benzyl and pivaloyl; wherein the alkyl group, whether alone or as part of a larger substituents group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from hydroxy, halogen or phenyl; wherein the aryl group, whether alone or as part of a larger substituents group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from hydroxy, alkoxy or alkoxy-carbonyl; provided that R10 and R11 are not each hydrogen or each hydroxy;
Z is selected from the group consisting of O and S; n is an integer selected from 0 to 4; each R12 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, trialkylsilyl, acyloxy, benzoyloxy, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, SEMoxy, MOMoxy and pivaloyloxy; m is an integer selected from 0 to 4; each R13 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, trialkylsilyl, acyloxy, benzoyloxy, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, SEMoxy, MOMoxy and pivaloyloxy; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
The present invention is further directed to a compound of formula (Dl)
Figure imgf000011_0001
wherein
=-=^ represents a single or double bond,
X is selected from the group consisting of O and S and Y is selected from the group consisting of CRARB, CRARB(CRARB)1.2 (preferably
CRARB(CRARB)1-2 is selected from -CRARB(CH )ι-2, -CH2CRARBCH2-,- CRARB- CH(OH)-CRARB- or -CRARB-CH2-CRARB-), CRARBC(O), CRARBC(O)CRARB (preferably CH2C(O)CH2 and C(O); alternatively Y is selected from the group consisting of O and S and X is selected from the group consisting of CRARB and C(O); provided that when X is S, then Y is selected from the group consisting of CRARB, CRARB(CRARB)ι-2 and CH2C(O)CH2; provided further that when Y is S, then X is selected from the group consisting of CRARB; wherein each RA and RB is independently selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl or alkoxy; provided that RA and RB are not each hydroxy;
T is selected from the group consisting of ~(aryl)-O-(alkyl)-NRDRE and - (aryl)-O-(alkyl)-OH; n is an integer selected from 0 to 4; each R3 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, Rc, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, nitro, cyano, -C(O)RG, - C(O)ORG -OC(O)RG, -OC(0)ORG, -OC(O)N(RG)2> -N(RG)C(O)RG -OSi(RG)3, - ORG, -SO2N(RG)2, -0-(alkyl)ι-4-C(O)RG and -O-(alkyl)1-4-C(O)ORG; wherein Rc is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl-alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-alkyl, heterocycloalkyl and heterocycloalkyl-alkyl; wherein the cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl-alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-alkyl, heterocycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl-alkyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, -SH, -S(alkyl), SO2l NO2, CN, CO2H, Rc, - SO2-NRDRE, NRDRE, NRD-SO2-RF, -(alkyl)0-4-C(O)-NRDRE, -(alkyl)0-4-NRD-C(O)- RF, -(alkyl)0-4-(Q)o-r(alkyl)o-4-NRDRE, -(alkyl)o-4-(Q)o-ι-(alkyl)o-4-C(O)-ORF ) - (alkyl)o-4-(Q)o-i-(alkyl)o-4-C(O)-NRDRE or -(alkyl)0-4-C(OHalkyl)o-4-C(O)-ORF; wherein Q is selected from the group consisting of O, S, NH, N(alkyl) and -CH=CH-; wherein RD and RE are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl; alternatively RD and RE are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound to form a 3 to 10 membered, preferably 4 to 8 membered, ring selected from the group consisting of heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl; wherein the heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, oxo, alkyl, alkoxy, carboxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, nitro or cyano; wherein RF is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl-alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-alkyl, heterocycloalkyl and heterocycloalkyl-alkyl; wherein the cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-alkyl, heterocycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl-alkyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, carboxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, nitro or cyano; wherein each RG is independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, aralkyl and 1 ,7,7-trimethyl-2-oxabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-3-one; wherein the alkyl, aryl or aralkyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from alkyl, halogenated alkyl, alkoxy, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, -OC(O)-alkyl or -C(O)0-alkyl; alternatively two RG groups are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound to form a heterocycloalkyl group; wherein the heterocycloalkyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, carboxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, nitro or cyano; m is an integer selected from 0 to 4; each R4 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, Rc, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, nitro, cyano, -C(O)RG, - C(O)ORG, -OC(O)RG, -OC(O)ORG, -OC(O)N(RG)2, -N(RG)C(O)RG -OSi(RG)3, - ORG, -SO2N(alkyl)2, -O-(alkyl)^-C(0)RG and -O-(alkyl)ι-4-C(O)ORG; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
The present invention is further directed to a process for the preparation of a compound of formula (DX)
Figure imgf000014_0001
wherein
^■^ represents a single or double bond,
X is selected from the group consisting of O and S; p is an integer from 0 to 2;
RA and RB are each independently selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl or alkoxy; provided that RA and RB are not each hydroxy;
Z is selected from the group consisting of O and S; n is an integer from 0 to 4; each R12 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, trialkylsilyl, acyloxy, benzoyloxy, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, SEMoxy, MOMoxy and pivaloyloxy; m is an integer selected from 0 to 4; each R13 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, trialkylsilyl, acyloxy, benzoyloxy, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, SEMoxy, MOMoxy and pivaloyloxy; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; comprising
Figure imgf000014_0002
reacting a suitable substituted compound of formula (VIII), a known compound or compound prepared by known methods, wherein Pg10 is a protecting group, with an organic base selected from the group consisting of NaHMDS, LiHMDS, KHMDS, LDA and di(lower alkyl)amino lithium, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (C), wherein V is the corresponding base cation;
Figure imgf000015_0001
reacting the compound of formula (C) with a suitably substituted compound of formula (Cl), wherein E is an electrophile and L is a leaving group, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (CM);
Figure imgf000015_0002
de-protecting the compound of formula (Cll), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Clll);
Figure imgf000015_0003
cyclizing the compound of formula (Clll), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (DX).
The present invention is further directed to a process for the preparation of a compound of formula (DXI)
Figure imgf000016_0001
wherein
^^ represents a single or double bond,
X is selected from the group consisting of O and S;
U is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl;
RA and RB are each independently selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl or alkoxy; provided that RA and RB are not each hydroxy;
Z is selected from the group consisting of O and S; n is an integer from 0 to 4; each R12 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, trialkylsilyl, acyloxy, benzoyloxy, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, SEMoxy, MOMoxy and pivaloyloxy; m is an integer selected from 0 to 4; each R13 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, trialkylsilyl, acyloxy, benzoyloxy, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, SEMoxy, MOMoxy and pivaloyloxy; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; comprising
Figure imgf000016_0002
reacting a suitable substituted compound of formula (VIII), a known compound or compound prepared by known methods, wherein Pg10 is a protecting group, with an organic base selected from the group consisting of NaHMDS, LiHMDS, KHMDS, LDA and di(lower alkyl)amino lithium, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (C), wherein V is the corresponding base cation;
Figure imgf000017_0001
reacting the compound of formula (C) with a suitably substituted aldehyde, a compound of formula (CIV), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (CV);
Figure imgf000017_0002
de-protecting the compound of formula (CV), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (CVI);
Figure imgf000017_0003
cyclizing the compound of formula (CM), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (DXI).
The present invention is further directed to a process for the preparation of a compound of formula (C)
Figure imgf000018_0001
wherein
=^ represents a single or double bond, X is selected from the group consisting of O and S; Pg1 is a protecting group selected from alkyl, allyl, benzyl, benzoyl, SEM,
MOM, BOM and pivaloyl;
V is a base cation selected from the group consisting of Li, Na and K; RA and RB are each independently selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl or alkoxy; provided that RA and RB are not each hydroxy; Z is selected from the group consisting of O and S; n is an integer from 0 to 4; each R12 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, trialkylsilyl, acyloxy, benzoyloxy, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, SEMoxy, MOMoxy and pivaloyloxy; m is an integer selected from 0 to 4; each R13 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, trialkylsilyl, acyloxy, benzoyloxy, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, SEMoxy, MOMoxy and pivaloyloxy; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; comprising
Figure imgf000018_0002
reacting a suitable substituted compound of formula (VIII), a known compound or compound prepared by known methods, wherein Pg1 is as defined above, with an organic base selected from the group consisting of LiHMDS, LDA, NaHMDS, KHMDS and di(lower alkyl)amino lithium, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (C).
The present invention is further directed to the product prepared accord liinnng t tno a annvy o off t thhee n prroocceesssseess d diisscclloosseedd h heerreeiinn.
Illustrative of the invention is a pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and any of the compounds described above. An illustration of the invention is a pharmaceutical composition made by mixing any of the compounds described above and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. Illustrating the invention is a process for making a pharmaceutical composition comprising mixing any of the compounds described above and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
Exemplifying the invention are methods of treating a disorder mediated by one or more estrogen receptors in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of any of the compounds or pharmaceutical compositions described above.
Illustrating the invention is a method of contraception comprising administering to a subject in need thereof co-therapy with a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula (I) with a progestogen or progestogen antagonist.
Another example of the invention is the use of any of the compounds described herein in the preparation of a medicament for treating: (a) hot flashes, (b) vaginal dryness, (c) osteopenia, (d) osteoporosis, (e) hyperlipidemia, (f) loss of cognitive function, (g) a degenerative brain disorder, (h) cardiovascular disease, (i) cerebrovascular disease (j) breast cancer, (k) endometrial cancer, (I) cervical cancer, (m) prostate cancer, (n) benign prostatic hyperplasia, (o) endometriosis, (p) uterine fibroids, (q) osteoarthritis and for (r) contraception in a subject in need thereof.
Detailed Description of the Invention
The present invention is directed to a compound of formula (I)
Figure imgf000020_0001
wherein =r^=rr, X, Y, Z, R1, R2, n, R3, m, and R4 are as herein defined, useful for the treatment and / or prevention of disorders mediated by an estrogen receptor. More particularly, the compounds of the present invention are useful for the treatment and / or prevention of disorders mediated by the estrogen-α and / or estrogen-β receptors. More preferably, the compounds of the present invention are tissue selective estrogen receptor modulators.
The compounds of the present invention are further useful in the treatment and / or prevention of disorders associated with the depletion of estrogen, hormone sensitive cancers and hyperplasia, endometriosis, uterine fibroids, osteoarthritis and as contraceptive agents, alone or in combination with a progestogen or progestogen antagonist.
More particularly, the compounds of the present invention are useful in the treatment and / or prevention of a condition or disorder selected from the group consisting of hot flashes, vaginal dryness, osteopenia, osteoporosis, "hyperlipidemia, loss of cognitive function, degenerative brain diseases, cardiovascular diseases, cerebrovascular diseases, cancer or hyperplasia of the breast tissue, cancer or hyperplasia of the endometrium, cancer or hyperplasia of the cervix, cancer or hyperplasia of the prostate, endometriosis, uterine fibroids and osteoarthritis; and as a contraceptive agent. Preferably, the disorder is selected from the group consisting of osteoporosis, hot flashes, vaginal dryness, breast cancer, and endometriosis.
In the compound of formula (I), the relative orientation of the groups R1 and R2 is not intended to be fixed, rather both possible orientations of the groups are intended to be included within the definition of the compound of formula (I).
Wherein the compound of formula (I) Y is CRARBC(O), the group is incorporated into the core structure such that the carbonyl portion of the group is bound to the X atom.
The present invention is further directed to compounds of formula (D).
Figure imgf000021_0001
wherein "". A, D, Z, R10, R11, n, R12, m and R13 are as herein defined, useful as intermediates in the preparation of the compounds of formula (I).
The present invention is further directed to a compounds of formula (Dl)
Figure imgf000021_0002
wherein =■=«, X, Y, T, n, R3, m and R4 are as herein defined, useful as intermediates in the preparation of the compounds of formula (I).
In an embodiment of the present invention is a compound of formula (I) wherein ="-= represents a single or double bond, X is selected from the group consisting of O and S and Y is selected from the group consisting of CRARB, CRARB(CH2)ι-2, CRARBC(O) and C(O); alternatively Y is selected from the group consisting of O and S and X is selected from the group consisting of CRARB and C(O); provided that when X is S, then Y is selected from the group consisting of CRARB and CRARB(CH2)ι-2; provided further that when Y is S, then X is selected from the group consisting of CRARB; wherein each RA and RB is independently selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl or alkoxy; provided that RA and RB are not each hydroxy; Z is selected from the group consisting of O and S;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl and heteroaryl-alkyl; wherein the cycloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl or heteroaryl-alkyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, -SH, -S(alkyl), SO2, NO2, CN, CO2H, Rc, -ORc, -S02-NRDRE, -NRDRE, NRD- SO2-RF, -(alkyl)0-4-C(O)NRDRE, (alkyl)(M-NRD-C(0)-RF I -(alkyl)o^Q)o-ι-(alkyl)o. 4-NRDRE, -(alkyl)0-4-(Q)o-r(alkyl)o-4-C(O)-ORF > -(alkyl)(M-(Q)o-i-(alkyl)o-4-C(O)- NRDRE or -(alkyl)(M-C(O)-(alkyl)o-4-C(O)-ORF; wherein Rc is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl-alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-alkyl, heterocycloalkyl and heterocycloalkyl-alkyl; wherein the cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl-alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-alkyl, heterocycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl-alkyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, -SH, -S(aikyl), S02, NO2, CN, CO2H, Rc, - SO2-NRDRE, NRDRE, NRD-SO2-RF, -(alkyi)o-4-C(0)-NRDRE, -(alkyl)o-4-NRD-C(O)- RF, -(alkyl)o-4-(Q)o-ι-(alkyl)0-4-NRDRE, -(alkyl)o-4-(Q)cM-(alkyl)o-4-C(O)-ORF, - (alkyl)o-4-(Q)o-i-(alkyl)0-4-C(O)-NRDRE or -(alkyl)(M-C(0)-(alkyl)o-4-C(O)-ORF; wherein Q is selected from the group consisting of O, S, NH, N(alkyl) and -CH=CH-; wherein RD and RE are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl; alternatively RD and RE are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound to form a 4 to 8 membered ring selected from the group consisting of heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl; wherein the heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, carboxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, nitro or cyano; wherein RF is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl-alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-alkyl, heterocycloalkyl and heterocycloalkyl-alkyl; wherein the cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-alkyl, heterocycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl-alkyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, carboxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, nitro or cyano;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl and heteroaryl-alkyl; wherein the cycloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl or heteroaryl-alkyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, -SH, -S(alkyl), SO2, N02, CN, C02H, Rc, -ORc, -SO2-NRDRE, -NRDRE, NRD- SO2-RF, -(alkyl)0-4-C(O)NRDRE, (alkyl )0-4-NRD-C(O)-RF, -(alkyl)0-4-(Q)o.ι-(alkyl)o- 4-NRDRE I -(alkyl)o-4-(Q)o-r(alkyl)o-4-C(O)-ORF, -(alkyl)(M-(Q)o-r(alkyl)o-4-C(O)- NRDRE or - (alkyl)( -C(0)-(alkyl)(M-C(O)-ORF; alternatively, R1 and R2 are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are bound to form C(O); provided that when R1 and R2 are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are bound to form C(O) and X is selected from the group consisting of O and S, then Y is selected from the group consisting of CRARB and CRARB(CH2)ι-2; provided further that when R1 and R2 are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are bound to form C(O) and Y is selected from the group consisting of O and S, then X is selected from the group consisting of CRARB; n is an integer selected from 0 to 4; each R3 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, Rc, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, nitro, cyano, SO2, -C(O)RG, - C(O)ORG -OC(O)RG, -OC(O)ORG, -OC(O)N(RG)2, -N(RG)C(O)RG, -OSi(RG)3, - ORG, -SO2N(RG)2, -0-(alkyl)1.4-C(O)RG and -O-(alkyl)^-C(O)ORG; wherein each RG is independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, aralkyl and 1 ,7,7-trimethyl-2-oxabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-3-one; wherein the alkyl, aryl or aralkyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from alkyl, halogenated alkyl, alkoxy, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, -OC(O)-alkyl or -C(0)0-alkyl; alternatively two RG groups are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound to form a heterocycloalkyl group; wherein the heterocycloalkyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, carboxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, nitro or cyano; m is an integer selected from 0 to 4; each R4 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, Rc, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, nitro, cyano, SO2, -C(0)RG, - C(O)ORG, -OC(O)RG, -OC(O)ORG, -OC(0)N(RG)2, -N(RG)C(O)RG -OSi(RG)3, - ORG -S02N(alkyl)2, -0-(alkyl)ι-4-C(O)RG and -O-(alkyl)^-C(O)ORG; provided that when *"«■=• is a double bond, X is CH2, Y is O, Z is O and R1 and R2 are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are bound to form C(O), then at least one of n or m is an integer selected from 1 to 4; preferably, n is an integer from 1 to 4 and m is an integer from 1 to 4; provided further that when =*** is a single bond, X is O, Y is CH(alkyl), Z is O, R1 is hydrogen and R2 is alkyl, then at least one of n or m is an integer selected from 1 to 4; preferably, n is an integer from 1 to 4 and m is an integer from 1 to 4; provided further that when =-=^ is a single bond, X is O, Y is CH(alkyl), Z is O, R1 is hydrogen, R2 is alkyl, n is 1 and m is 1 , then R3 and R4 are other than methoxy or ethoxy, preferably R3 and R4 are other than alkoxy; provided further that when =r^r is a double bond, X is O, Y is CH2, Z is O, R1 and R2 are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are bound to form C(O), n is 0 and m is 2, then each R4 is not hydroxy or alkoxy. or a pharmacetucailly acceptable salt thereof. In an embodiment of the present invention, = =-^ represents a double bond.
In an embodiment of the present invention, when X is S, then Y is selected from the group consisting of CRARB, CRARB(CH2)ι-2, CRARBC(0)CRARB (preferably CH=2C(O)CH2) and CH2CH2CH2; preferably Y is CRARB or CRARB(CH2)1-2. In another embodiment of the present invention, when when Y is S, then X is CRARB. In yet another embodiment of the present invention Y is selected from the group consisting of -CRARB-CH2-, - CH2CRARBCH2-, -CRARB-CH(OH)-CRARB- and -CRARB-CH2-CRARB-.
In an embodiment of the present invention ^^= represents a double bond; X is O; Z is O; and Y is selected from the group consisting of-CH2-, - CH2CH2-, -CH2CH2CH2-, -CH(lower alkoxy)-, -CH(OH)-,-CH(lower alkyl)-,— CH C(0)-, -CH2C(O)CH2- and -CH2CH(OH)CH2-; preferably Y is selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, -CH2CH2-, -CH2CH2CH2, -CH(OCH3)-, -CH(OH)- ,-CH((CH(CH3)2)- -CH2C(O)-f -CH2C(O)CH2- and CH2CH(OH)CH2-; more prefereably, Y is selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, -CH2CH2-, - CH2CH2CH2-, -CH(OCH3)- and -CH(OH)-; more preferably still, Y is selected from the group consisting of-CH2-, -CH2CH2-, -CH2CH2CH2- and -CH(OH).
In another embodiment of the present invention =^^= represents a double bond; X is O; Z is O; and Y is selected from the group consisting of - CH2-, -CH2CH2-, -CH(lower alkoxy)-, -CH(OH)-,-CH(lower alkyl)- and - CH2C(0)-; preferably Y is selected from the group consisting of-CH2-, - CH2CH2-, -CH(OCH3)-, -CH(OH)-,-CH((CH(CH3)2)- and -CH2C(O)-; more preferably Y is selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, -CH(OCH3)- and - CH(OH)-«; more preferably still Y is selected from the group consisting of -CH2- and -CH(OH)-.
In an embodiment of the present invention are compounds of formula (I) wherein X is O, Y is CRARB and Z is O. In another embodiment of the present invention are compounds of formula (I) wherein X is CRARB, Y is O and Z is O. In yet another embodiment of the present invention are compounds of formula (I) wherein X is O, Y is CRARBC(O) and Z is O. In yet another embodiment of the present invention are compounds of formula (I) wherein X is O, Z is O and Y is -CH2C(O)CH2-. In yet another embodiment of the present invention are compounds of formula (I) wherein X is O, Z is O and Y is selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, -CH2CH2- and -CH2CH2CH2-.
In an embodiment of the present invention X is selected from the group consisting of O and S, preferably X is O. In another embodiment of the present invention Y is selected from the group consisting of O and S, preferably Y is O. Preferably Z is O.
In an embodiment of the present invention X is CRARB. In another embodiment of the present invention Y is selected from the group consisting of CRARB, CRARBCH2 and CRARBC(O).
In an embodiment of the present invention RA and RB are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl and alkoxy; provided that RA and RB are not each hydroxy. In a preferred embodiment of the present invention RA and RB are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen hydroxy, isopropyl and methoxy; provided that both RA and RB are not hydroxy. In yet another embodiment of the present invention, RA and RB are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxy and methoxy.
In an embodiment of the present invention, R is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, aryl, -C(O)-aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl and heteroaryl-(lower alkyl); wherein the lower alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl or heteroaryl-(lower alkyl) group is optionally substituted with one to two substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, -SH, -S(lower alkyl), SO2, NO2, CN, -C(0)-(lower alkyl), CO2H, Rc, -SO2-NRDRE, -NRDRE, NRD-S02-RF, -(alkyl)0.4-C(O)NRDRE, -C(O)O-(lower alkyl)-NRDRE, -C(O)-NH-(lower alkyl)-NRDRE, -C(O)-(N containing heterocycloalkyl (wherein said N containing heterocycloalkyl is bound through the N atom))-NRDRE, -C(O)-(N containing heterocycloalkyl (wherein said N containing heterocycloalkyl is bound through the N atom))-RF, -(alkyl)0-4-NRD- C(O)-RF, -(alkyl)o-4-(Q)o-r(alkyl)0-4-NRDRE, -(alkyl)0-4-(Q)o-ι-(alkyl)o-4-C(O)-ORF I - (alkyl)o-4-(Q)o-ι-(alkyi)o-4-C(O)-NRDRE, -(alkyl)o-4-C(O)-(alkyl)o-4-C(O)-ORF, -O- (lower alkyl)-OSi(lower alkyl)3, -0-(lower alkyl)-ORD or-O-(lower alkyl)-formy. In another embodiment of the present invention R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and lower alkyl, preferably R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and methyl. In another embodiment of the present invention, R1 is hydrogen.
In an embodiment of the present invention R1 is hydrogen and R2 is in the R stereo-configuration. In another embodiment of the present invention R1 is hydrogen and R2 is in the S stereo-configuration.
In an embodiment of the present invention R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl and heteroaryl- (lower alkyl); wherein the aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl or heteroaryl-(lower alkyl) group is optionally substituted with one to two substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, -SH, -S(lower alkyl), SO2, NO2, CN, C02H, Rc, -S02-NRDRE, -NRDRE, NRD-SO2-RF, -(alkyl)0-4- C(O)NRDRE, (alkyl)0-4-NRD-C(O)-RF, -(alkyl)o-4-(Q)o-r(alkyl)0-4-NRDRE, -(alkyl)0-4- (Q)o-i-(alkyl)0-4-C(0)-ORF, -(alkyl)0-4-(Q)o-ι-(alkyl)o-4-C(0)-NRDRE or -(alkyl)0-4- C(O)-(alkyl)0-4-C(O)-ORF.
Preferably R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl and heteroaryl-(lower alkyl); wherein the aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl or heteroaryl-(lower alkyl) group is optionally substituted with one to two substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, -SH, -S(lower alkyl), SO2, NO2, CN, CO2H, Rc or NRDRE, More preferably, R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and lower alkyl. More preferably still, R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and methyl.
In an embodiment of the present invention Rc is selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-(lower alkyl), heterocycloalkyl and heterocycloalkyl-(lower alkyl); wherein the aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-(lower alkyl), heterocycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl-(lower alkyl) group is optionally substituted with one to two substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, -SH, -S(alkyl), SO2, NO2, CN, C02H, Rc, -SO2-NRDRE, NRD-SO2-RF, -(alkyl)o-4-C(O)-NRDRE, - (alkyl)o-4-NRD-C(O)-RF, -(alkyl)o-4-{Q)o-ι-(alkyl)o-4-NRDRE, -(alkyl)o-4-(Q)o-ι- (alkyl)o-4-C(0)-ORF, -(alkyl)o^-(Q)o-ι-(alkyl)o-4-C(O)-NRDRE or -(alkyl )0-4-C(O)- (alkyl)0-4-C(O)-ORF. Preferably, Rc is selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-(lower alkyl), heterocycloalkyl and heterocycloalkyl-(Iower alkyl); wherein the aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl- (lower alkyl), heterocycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl-(lower alkyl) group is optionally substituted with one to two substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, -SH, -S(alkyl), SO2, NO2, CN, CO2H, Rc or NRDRE.
More preferably Rc is selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, and aralkyl. More preferably still, Rc is selected from the group consisting of methyl, isopropyl and benzyl.
In an embodiment of the present invention, Q is selected from the group consisting of O, S and -CH=CH-. Preferably, Q is selected from the group consisting of O and -CH=CH-, more preferably, Q is O.
In an embodiment of the present invention RD and RE are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and lower alkyl. In another embodiment of the present invention, RD and RE are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound to form a 4 to 8 membered ring selected from the group consisting of heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl; wherein the heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl group is optionally substituted with one to two substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, carboxy, amino, (lower alkyl)-amino, di(lower alkyl)amino, nitro or cyano. In another embodiment of the present invention, RD and RE are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound to form a 5 to 6 membered ring selected from the group consisting of heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl; wherein the heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl group is optionally substituted with one to two substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, carboxy, amino, (lower alkyl)-amino, di(lower alkyl)amino, nitro or cyano.
In another embodiment of the present invention, RD and RE are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, ethyl and isopropyl.
In another embodiment of the present invention, RD and RE are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound to form a 5 to 6 membered ring selected from the group consisting of heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl; wherein the heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl group is optionally substituted with one to two substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, oxo, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, carboxy, amino, (lower alkyl)-amino, di(lower alkyl)amino, nitro or cyano. Preferably, RD and RE are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound to form a 5 to 6 membered ring selected from the group consisting of azepanyl, morpholinyl, pyridyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl-2,6-dione and pyrrolidinyl-2,5-dione.
In an embodiment of the present invention RF is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-(lower alkyl), heterocycloalkyl and heterocycloalkyl-(lower alkyl); wherein the aryl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-(lower alkyl), heterocycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl-(lower alkyl) group is optionally substituted with one to two substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, carboxy, amino, (lower alkyl)-amino, di(lower alkyl)amino, nitro or cyano. Preferably RF is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl and heteroaryl; wherein the aryl is optionally substituted with a halogen. More preferably, RF is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, 4-fluorophenyl and 2- pyridyl.
In an embodiment of the present invention R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, lower alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl and heteroaryl-(lower alkyl); wherein the aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl or heteroaryl-(lower alkyl) group is optionally substituted with one to two substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, -SH, -S(lower alkyl), SO2, NO2, CN, CO2H, Rc, -ORc, -SO2-NRDRE, -NRDRE, -(alkyl)o-4-C(0)NRDRE, (alkyl^-NR0- C(O)-RF, -(alkyl)o-4-(Q)o-r(alkyl)o-4-NRDRE, -(alkyl)(M-(Q)o.r(alkyl)(M-C(O)-ORF I - (alkyl)o-4-(Q)o-ι-(alkyl)o-4-C(O)-NRDRE or - (alkyl)o-4-C(0)-(alkyl)0-4-C(O)-ORF. Preferably, R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, lower alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl and heteroaryl-(lower alkyl); wherein the aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl or heteroaryl-(lower alkyl) group is optionally substituted with one to two substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, -SH, -S(lower alkyl), SO2, N02, CN, CO2H, Rc, -ORcor - NRDRE.
More preferably, R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, aryl, 4-(1-heterocycloalkyl-alkoxy)-phenyl, 4-(di(alkyl)amino-alkoxy)-phenyl, 4- (di(alkyl)amino)-phenyl and 4-aralkyloxy-phenyl. More preferably still, R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, phenyl, 4-(1-piperidinyl-ethoxy)- phenyl, 4-(1 -pyrrolidinyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(4-moφholinyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(1 - azepanyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(diethylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(dimethylamino- ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(dimethylamino)-phenyl, 4-benzyloxy-phenyl and 4-(1- piperidinyl-n-propoxy)-phenyl. More preferably still, R2 is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, 4-(1-piperidinyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(1 -pyrrolidinyl- ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(4-morpholinyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(1-azepanyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(diethylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(dimethylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4- (dimethylamino)-phenyl and 4-(1-piperidinyl-n-propoxy)-phenyl. More preferably still, R2 is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, 4-(1- piperidinyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(1 -pyrrolidinyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(4-morpholinyl- ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(1 -azepanyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(diethylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(dimethylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl and 4-(dimethylamino)-phenyl. More preferably still, R2 is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, 4-(1- piperidinyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(1 -pyrrolidinyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(4-morpholinyl- ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(1 -azepanyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(dimethylamino-ethoxy)- phenyi and 4-(dimethylamino)-phenyl.
In another embodiment of the present invention R2 is selected from the group consisting of -(alkyl)o-4-(Q)o-ι-(alkyl)0-4-NRDRE and -(alkyi)o-4-(Q)0-ι- (alkyi)o-4-C(O)ORF. In yet another embodiment of the present invention, R2 is selected from the group consisting of -(alkyl)o-4-(Q)o-r(alkyl)0-4-NRDRE; wherein RD and RE are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound to form a 5 to 7 membered ring selected from the group consisting of heteroaryl and heterocycloalkyl.
In yet another embodiment of the present invention, R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, aryl, -C(O)-aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl and heteroaryl-(lower alkyl); wherein the lower alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl or heteroaryl-(lower alkyl) group is optionally substituted with one to two substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, -SH, -S(lower alkyl), SO2, NO2, CN, -C(O)-(lower alkyl), CO2H, Rc, -ORc, -S02-NRDRE, -NRDRE, -(alkyl)0-4-C(O)NRDRE, -C(O)O-(lower alkyl)-NRDRE, -C(O)-NH-(lower alkyl)-NRDRE, -C(O)-(N containing heterocycloalkyl (wherein said N containing heterocycloalkyl is bound through the N atom))-NRDRE, -C(O)-(N containing heterocycloalkyl, bound throughthe N atom)-RF, (alkyl)o-4-NRD-C(O)-R , -(alkyl)0-4-(Q)o-ι-(alkyl)0-4-NRDRE, -(alkyl)0-4- (Q)o-i-(alkyl)0-4-C(O)-ORF, -(alkyl)<w-(Q)o-ι-(alkyl)0-4-C(0)-NRDRE ( - (alkyl)0-4- C(O)-(alkyi)o-4-C(O)-ORF, -O-(lower alkyl)-OSi(lower alkyl)3, -O-(lower alkyl)- ORD or -O-(lower alkyl)-formyl. Preferably, R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, lower alkenyl, carboxy-lower alkyl, hydroxy-lower alkyl, aryl, 4-(1-N containing heterocycloalkyl (wherein said N containing heterocycloalkyl is bound through the N atom)-alkoxy)-phenyl, 4-(di(lower alkyl)amino-alkoxy)-phenyl, 4-(di(lower alkyl)amino)-phenyl, 4-aralkyloxy-phenyl, lower alkoxy-carbonyl-lower alkyl, 4- (lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy)-phenyl, di(lower alkyl)amino-(lower alkoxy)- carbonyl-(lower alkyl), (N containing heterocycloalkyl (wherein said N containing heterocycloalkyl is bound through the N atom))-(lower alkoxy)- carbonyl-(lower alkyl), (N containing heterocyloalkyl (wherein said N containing heterocycloalkyl is bound through the N atom))-(lower alkyl)-amino-carbonyl- (lower alkyl), (N containing heteroaryl)-(N containing heterocycloalkyl (wherein said N containing heterocycloalkyl is bound through the N atom))-C(O)-(lower alkyl), (halo-substituted aryl)-(N containing heterocycloalkyl (wherein said N containing heterocycloalkyl is bound through the N atom))-carboxy-(lower alkyl), 4-((N containing heterocycloalkyl)-(lower alkoxy))-phenyl-carbonyl, 2- hydroxy-2-(4-N containing heterocycloalkyl-lower alkoxy)-phenyl)-ethyl, 4- (tri(lower alkyl)silyloxy-(lower alkoy)-phenyl, 4-(hydroxy-lower alkoxy)-phenyl, 4- (formyl-lower alkoxy)-phenyl, 4-(carboxy-lower alkoxy)-phenyl, 4-(lower alkoxy- carbonyl-lower alkoxy)-phenyl, 4-(piperidinyl-2,6-dione-lower alkoxy )-phenyl, 4- (pyrrolidinyl-2,5-dione-(lower alkyl)-phenyl, R-4-(pyrrolidinyl-2,5-dione-(lower alkoxy)-phenyl and S-4-(pyrrolidinyl-2,5-dione-(lower alkoxy)-phenyl.
More preferably, R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, allyl, carboxymethyl, hydroxy-ethyi, 3-hydroxy-n-propyl, phenyl, 3-(1-piperidinyl- ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(1-piperidinyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, S-4-(piperidinyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, R-4-(piperidinyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(1-pyrrolidinyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(4- morpholinyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(1-azepanyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, R-4-(1 -azepanyl- ethoxy)-phenyl, S-4-(1 -azepanyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(diethylamino-ethoxy)- phenyl, 4-(dimethylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl,R-4-(dimethylamino-ethoxy-phenylI S- 4-(dimethylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(diisopropylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl, R-4- (diisopropylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl, S-4-(diisopropylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4- (dimethylamino)-phenyi, 4-benzyloxy-phenyl, 4-(1-piperidinyl-n-propoxy)- phenyl, 4-(t-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(methoxy-ethoxy)-phenyl, methoxy-carbonyl-methyl, isopropoxy-carbonyl-methyl, dimethyiamino-ethoxy- carbonyl-methyl, piperidinyi-ethoxy-carbonyl-methyl, pyrrol id inyl-ethoxy- carbonyl-methyl, morpholinyi-ethoxy-carbonyl-methyl, dimethylamino-n- propoxy-carbonyl-methyl and morpholinyl-ethyl-amino-carbonyl-methyl, morpholinyl-n-propyl-amino-carbonyl-methyl, pyrrolidinyl-ethyl-amino-carbonyl- methyl, 4-(2-pyridyl)-piperazinyl-carbonyl-methyl, 4-(4-fluorophenyl)- piperazinyl-carboxy-methyl, 4-(piperidinyl-ethoxy)-phenyl-carbonyl, 2-hydroxy- 2-(4-(piperidinyl-ethoxy)-phenyl)-ethyi> 4-(2-hydroxy-ethoxy)-phenyl, R-4-(2- hydroxy-ethoxy)-phenyl, S-4-(hydroxy-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(3-hydroxy-n-propoxy)- phenyl, R-4-(3-hydroxy-n-propoxy)-phenyl, S-4-(3-hydroxy-n-propoxy)-phenyl, 4-(formyl-methoxy)-phenyl, 4-(carboxy-methoxy)-phenyl, 4-carboxy-ethoxy)- phenyl, 4-(methoxy-carbonyl-methoxy)-phenyl, 4-(methoxy-carbonyl-ethoxy)- phenyl, R-4-(piperidinyl-2,6-dione-ethoxy)-phenyl, R-4-(pyrrolidinyl-2,5-dione- ethoxy)-phenyl, S-4-(pyrrolidinyl-2,5-dione-ethoxy)-phenyl, R-4-(pyrrolidinyl-2,5- dione-n-propoxy)-phenyl and S-4-(pyrrolidinyl-2,5-dione-n-propoxy)-phenyl.
More preferably still, R2 is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, 4-(1 -piperidinyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, R-4(piperidinyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, S-4-(piperidinyl- ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(1 -pyrrolidinyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(4-morpholinyi-ethoxy)- phenyl, 4-(1-azepanyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, R-4-(azepanyl-ethoxy)-ohenyl, S-4- (azepanyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(diethylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl) 4-(dimethylamino- ethoxy)-phenyl, R-4-(dimethylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl, S-4-(dimethylamino- ethoxy)-phenyl, R-4-(diisopropylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl, S-4-(diisopropylamino- ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(dimethylamino)-phenyl, 4-(3-hydroxy-n-propoxy)-phenyl and 4-(methoxy-cabonyl-methoxy). More preferably still, R2 is selected from the group consisting of phenyl,
4-(1-piperidinyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, R-4-(piperidinyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, S-4- (piperidinyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(1 -pyrrolidinyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(4-moφholinyl- ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(1 -azepanyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, R-4-(azepanyl-ethoxy)-ohenyl, S-4-(azepanyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(diethylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4- (dimethylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl, R-4-(dimethylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl, S-4- (dimethylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl, R-4-(diisopropylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl, S-4- (diisopropylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(dimethylamino)-phenyl, 4-(3-hydroxy-n- propoxy)-phenyl and 4-(methoxy-cabonyl-methoxy).
More preferably still, R2 is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, 4-(1-piperidinyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, R-4-(piperidinyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, S-4- (piperidinyl-ethoxy)-phenyl), 4-(1-pyrrolidinyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(4-morpholinyl- ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(1-azepanyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, R-4-(azepanyl-ethoxy)-ohenyl, S-4-(azepanyi-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(dimethylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl, R-4- (dimethylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl, S-4-(dimethylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl, R-4- (diisopropylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl, S-4-(diisopropylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4- (dimethylamino)-phenyl, 4-(3-hydroxy-n-propoxy)-phenyl and 4-(methoxy- cabonyl-methoxy).
In yet another embodiment of the present invention R2 is selected from the group consisting of aryl substituted with -O-(alkyl)-NRDRE.
In an embodiment of the present invention are compounds of formula (I) wherein R1 and R2 are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are bound to form C(O).
In another embodiment of the present invention, R1 and R2 are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are bound to form C(O) and Y is selected from the group consisting of CRARB, CRARB(CH2)1-2, CRARBC(O), CH2C(O)CH2 and CH2CRARBCH2, preferably CRARB, CRARB(CH2)ι-2l CRARBC(O) and CH2C(0)CH2. More preferably, R1 and R2 are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are bound to form C(O) and Y is selected from the group consisting fo CH2, CH2CH2, CH2CH2CH2, CH2C(O) and CH2C(O)CH2.
In an embodiment of the present invention, n is an integer selected from 0 to 2. Preferably, n is an integer selected from 0 to 1. In another embodiment of the present invention, n is 1. In an embodiment of the present invention, an R3 substituent is bound at the 2-position of the core ring structure.
In an embodiment of the present invention R3 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, Rc, amino, (lower alkyl)-amino, di(lower alkyl)amino, nitro, cyano, -OC(0)RG, -OC(O)ORG, -OC(O)N(RG)2, -OSi(RG)3, - ORG, -O-(alkyl)1-4-C(O)RG and -O-(alkyl)1.4-C(0)0RG.
Preferably, R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, Rc, - OC(O)RG, -OC(O)ORG, -OC(O)N(RG)2, -OSi(RG)3, -ORG, -0-(alkyl)1-4-C(O)RG and -O-(alkyl)M-C(O)ORG.
More preferably, R3 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, tri(lower alkyl)-siiyloxy, -OC(O)-(lower alkyl), -OC(O)- C(phenyl)-OC(O)-(lower alkyl), -OC(0)-(1 ,7,7-trimethyl-2- oxabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-3-one) and -OC(O)-C(CH3)(CF3)-phenyl. More preferably still R3 is selected from the group consisting of fluoro, hydroxy, methoxy, t-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy, -OC(O)-methyl, -OC(0)-t-butyl, -OC(O)- C(phenyl)-OC(O)CH3, -OC(O)-(1,7,7-trimethyl-2-oxabicyclo[.2.1]heptan-3-one) and -OC(O)-C(CH3)(CF3)-phenyl. More preferably still, R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, methoxy and -OC(O)-t-butyl. More preferably still, R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydroxy and -OC(O)-t-butyl.
In an embodiment of the present invention RG is selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl (preferably methyl), aryl, aralkyl and 1 ,7,7-trimethyl-2- oxabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-3-one; wherein the alkyl, aryl or aralkyl group is optionally substituted with one to two substituents independently selected from lower alkyl, halogenated lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, -OC(O)-(lower alkyl) and -C(0)O-(lower alkyl).
In another embodiment of the present invention two RG groups are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound to form a 5 to 6 membered heterocycloalkyl group; wherein the heterocycloalkyl group is optionally substituted with one to two substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, carboxy, amino, (lower alkylamino, di(lower alkyl)amino, nitro or cyano.
Preferably, RG is selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, aralkyl and 1 ,7,7-trimethyl-2-oxabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-3-one; wherein the aralkyl group is optionally substituted with lower alkyl, halogenated alkyl or -OC(O)- (lower alkyl). More preferably, RG is selected from the group consisting of methyl, t-butyl, -C(CH3)(CF3)-phenyl, -CH(OC(O)CH3)-phenyl and 1 ,7,7- trimethyl-2-oxabicyclo[2.2.1 ]heptan-3-one.
In an embodiment of the present invention, m is an integer selected from
0 to 2. Preferably, m is an integer selected from 0 to 1. In another embodiment of the present invention, m is 1.
In an embodiment of the present invention, an R4 substituent is bound at the 8- o orr 9- position of the core ring structure.
In an embodiment of the present invention R4 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, Rc, amino, (lower alkyl)-amino, di(lower alkyl)amino, nitro, cyano, -0C(O)RG, -OC(0)ORG -OC(O)N(RG)2, -OSi(RG)3l - ORG, -0-(alkyl)1.4-C(O)RG and -0-<alkyl)ι-4-C(O)ORG.
Preferably R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, Rc, - OC(0)RG -OC(O)ORG, -OC(0)N(RG)2, -OSi(RG)3, -ORG, -O-(alkyl)1-4-C(O)RG and -O-(alkyl)1.4-C(O)ORG.
More preferably, R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, tri(lower alkyl)-silyloxy, -OC(O)-(lower alkyl), -OC(O)- C(phenyl)-OC(O)-(lower alkyl), -OC(O)-(1 ,7,7-trimethyl-2- oxabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-3-one) and -OC(0)-C(CH3)(CF3)-phenyl. More preferably still, R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, methyl, methoxy, t-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy, -OC(O)-methyl, -OC(O)-t-butyl, -OC(O)- C(phenyl)-OC(O)CH3, -OC(O)-(1 ,7,7-trimethyl-2-oxabicyclo[.2.1]heptan-3-one) and -OC(O)-C(CH3)(CF3)-pheny1. More preferably still, R4 is selected from the group consisting of fluoro, hydroxy, methoxy and -OC(O)-t-butyl. More preferably still, R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydroxy and - OC(O)-t-butyl.
In an embodiment of the present invention =τ=-=τr represents a single or double bond,
X is selected from the group consisting of O and S and Y is selected from the group consisting of CRARB, CRARB(RARB)ι-2, (preferably CRARB(CRARB)ι-2 is selected from -CRARB(CH2)ι-2, -CH2CRARBCH2-,- CRARB- CH(OH)-CRARB- or -CRARB-CH2-CRARB-), CRARBC(0) and CRARBC(O)CRARB (preferably CH2C(O)CH2); alternatively Y is selected from the group consisting of O and S and X is selected from the group consisting of CRARB and C(O); provided that when X is S, then Y is selected from the group consisting of CRARB, CRARB(CRARB)i-2 and CH2C(O)CH2; provided further that when Y is S, then X is selected from the group consisting of CRARB; wherein each RA and RB is independently selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl or alkoxy; provided that RA and RB are not each hydroxy; Z is selected from the group consisting of O and S; R1 and R2 are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are bound to form C(O); provided that when X is selected from the group consisting of O and S, then Y is selected from the group consisting of CRARB, CRARB(CRARB)1.2 CRARBC(O) and CH2C(O)CH2; provided further that when Y is selected from the group consisting of O and S, then X is selected from the group consisting of CRARB; n is an integer selected from 0 to 4; each R3 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, Rc, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, nitro, cyano, -C(O)RG, - C(O)ORG -OC(O)RG, -OC(O)ORG -OC(0)N(RG)2> -N(RG)C(O)R -OSi(RG)3, - ORG, -SO2N(RG)2, -O-(alkyl)ι-4-C(O)RG and -O-(alkyl)ι-4-C(O)ORG; wherein Rc is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl-alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-alkyl, heterocycloalkyl and heterocycloalkyl-alkyl; wherein the cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl-alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-alkyl, heterocycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl-alkyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, -SH, -S(alkyl), S02, NO2, CN, CO2H, Rc, - SO2-NRDRE, NRDRE, NRD-SO2-RF, -(alkyi)0-4-C(O)-NRDRE, -(alkyl)o-4-NRD-C(O)- RF, -(aikyl)cM-(Q)o-ι-(alkyl)o-4-NRDRE, -(alkyl)0-4-(Q)o-ι-(alkyl)o-4-C(O)-ORF, - (alkyl)(M-(Q)o-ι-(alkyl)o-4-C(O)-NRDRE or -(alkyl)o-4-C(OHalkyl)o-4-C(O)-ORF; wherein Q is selected from the group consisting of O, S, NH, N(alkyl) and -CH=CH-; wherein each RD and RE is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl; alternatively RD and RE are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound to form a 3 to 10 membered, preferably 4 to 8 membered, ring selected from the group consisting of heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl; wherein the heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, oxo, alkyl, alkoxy, carboxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, nitro or cyano; wherein RF is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl-alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-alkyl, heterocycloalkyl and heterocycloalkyl-alkyl; wherein the cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-alkyl, heterocycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl-alkyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, carboxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, nitro or cyano; wherein each RG is independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, aralkyl and 1 ,7,7-trimethyl-2-oxabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-3-one; wherein the alkyl, aryl or aralkyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from alkyl, halogenated alkyl, alkoxy, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, -OC(O)-alkyl or -C(0)O-alkyl; alternatively two RG groups are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound to form a heterocycloalkyl group; wherein the heterocycloalkyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, carboxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, nitro or cyano; m is an integer selected from 0 to 4; each R4 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, Rc, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, nitro, cyano, -C(O)RG -
C(O)ORG, -OC(O)RG, -OC(0)ORG, -OC(O)N(RG)2, -N(RG)C(O)RG -OSi(RG)3, - ORG, -SO2N(alkyl)2, -0-(alkyl)ι-4-C(O)RG and -O-(alkyl)1.4-C(O)ORG; provided that when = :rτrs is a double bond, X is CH2, Y is O, Z is O and R1 and R2 are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are bound to form C(O), then at least one of n or m is an integer selected from 1 to 4; preferably, n is an integer from 1 to 4 and m is an integer from 1 to 4; provided further that when = rϊr^ is a double bond, X is O, Y is CH2, Z is O, R1 and R2 are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are bound to form C(O), n is 0 and m is 2, then each R4 is not hydroxy or alkoxy. or a pharmacetucailly acceptable salt thereof.
In an embodiment of the present invention are compounds of formula (D) wherein =Tr^ represents a single or double bond,
A is selected from the group consisting of O and S; D is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, acetyl, benzoyl, SEM, MOM, BOM, TBS, pivaloyl and -C(O)R; wherein R is selected from alkyl, aryl, and substituted aryl; wherein the substituents on the aryl group are one or more independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, amino, alkylamino, di(alkyl)amino, nitro or cyano; each R10 and R11 is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, hydroxy substituted alkyl, alkoxy, -CH(OH)-aryl, -CHO, -C(O)- aryl, -C(O)O-alkyl, -C(0)O-aryl and pivaloyl; provided that R10 and R11 are not each hydroxy;
Z is selected from the group consisting of O and S; n is an integer selected from 0 to 4; each R12 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, alkoxy, trialkylsilyl, acyloxy, benzoyloxy, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, SEMoxy, MOMoxy and pivaloyloxy; m is an integer selected from 0 to 4; each R13 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, alkoxy, trialkylsilyl, acyloxy, benzoyloxy, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, SEMoxy, MOMoxy and pivaloyloxy;
In an embodiment of the present invention are compounds of formula (D) wherein A is O and Z is O.
In an embodiment of the present invention R10 and R11 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy substituted alkyl, halogen substituted alkyl, -CHO, -CH(OH)-phenyl, aryl (wherein the aryl group is optionally substituted with a hydroxy, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl), -C(O)-alkyl, -C(0)-(halogen substituted alkyl), -C(0)-phenyl, - C(0)0-alkyl, -C(O)-(aikyl)-O-(alkyi),-C(0)0-phenyl, -(alkyl)-O-(alkyl) and - (alkyl)-O-(alkyl)-Si(alkyl)3. In a preferred embodiment of the present invention R10 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and bromo, preferably hydrogen; and R11 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, bromo, iodo-methyl, chloromethyi, -CHO, -CH2OH, CH(OH)CH2CH2CH3, -CH(OH)- phenyl, 4-hydroxy-phenyl, 4-methoxy-phenyl, 4-(methoxy-carbonyl)-phenyl, - C(0)-CH2-CI, -C(O)OCH3, -C(O)-CH2-O-CH3, -C(0)0-phenyl, -CH2-0-CH3 and -CH2-0-CH2CH2-Si(CH3)3. In another embodiment of the present invention R10 and R11 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy substituted alkyl, -CHO, -CH(OH)-phenyl, -C(0)-phenyl, -C(0)0-alkyl and -C(0)0-phenyl. In a preferred embodiment of the present invention R10 is hydrogen and R11 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, bromine, - CHO, -CH2OH, CH(OH)CH2CH2CH3, -CH(OH)-phenyl, -C(O)OCH3 and - C(O)O-phenyl. In an embodiment of the present invention R12 and R13 are each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, aralkyloxy, SEMoxy MOMoxy, pivaloyloxy and -OSi(lower alkyl)3. In another embodiment of the present invention R12 and R13 are each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, methyl, methoxy, ethoxy, isopropyloxy, benzoyloxy, SEMoxy MOMoxy, pivaloyloxy and t-butyi-dimethyl-silyloxy. In yet another embodiment of the present invention R12 and R13 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, isopropyloxy, benzoyloxy, SEMoxy MOMoxy and pivaloyloxy. In yet another embodiment R12 and R13 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, methoxy, benzyloxy, benzoyloxy, MOMoxy, SEMoxy and pivaloyoloxy.
In an embodiment of the present invention D is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, methyl-carbonyl, benzoyl, SEM, MOM and pivaloyl. In another embodiment of the present invention D is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, benzoyl, SEM, MOM and pivaloyl.
In an embodiment of the present invention are compounds of formula (Dl) wherein Y is selected form the group consisting of -CH2- and -CH2CH2-. In another embodiment of the present invention are compounds of formula (Dl) wherein T is selected from the group consisting of-(aryl)-O-(alkyl)- NRDRE and -(aryl)-O-(alkyl)-OH. Preferably, T is selected from the group consisting of 4-(piperidinyl-ethoxy)-phenyl and 4-(3-hydroxy-prop-1-yl-oxy)- phenyl. In yet another embodiment of the present invention, T is selected from the group consisting of -(phenyl )-0-(lower alkyl)-NRDRE.
In an embodiment of the present invention is a process for the preparation of a compound of formula (DX), as described in more detail in Scheme 16, which follows herein. In another embodiment of the present invention is a process for the preparation of a compound of formula (DXI), as described in more detail in Scheme 17, which follows herein.
In another embodiment of the present invention is a process for the preparation of a compound of formula (C), as described in more detail in Schemes 16 and 17, which follow herein.
In yet another embodiment of the present invention, is a process for the preparation of a compound of formula (I) comprising reacting a compound of formula (DX) or a compound of formula (DXI) according to the process outlined in Scheme 3, Scheme 10, Scheme 12 or Scheme 15, which follow herein.
In an embodiment of the present invention, is a compound prepared according to any of the processes described herein.
For use in medicine, the salts of the compounds of this invention refer to non-toxic "phamnaceutically acceptable salts." Other salts may, however, be useful in the preparation of compounds according to this invention or of their pharmaceutically acceptable salts. Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds include acid addition salts which may, for example, be formed by mixing a solution of the compound with a solution of a pharmaceutically acceptable acid such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, succinic acid, acetic acid, benzoic acid, citric acid, tartaric acid, carbonic acid or phosphoric acid. Furthermore, where the compounds of the invention carry an acidic moiety, suitable pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof may include alkali metal salts, e.g., sodium or potassium salts; alkaline earth metal salts, e.g., calcium or magnesium salts; and salts formed with suitable organic ligands, e.g., quaternary ammonium salts. Thus, representative pharmaceutically acceptable salts include the following: acetate, benzenesulfonate, benzoate, bicarbonate, bisulfate, bitartrate, borate, bromide, calcium edetate, camsylate, carbonate, chloride, clavulanate, citrate, dihydrochloride, edetate, edisylate, estolate, esylate, fumarate, gluceptate, gluconate, glutamate, glycollylarsanilate, hexyiresorcinate, hydrabamine, hydrobromide, hydrochloride, hydroxynaphthoate, iodide, isothionate, lactate, lactobionate, laurate, malate, maleate, mandelate, mesylate, methylbromide, methylnitrate, methylsulfate, mucate, napsylate, nitrate, N-methylglucamine ammonium salt, oleate, pamoate (embonate), palmitate, pantothenate, phosphate/diphosphate, poiygalacturonate, salicylate, stearate, sulfate, subacetate, succinate, tannate, tartrate, teoclate, tosylate, triethiodide and valerate.
The present invention includes within its scope prodrugs of the compounds of this invention. In general, such prodrugs will be functional derivatives of the compounds which are readily convertible in vivo into the required compound. Thus, in the methods of treatment of the present invention, the term "administering" shall encompass the treatment of the various disorders described with the compound specifically disclosed or with a compound which may not be specifically disclosed, but which converts to the specified compound in vivo after administration to the patient. Conventional procedures for the selection and preparation of suitable prodrug derivatives are described, for example, in "Design of Prodrugs", ed. H. Bundgaard, Elsevier, 1985.
Where the compounds according to this invention have at least one chiral center, they may accordingly exist as enantiomers. Where the compounds possess two or more chiral centers, they may additionally exist as diastereomers. It is to be understood that all such isomers and mixtures thereof are encompassed within the scope of the present invention. Furthermore, some of the crystalline forms for the compounds may exist as polymorphs and as such are intended to be included in the present invention. In addition, some of the compounds may form solvates with water (i.e., hydrates) or common organic solvents, and such solvates are also intended to be encompassed within the scope of this invention. As used herein, the term "degenerative brain disease" shall include cognitive disorder, dementia, regardless of underlying cause and Alzheimer's disease.
As used herein, the term "cardiovascular disease" shall include elevated blood lipid levels, coronary arthrosderosis and coronary heart disease.
As used herein, the term "cerebrovascular disease" shall include abnormal regional cerebral blood flow and ischemic brain damage.
As used herein, the term "progestogen antagonist" shall include mifepristone (RU-486), J-867 (Jenapharm / TAP Pharmaceuticals), J-956 (Jenapharm / TAP Pharmaceuticals), ORG-31710 (Organon), ORG-32638 (Organon), ORG-31806 (Organoπ), onapristone (ZK98299) and PRA248 (Wyeth).
As used herein, unless otherwise noted, "halogen" shall mean chlorine, bromine, fluorine and iodine.
As used herein, unless otherwise noted, the term "alkyl" whether used alone or as part of a substituent group, include straight and branched chain compositions of one to eight carbon atoms. For example, alkyl radicals include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, t-butyl, pentyl and the like. Unless otherwise noted, "lower" when used with alkyl means a carbon chain composition of 1-4 carbon atoms. Similarly, the group "-(alkyl)0-4-", whether alone or as part of a large substituent group, shall me the absence of an alkyl group or the presence of an alkyl group comprising one to four carbon atoms. Suitable examples include, but are not limited to -CHr, -CH2CH2-, CH2- CH(CH3)-, CH2CH2CH2-, -CH2CH(CH3)CH2-, CH2CH2CH2CH2-, and the like.
As used herein, unless otherwise noted, the term "alkenyl" shall mean a carbon chain comprising one to eight carbon atom and containing at least one double bond. Suitable examples include but are not limited to, allyl, crotyl, 2- butenyl, 2-pentenyl, and the like. Unless otherwise noted, "lower" when used with alkenyl shall mean an alkenyl carbon chain comprising one to four carbon atoms, such as allyl, and the like.
As used herein, unless otherwise noted, "alkoxy" shall denote an oxygen ether radical of the above described straight or branched chain alkyl groups. For example, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, sec-butoxy, t-butoxy, n-hexyloxy and the like. Unless otherwise noted, "lower" when used with alkoxy means an alkoxy group (an oxygen ether radical as described above) comprising one to four carbon atoms. Suitable examples include, but are not limited to methoxy, ethoxy, isopropoxy, n-propoxy, and the like.
As used herein, unless otherwise noted, "aryl" shall refer to unsubstituted carbocyclic aromatic groups such as phenyl, naphthyl, and the like.
As used herein, unless otherwise noted, "aralkyl" shall mean any lower alkyl group substituted with an aryl group such as phenyl, naphthyl and the like. Suitable examples include benzyl, phenylethyl, phenylpropyl, naphthylmethyl, and the like.
As used herein, unless otherwise noted, the term "cycloalkyl" shall mean any stable 3-8 membered monocyclic, saturated ring system, for example cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyciopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl and cyclooctyl.
As used herein, unless otherwise noted, the term "cycloalkyl-alkyl" shall mean any lower alkyl group substituted with a cycloalkyl group. Suitable examples include, but are not limited to cyclohexyl-methyl, cyclopentyl-methyl, cyclohexyl-ethyl, and the like.
As used herein, unless otherwise noted, the terms "acyloxy" shall mean a radical group of the formula -O-C(O)-R where R is alkyl, aryl or aralkyl, wherein the alkyl, aryl or aralkyl is optionally substituted. As used herein, the term "carboxylate" shall mean a radical group of the formula -C(O)O-R where R is alkyl, aryl or aralkyl, wherein the alkyl, aryl or aralkyl is optionally substituted.
As used herein, unless otherwise noted, "heteroaryl" shall denote any three to ten membered monocyclic or bicyclic aromatic ring structure containing at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of O, N and S, optionally containing one to four additional heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of O, N and S. Preferably, the heteroaryl group is a five or six membered monocyclic aromatic ring structure containing at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of 0, N and S, optionally containing one to three additional heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of O, N and S; or a nine or ten membered bicyclic aromatic ring structure containing at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of O, N and S, optionally containing one to four additional heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of O, N and S. The heteroaryl group may be attached at any heteroatom or carbon atom of the ring such that the result is a stable structure.
Examples of suitable heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, pyrroM, furyl, thienyl, oxazolyl, imidazolyl, purazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, triazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyranyl, furazanyl, indolizinyl, indolyl, isoindolinyl, indazolyl, benzofuryl, benzothienyl, benzimidazolyl, benzthiazolyl, purinyl, quinolizinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, isothiazolyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, naphthyridinyl, pteridinyl, and the like.
As used herein, unless otherwise noted, the term "heteroaryl-alkyl" shall mean any lower alkyl group substituted with a heteroaryl group. Suitable examples include, but are not limited to pyridyl-methyl, isoquinolinyl-methyl, thiazolyl-ethyl, furyl-ethyl, and the like. As used herein, the term "heterocycloalkyl" shall denote any three to ten membered monocyclic or bicyclic, saturated, partially unsaturated or partially aromatic ring structure containing at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of O, N and S, optionally containing one to four additional heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of O, N and S. Preferably, the heterocycloalkyl is a five to seven membered monocyclic, saturated or partially unsaturated ring structure containing at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of O, N and S, optionally containing one to three additional heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of O, N and S; or a nine to ten membered saturated, partially unsaturated or partially aromatic bicyclic ring system containing at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of O, N and S, optionally containing one to four additional heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of O, N and S. The heterocycloalkyl group may be attached at any heteroatom or carbon atom of the ring such that the result is a stable structure.
Examples of suitable heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, pyrrolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, dioxalanyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, piperidinyl, dioxanyl, morpholinyl, dithianyl, thiomorpholinyl, piperazinyl, trithianyl, indolinyl, chromenyl, 3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl, 2,3- dihydrobenzofuryl, and the like.
Preferred heterocycloalkyl groups include morpholinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, azepanyl and 2-oxabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane.
As used herein, unless otherwise noted, the term "heterocycloalkyl-alkyl" shall mean any lower alkyl group substituted with a heterocycloalkyl group. Suitable examples include, but are not limited to piperidinyl-methyl, piperazinyl- methyl, piperazinyl-ethyl, morpholinyl-methyl, and the like.
As used herein the term "N containing heterocycloalkyl (wherein said N containing heterocycloalkyl is bound through the N atom)" shall mean any heterocycloalkyl as described above which contains at least one N atom and which is bound through said N atom. Suitable examples include, but are not limited to 1 -piperidinyl, 4-piperazinyl, 1 -pyrrolidinyl, 4-morpholinyl, 1-azepanyl, and the like.
As used herein, the notation "*" shall denote the presence of a stereogenic center.
When a particular group is "substituted" (e.g., cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl), that group may have one or more substituents, preferably from one to five substituents, more preferably from one to three substituents, most preferably from one to two substituents, independently selected from the list of substituents. Additionally when aralkyl, heteroaryl-alkyl, heterocycloalkyl- alkyl or cycloalkyl-alkyl group is substituted, the substituent(s) may be on any portion of the group (i.e. the substituent(s) may be on the aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, cycloalkyl or the alkyl portion of the group.)
With reference to substituents, the term "independently11 means that when more than one of such substituents is possible, such substituents may be the same or different from each other.
Under standard nomenclature used throughout this disclosure, the terminal portion of the designated side chain is described first, followed by the adjacent functionality toward the point of attachment. Thus, for example, a "phenylCr C6alkylaminocarbonylCi-C6alky substituent refers to a group of the formula
-ζ— C C6 alkyr
Figure imgf000048_0001
Unless otherwise noted, when naming substituents such as R3 and R4 groups, the following numbering of the core structure will be applied. The capital letters A, B, C and D will be used to designate specific rings of the tetracyclic core structure.
Figure imgf000049_0001
As used herein, the term "leaving group" shall mean any group which leaves a substrate during a reaction in which the substrate is cleaved. Suitable examples include, but are not limited to, Cl, Br, I, tosylate, mesyiate, triflate, hydroxy, and the like.
As used herein, the term "electrophile" shall mean an atom or molecule which takes a pair of electron. Suitable example include, but are not limited to, Br, Cl, I, CH3, SEM, MOM, BOM, -C(0)CH2-OCH3, -C(0)-CH2-CI, -C(O)-CH2- Br, -C(O)-CH2-(lower alkyl), -C(0)-CH2-(benzyl), -C(0)-CH2-(aryl), -CH2- C(0)0-(lower alkyl), and the like.
Abbreviations used in the specification, particularly the Schemes and Examples, are as follows
Ac = Acetyl group (-C(0)-CH3)
AD = Alzheimer's disease
AIBN = 2,2'-Azobisisobutyronitrile
BF3«Et20 = Boron trifluoride etherate
BOM = Benzyloxy methyl
BOMCI = Benzyloxy methyl chloride
BOMoxy = Benzyloxy methyl-oxy
Bz = Benzoyl
CSA = Camphor sulfonic acid DCC *"* 1 ,3-Dicyclohexylcarbodiimide
DCE = 1 ,1-Dichloroethane
DCM = Dichloromethane
DEAD = Diethylazodicarboxylate
DIAD = Diisopropylazodicarboxylate
Dibal-H or DIBAL = Diisobutyl aluminum hydride
DIC Diisopropylcarbodiimide
DIPEA or DIEA = Diisopropylethylamine
DMAP = N , N-Dimethylaminopyridine
DMF = Dimethyl formamide
DTT = Dithiothreitol
ERT = Estrogen replacement therapy
Et = ethyl (i.e. -CH2CH3)
EtOAc = Ethyl acetate
EtOH = Ethanol
FBS = Fetal bovine serum
HEPES = 4-(2-Hydroxyethyl)-1 -piperazine ethane sulfonic acid
HPLC = High pressure liquid chromatography
HRT = Hormone replacement therapy
IPA or iPrOH = Isopropyl alcohol iPr2NH = Diisopropylamine
LAH = Lithium aluminum hydride
LDA = Lithium Diisopropylamide
LHMDS or LiHMDS or = Lithium Hexamethyldisilazinamide
(TMS)2NLi or LiN(TMS)2
KHMDS = Potassium Hexamethyldisilazinamide
Me = methyl (-CH3)
MeOH = Methanol
MOM = Methoxy methyl
MOMCI = Methoxy methyl chloride
MOMoxy = Methoxy methyl-oxy NaHMDS = Sodium Hexamethyldisilazinamide
NBS = N-Bromosuccinimide n-BuLi = n-butyl lithium nBu3SnH = n-Tributyltin hydride
NCS = N-chlorosuccinimide
OAc = Acetoxy
OTBS = t-Butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy
PBS = Phosphate buffered solution
PCC = Pyridinium chlorochromate
PDC = Pyridinium dichromate
Ph = Phenyl
PIV or Piv = Pivaloyl
PMB = Para-methoxy-benzyl
P(Ph)3 = Triphenylphosphine
PPTS = Pyridinium p-toluenesulfonate
Rochelle Solution = Aqueous solution of potassium sodium tartrate tetrahydrate
SEM = 2-(Trimethylsilyl)ethoxy methyl
SEMCI = 2-(Trimethylsilyl)ethoxy methyl chloride
SEMoxy = 2-(Trimethylsilyl)ethoxy methyl-oxy
SERM = Selective estrogen receptor modulator
TBAF = Tetra(n-butyl)ammonium fluoride
TBDMS = Tert-butyldimethylsilane
TBS = Te/f-butyl-dimethyl-silyl
TBSCI = Tet-butyl-dimethyl-silyl chloride
TEA or Et3N = Triethylamine
TFA = Trifluoroacetic acid
THF = Tetrahydrofuran
TIPSCI = Triisopropylsilyl chloride
TIPSOTf = Triisopropylsilyl trifluoromethane sulfonate
TMS = Trimethylsilyl
TMSCHN2 = Trimethylsilyl diazomethane TPAP = Tetra-n-propylammonium perruthenate
TsOH = Tosic acid
The term "subject" as used herein, refers to an animal, preferably a mammal, most preferably a human, who has been the object of treatment, observation or experiment.
The term "therapeutically effective amount" as used herein, means that amount of active compound or pharmaceutical agent that elicits the biological or medicinal response in a tissue system, animal or human that is being sought by a researcher, veterinarian, medical doctor or other clinician, which includes alleviation of the symptoms of the disease or disorder being treated. Wherein the present invention directed to co-therapy comprising administration of one or more compound(s) of formula I and a progestogen or progestogen antagonist, "therapeutically effective amount" shall mean that amount of the combination of agents taken together so that the combined effect elicits the desired biological or medicinal response. For example, the therapeutically effective amount of co-therapy comprising administration of a compound of formula I and progestogen would be the amount of the compound of formula I and the amount of the progestogen that when taken together or sequentially have a combined effect that is therapeutically effective. Further, it will be recognized by one skilled in the art that in the case of co-therapy with a therapeutically effective amount, as in the example above, the amount of the compound of formula I and/or the amount of the progestogen or progestogen antagonist individually may or may not be therapeutically effective.
As used herein, the term "co-therapy" shall mean treatment of a subject in need thereof by administering one or more compounds of formula I with a progestogen or progestogen antagonist, wherein the compound(s) of formula I and progestogen or progestogen antagonist are administered by any suitable means, simultaneously, sequentially, separately or in a single pharmaceutical formulation. Where the compound(s) of formula I and the progestogen or progestogen antagonist are administered in separate dosage forms, the number of dosages administered per day for each compound may be the same or different. The compound(s) of formula I and the progestogen or progestogen antagonist may be administered via the same or different routes of administration. Examples of suitable methods of administration include, but are not limited to, oral, intravenous (iv), intramuscular (im), subcutaneous (sc), transdermal, and rectal. Compounds may also be administered directly to the nervous system including, but not limited to, intracerebral, intraventricular, intracerebroventricular, intrathecal, intracistemal, intraspinal and / or peri-spinal routes of administration by delivery via intracranial or intravertebral needles and / or catheters with or without pump devices. The compound(s) of formula I and the progestogen or progestogen antagonist may be administered according to simultaneous or alternating regimens, at the same or different times during the course of the therapy, concurrently in divided or single forms.
As used herein, the term "composition" is intended to encompass a product comprising the specified ingredients in the specified amounts, as well as any product which results, directly or indirectly, from combinations of the specified ingredients in the specified amounts.
Compounds of formula (I) wherein X is O or S, Y is CH and Z is O or S may be prepared via synthesis through a key intermediate, a compound of formula (II) or (III)
Figure imgf000053_0001
which, in turn, may be prepared according to the processes outlined in
Scheme 1 and 2.
Figure imgf000054_0001
(IV) (V)
Figure imgf000054_0002
(VIII)
Figure imgf000054_0003
(IX) (ID Scheme 1
More particularly, a suitably substituted compound of formula (IV), where Z is O or S, a known compound or compound prepared by known methods, is reacted with a suitably substituted compound of formula (V), and where X is O or S, a known compound or compound prepared by known methods, in the presence of an organic base such as TEA, DIPEA, pyridine, and the like, in an organic solvent such as acetic anhydride, propionic anhydride, butyric anhydride, and the like, at an elevated temperature in the range of about 80°C to about 120°C, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (VI). The compound of formula (VI) is reacted with a de-methylating reagent such as TMS iodide, BBr3, AICI3 with ethanethiol, and the like, in an chlorinated solvent such as methylene chloride, chloroform, dichloroethane, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (VII). Alternatively, the compound of formula (VI) is reacted with a de- methylating reagent such as pyridine hydrochloride, pyridine hydrobromide, pyridine hydroiodide, and the like, optionally in an organic solvent such as xylene, acetic acid, and the like, at an elevated temperature in the range of about 170°C to about 220°C, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (VII).
The compound of formula (VII) is reacted with a suitably selected protecting reagent such as acetyl chloride, acetic anhydride, benzoyl chloride, BOMCI, MOMCI, SEMCI and the like, in the presence of an base such as pyridine, TEA, DIPEA, K C03, and the like, in an organic solvent such as methylene chloride, chloroform, acetone, acetonitrile, dichloroethane, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (VIII), wherein Pg1 represents a protecting group. For example, wherein the compound of formula (VII) is reacted with acetyl chloride or acetic anhydride, Pg1 is an acetyl group; wherein the compound of formula (VII) is reacted with benzoyl chloride, Pg1 is a benzoyl group; wherein the compound of formula (VII) is reacted with BOMCI, MOMCI or SEMCI, Pg1 is BOM, MOM or SEM, respectively.
When Pg1 is acetyl or the like, the compound of formula (VII) is reacted with a radical brominating agent such as NBS, CBrCI3, NaBr03 in combination with NaHS03, and the like or a radical chlorinating agent, such as NCS, SO2CI2, Cl gas, t-butyl hypochloride, and the like, preferably a radical brominating agent such as NBS, in the presence of a radical initiator such as benzoyl peroxide, AIBN, and the like and/or in the presence of a light source, such as a tungsten lamp, a 120 Watt light bulb, bright sunshine, and the like, optionally at an elevated temperature in the range of about 50°C to about 120°C, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (VIII).
Wherein the compound of formula (VII) is reacted with a radical brominating reagent such as NBS, the reaction is carried out in a halogenated organic solvent such as carbon tetrachloride, chloroform, dichloromethane, and the like. Wherein the radical brominating reagent is NaBr03, the reaction is carried out in an organic solvent such as ethyl acetate, cyclohexane, and the like. Wherein the compound of formula (VII) is reacted with a radical chlorinating reagent, the reaction is carried out in an organic solvent such as ethyl acetate, chloroform, dichloromethane, and the like.
When Pg1 is a benzoyl group, pivaloyl, BOM, MOM, SEM, or the like, the compound of formula (VII) is reacted with bromine or a source of bromine or a source of chlorine such as NBS, NCS, and the like, in the presence of a base such as LHMDS, LDA, KHMDS, NaHMDS, and the like, at a reduced temperature in the range of about 30°C to about -78°C, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (IX).
The compound of formula (IX) is de-protected to yield the corresponding compound of formula (II). When Pg1 is acetyl or benzoyl, the compound of formula (IX) is de-protected with a base such as potassium carbonate, sodium carbonate, cesium carbonate, and the like, in a solvent such as methanol, ethanoi, isopropanol, or in a mixture thereof such as methanol :acetone, ethano acetone, methano acetonitrile, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (II). When Pg1 is methyl, benzyl, BOM, MOM or SEM, the compound of formula (IX) is de-protected with acid such as TFA, HF, HCI, H2SO4, and the like, or a Lewis acid such as tin tetrachloride, titanium tetrachloride, boron trichloride, boron tribromide, and the like, or when Pg1 is SEM with a de- protecting agent such as LiBF4, TBAF, and the like, in a solvent such as THF, acetonitrile, methylene chloride, chloroform, isopropanol, methanol, and the like, at a temperature in the range of about 0°C to about 50°C, and then treated with a base such as potassium carbonate, sodium carbonate, cesium carbonate, potassium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, and the like, or an alkali metal alkoxide such as sodium ethoxide, sodium methoxide, sodium t-butoxide, potassium ethoxide, potassium methoxide, potassium t-butoxide, in a solvent such as methanol, ethanoi, isopropanol, THF, or in a mixture thereof such as methanokacetone, ethanohacetone, methanol:acetonitrile, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (II).
Alternatively, the compound of formula (VI) is reacted with bromine or a source of bromine or chlorine such as NBS, NCS, and the like, in the presence of a base such as LHMDS, LDA, KHMDS, NaHMDS, and the like, at a reduced temperature in the range of about 30°C to about -78°C, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (IX).
One skilled in the art will recognize that it may be necessary and/or desirable to protect one or more of the R3 and/or R4 groups at any of the steps within the process described above. This may be accomplished using known protecting groups and know protection and de-protection reagents and conditions, for example such as those described in Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry, ed. J.F.W. McOmie, Plenum Press, 1973; and T.W. Greene & P.G.M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Orαanic Synthesis. John Wiley & Sons, 1991.
One skilled in the art will further recognize that the process as described in Scheme 1 above may be applied to compounds of formula (IV) and compounds of formula (V) wherein the R3 group(s) are substituted with R12 group(s) and the R4 group(s) are substituted with R13 groups, respectively, wherein R12 and R13 are as herein defined, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (lla)
Figure imgf000057_0001
The compound of formula (lla) is then optionally reacted according to known methods (including for example, those disclosed herein) to displace the R12 and R13 group(s) with suitably selected, desired R3 and R4 group(s). The compound of formula (II) may be selectively hydrogenated to yield the corresponding compound of formula (III), as shown in Scheme 2.
Figure imgf000058_0001
(II) (III) Scheme 2
Accordingly, the compound of formula (II) is reacted with hydrogen gas, at a pressure in the range of about 20 psi to about 100 psi, in the presence of a metal catalyst such as Pd on C, Pt on C, Raney nickel, Pd(OH)2, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (III), as predominately the cis isomer.
Alternatively, the compound of formula (III) is reacted with a hydride such as LAH, Cu hydride, Sml2, Stiyker's Reagent ([(Ph3P)CuH]6), and the like, in an solvent such as THF, diethyl ether, and the like, at a temperature in the range of about -20°C to about 60°C, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (III), as predominately the trans isomer.
Alternatively still, the compound of formula (II) is reacted with triethyl silane, in the presence of an acid such as TFA, BF3 etherate, Tin tertachloride, and the like, in an organic solvent such as methylene chloride, toluene, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (III), as a mixture of cis and trans isomers.
One skilled in the art will further recognize that the process outlined in Scheme 2 above may be similarly used to prepared compounds of formula (1Mb)
Figure imgf000059_0001
(1Mb) by substituting a suitably substituted compound of formula (lib)
Figure imgf000059_0002
(lib) a known compound or compound prepared by known methods, for the compound of formula (II).
Compounds of formula (I) wherein X is O or S, Y is CRARB and Z is O or S may be prepared from the intermediate compound of formula (II) according to the process outlined in Scheme 3.
Figure imgf000059_0003
(Xlll)
Figure imgf000060_0001
(la)
Scheme 3 Accordingly, the compound of formula (lib), a known compound or compound prepared by known methods, is reacted with diisobutyl-aluminum hydride, L-selectride, and the like, in an organic solvent such as toluene, benzene, THF, methylene chloride, and the like, at a reduced temperature in the range of about 0°C to about -80°C, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (X).
The compound of formula (X) is reacted with a suitably substituted compound of formula (XII), wherein MQ is lithium or a magnesium halide such as MgCI, MgBr or Mgl, prepared from the corresponding known alkyl or aryl halide by known methods, in an organic solvent such as THF, diethyl ether, dioxane, hexane, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XIII). The compound of formula (XIII) is treated with a protic acid such as HCI,
H2SO4, p-toluene sulfonic acid, camphor sulfonic acid (CSA), TFA, and the like or a Lewis acid such as BF3 etherate, AICI3, SnCI , and the like, in a solvent such as toluene, methylene chloride, acetonitrile and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (la). Alternatively, the compound of formula (XIII) is treated with a reagent such as triphenylphosphine, tributylphosphine, and the like, or an azodicarboxamide such as DEAD, DIAD, and the like, in a solvent such as toluene, THF, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (la).
One skilled in the art will recognize that it may be necessary and/or desirable to protect one or more of the R3 and/or R4 groups at any of the steps within the process described above. This may be accomplished using known protecting groups and know protection and de-protection reagents and conditions, for example such as those described in Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry, ed. J.F.W. McOmie, Plenum Press, 1973; and T.W. Greene & P.G.M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis. John Wiley & Sons, 1991.
One skilled in the art will further recognize that in the process outlined in Scheme 3, when Y is -CH2C(O)CH2- and the compound of formula (lib) is reacted with a protecting group reagent, to protect any substituent group (for example an R3 or R4 group), the C(O) on the -CH2C(0)CH2- may also react with the protecting group reagent to form -CH=C(OPg)CH2- wherein Pg is the protecting group. Upon de-protection, the -CH=C(OPg)CH - is also de- protected to yield -CH2C(0)CH2-.
Alternatively, the compound of formula (III) is substituted for the compound of formula (lib) in Scheme 3 above, to yield the compound of formula (lb)
Figure imgf000061_0001
wherein R2 as defined above.
One skilled in the art will recognize that the compound of formula (lb) may alternatively be prepared by selectively hydrogenating a suitably substituted compound of formula (la), wherein Y is CRARB, using reagents and conditions as described in Scheme 2.
One skilled in the art will further recognize that the compound of formula (lllb) may be similarly substituted for the compound of formula (lib) in Scheme 3 above, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Iq)
Figure imgf000062_0001
(lq)
Compounds of formula (I) wherein one or more R3 and/or R4 are acyloxy may be prepared by reacting a suitably substituted compound of formula (I), wherein the R3 and/or R4 group(s) are hydroxy with a suitably substituted acid chloride, a suitably substituted carboxylic acid or a suitably substituted anhydride. For example, a compound of formula (I) wherein R3 and R4, at the 2 and 8 positions respectively, are acyloxy may be prepared according to the process outlined in Scheme 4.
Figure imgf000062_0002
(lc)
Scheme 4 Accordingly, a suitably substituted compound of formula (laa) prepared as in Scheme 3 (wherein n is 1 , R3 is hydroxy, m is 1 and R4 is hydroxy), is reacted with a suitably substituted acid chloride, a compound of formula (XIV), or a suitably substituted anhydride, a compound of formula (XVI), wherein RG is as defined above, a known compound or compound prepared by known methods, in the presence of an organic amine such as TEA, DIPEA, pyridine, and the like, in a halogenated organic solvent such as DCM, methylene chloride, chloroform, and the like, or in a hydrocarbon solvent such as benzene, toluene, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (lc). Alternatively, the compound of formula (laa) is reacted with a suitably substituted carboxylic acid, a compound of formula (XV), wherein RG is as defined above, a known compound or compound prepared by known methods, in the presence of a coupling reagent such as DCC, DIC, and the like, in an organic solvent such as DMF, THF, methylene chloride, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (lc).
One skilled in the art will recognize that any R3 and / or R4 group(s) terminating with a hydroxy group may be similar converted according to the process outlined in Scheme 4 above. One skilled in the art will further recognize that wherein one or more of the R3 and/or R4 groups are hydroxy groups protected with a silyl protecting group such as TBS, the corresponding compound of formula (la) is reacted with a tetra-alkyl ammonium fluoride such as TBAF, and the like, and then reacted with a suitably substituted acid chloride of formula (XIV), in an organic solvent such as THF, diethyl ether, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (lc).
One skilled in the art will further recognize that reacting the compound of formula (laa) with < about 1 equivalent of a suitably substituted compound of formula (XIV), a suitably substituted compound of formula (XV) or a suitably substituted compound of formula (XVI), will yield a mixture of compounds wherein only R3, only R4 and both R3 and R4 are converted to the group - OC(0)RG. This mixture of compounds is preferably separated by known methods to recover the desired compound. Further, reacting the compound of formula (laa) with > about 2 equivalents of a suitably substituted compound of formula (XIV), a suitably substituted compound of formula (XV) or a suitably substituted compound of formula (XVI), will yield the compound of formula (lc) wherein both R3 and R4 are converted to the group -OC(O)RG. Alternatively, the compound of formula (Iba), a compound of formula (lb) wherein n is 1 , R3 is hydroxy, m is 1 and R4 is hydroxy) may substituted for the compound of formula (laa) and reacted as described in Scheme 4, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Id)
Figure imgf000064_0001
(Id)
One skilled in the art will further recognize that the above reaction can be tailored to the preparation of compound of formula (I) and (II) wherein the position of the R3 and R4 group may be varied about the A and D rings respectively, and where the number of R3 and R4 groups is varied.
Further, one skilled in the art will recognize that if different acyloxy groups are desired at the R3 and R4 positions, the acyloxy groups may be sequentially coupled onto the core structure through conversion of a hydroxy group as described in Scheme 4 above, with suitable protection and de- protection of reactive groups as necessary.
Compounds of formula (I) wherein X is O, Y is CH or C(O) and Z is O or S may be from the intermediate compound of formula (XIX).
Figure imgf000064_0002
(XIX) The compound of formula (XIX) may be prepared according to the process outlined in Scheme 5.
Figure imgf000065_0001
(XVII) (XVIII)
Figure imgf000065_0002
(XIX) Scheme 5
Accordingly, a suitably substituted compound of formula (XVII), wherein Pg2 is a suitable protecting group such as benzyloxy, methoxy, SEM, MOM, acetoxy, and the like, a known compound or compound prepared by known methods is reacted with an oxidizing agent such as Se0 , PCC, PDC, and the like, in an organic solvent such as toluene, xylene, ethyl acetate, dichloromethane, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XVIII).
The compound of formula (XVIII) is further oxidized with an oxidizing agent such as SeO2, PCC, PDC, and the like, in an organic solvent such as toluene, xylene, ethyl acetate, dichloromethane, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XIX).
One skilled in the art will recognize that when the compound of formula (XVII) is reacted with 2 or more equivalents of the oxidizing agent, the compound of formula (XVII) is converted directly to the compound of formula (XIX) (i.e. The intermediate alcohol compound of formula (XVIII) need not be isolated). Alternatively, the compound of formula (XIX) may be prepared according o the process outlined in Scheme 6.
Figure imgf000066_0001
(XIX) Scheme 6
Accordingly, a suitably substituted compound of formula (IXa), a compound of formula (IX) wherein ^ and RB are each hydrogen, wherein Z is O and wherein Pg1 is a suitable protecting group such as benzyloxy, methoxy, SEM, MOM, acetoxy, and the like, a known compound or compound prepared by known methods is reacted with a radical brominating agent such as NBS, CBrCI3, NaBr03 in combination with NaHS03, and the like or a radical chlorinating agent, such as NCS, S02CI2, Cl2 gas, t-butyl hypochloride, and the like, preferably a radical brominating agent such as NBS, in the presence of a radical initiator such as benzoyl peroxide, AIBN, and the like and/or in the presence of a light source, such as a tungsten lamp, a 120 Watt light bulb, bright sunshine, and the like, optionally at an elevated temperature in the range of about 50°C to about 120°C, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XX).
The compound of formula (XX) is hydrolyzed with water, in the presence of a base such as sodium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XIX). Compounds of formula (I) wherein X is O, Y is CH2 or C(O) and Z is O or S may be prepared from the intermediate compound of formula (XIX) according to the process outlined in Scheme 7.
Figure imgf000067_0001
Scheme 7 Accordingly, a compound of formula (XIX), is reacted with a suitably substituted compound of formula (XII), where MQ is lithium of a magnesium halide such as such as MgCI, MgBr or Mgl, prepared from the corresponding known alkyl or aryl halide by known methods, in an organic solvent such as THF, diethyl ether, dioxane, hexane, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XXI).
The compound of formula (XXI) is reacted with a protic acid such as HCI, H2S04, p-toluene sulfonic acid, camphor sulfonic acid (CSA), TFA, and the like or a Lewis acid such as BF3 etherate, AICI3, SnCU, and the like, in a solvent such as toluene, methylene chloride, acetonitrile and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (le).
The compound of formula (le) may optionally be selectively reduced by reacting with a reducing agent such as LAH/AICI3, and the like, in an organic solvent such as THF, diethyl ether, dioxane, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (If).
One skilled in the art will recognize that it may be necessary and/or desirable to protect one or more of the R3 and/or R4 groups at any of the steps within the process described above. This may be accomplished using known protecting groups and know protection and de-protection reagents and conditions, for example such as those described in Protective Groups in Orαanic Chemistry, ed. J.F.W. McOmie, Plenum Press, 1973; and T.W. Greene & P.G.M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis. John Wiley & Sons, 1991.
One skilled in the art will further recognize that the compounds of (le) and/or (If) may be optionally further selectively hydrogenated at the bridge bond of the B and C rings, as previously described, with protection of reactive groups as necessary, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Ig).
Figure imgf000068_0001
Alternatively, the compound of formula (XIX) may be substituted with the corresponding compound wherein the bridge bond of the B and C rings is fully saturated and then reacted according to the process outlined in Scheme 7, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Ig) or (Ih).
Figure imgf000068_0002
Compounds of formula (I) wherein X is CRARB, Y is O and Z is O or S may be prepared via synthesis of intermediate compounds of formula (XXIII) and (XXIV)
Figure imgf000069_0001
which in turn may be prepared according to the processes outlined in Scheme 8 and 9. Accordingly, compounds of formula (XXIII) wherein one or both RA and RB are other than hydrogen may be prepared according to the process outlined in Scheme 8.
Figure imgf000069_0002
(XXV) (XXVI)
Figure imgf000070_0001
(XXX) (XXXII)
Scheme 8
Accordingly, a suitably substituted compound of formula (XXV) is reacted with an oxidizing agent such as MnO2, PDC, TPAP, and the like, in an organic solvent such as DCM, acetonitrile, DCE, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XXVI).
The compound of formula (XXVI) is reacted with a compound of formula (XXVII), wherein MQ is lithium or a magnesium halide such as MgCI, MgBr or Mgl, prepared from the corresponding known alkyl or aryl halide by known methods, in an organic solvent such as THF, diethyl ether, dioxane, hexane, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XXVIII).
The compound of formula (XXVIII) is protected by reacting with a suitable protecting group, via known chemistry, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XXIX), wherein Pg is a suitable protecting group such as benzyloxy, methoxy, MOM, SEM, and the like. Alternatively, the compound of formula (XXVIII) is reacted with an oxidizing agent such as Mnθ2, PDC, TPAP, and the like, in an organic solvent such as DCE, DCM, acetonitrile, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XXX). The compound of formula (XXX) is reacted with a suitably substituted compound of the formula (XXXI), wherein MQ is lithium or a magnesium halide such as MgCI, MgBr or Mgl, prepared from the corresponding known alkyl or aryl halide by known methods, in an organic solvent such as THF, diethyl ether, dioxane, hexane, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XXXII).
Compounds of formula (XXIII) wherein RA and RB are each hydrogen, (i.e. compounds of formula (XXV)) may be prepared by reducing a suitably substituted compound of the formula (XXXIll)
Figure imgf000071_0001
(XXXIll) in a two step process. Accordingly, the compound of formula (XXXIll) is reacted with oxalyl chloride, in an organic solvent such as THF, DCM, and the like, and then reacted with a reducing agent such as sodium borohydride, and the like, in an alcohol such as methanol, ethanoi, and the like. Alternatively, the compound of formula (XXXIll) is reacted with an anhydride such as acetic anhydride, and the like, in an organic solvent such as THF, DCM, and the like, and then reacted with a reducing agent such as sodium borohydride, and the like, in an alcohol such as methanol, ethanoi, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XXIII).
Alternatively, the compound of formula (XXXIll) is converted to the corresponding compound of formula (XXV) by reacting the compound of formula (XXXIll) with borane THF complex, in an organic solvent such as THF, and the like, at a reduced temperature in the range of about -78°C to about room temperature.
The compound of formula (XXIV) may be prepared according to the process outlined in Scheme 9.
Figure imgf000072_0001
(XXIII) (XXXIV)
Figure imgf000072_0002
(XXXVI)
Figure imgf000072_0003
(XXXVII) (XXIV)
Scheme 9 Accordingly, a suitably substituted compound of formula (XXIII), a known compound or compound prepared by known methods, for example as in Scheme 8 above, is protected with a suitable protecting group, by known methods, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XXXIV), wherein Pg4 is a suitable protecting group such as benzyloxy, methoxy, SEM, MOM, and the like. The compound of formula (XXXIV) is reacted with a suitably substituted compound of formula (XXXV), a known compound or compound prepared by known methods, in the presence of a base such as LDA, LHMDS, sodium hydride, and the like, in an organic solvent such as diethyl ether, THF, and the like, at a reduced temperature in the range of about -78°C to about 30°C, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XXXVI).
The compound of formula (XXXVI) is de-protected by known methods, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XXXVII).
The compound of formula (XXXVII) is reacted with a de-methylating reagent such as pyridine hydrochloride, pyridine hydrobromide, pyridine hydroiodide, and the like, optionally in an organic solvent such as xylene, acetic acid, and the like, at an elevated temperature in the range of about 170°C to about 220°C, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XXIV).
One skilled in the art will recognize that for preparation of compounds of formula (I) wherein one of RA or RB is hydrogen, the compound of formula (XXIX) may be substituted for the compound of formula (XXXIV) in the process outlined in Scheme 9.
One skilled in the art will further recognize that in the process outlined in
Scheme 9, where the compound of formula (XXXVI) is de-protected to yield the compound of formula (XXXVII), it is possible that the compound of formula (XXXVI) does not fully convert to the compound of formula (XXXVII), but rather forms the intermediate compound of formula (XXXVIII).
Figure imgf000073_0001
(XXXVIII) The compound of formula (XXXVIII) may then be converted to the compound of formula (XXXVII) according to known methods. For Example, wherein RA and/or RB is hydrogen, the compound of formula (XXXVIII) is reacted under Mitsunobu conditions to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XXXVII).
Alternatively, if both RA and RB are other than hydrogen, the compound of formula (XXXVIII) is reacted with an acid such as HCI, TsOH, PPTS, and the like, in an organic solvent or mixture such as THF, THF/H2O, dichloromethane, toluene/H2O, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XXXVII)
Figure imgf000074_0001
(XXXVII) which may be further converted to yield the desired compound of formula (I) according to the processes as herein described.
The compound of formula (XXIV) is then optionally, further substituted at the 5 position of the core structure, to yield the desired compound of formula (I), according to the process outlined in Scheme 10.
Figure imgf000074_0002
Figure imgf000075_0001
(XXXXI)
Figure imgf000075_0002
(li)
Scheme 10
More specifically, a suitably substituted compound of formula (XXIV) is reacted with a reducing agent such as diisobutyl aluminum hydride, LAH, and the like, in an organic solvent such as toluene, benzene, THF, and the like, at a reduced temperature in the range of about -50°C to about -80°C, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XXXX).
The compound of formula (XXXX) is oxidized under oxidizing conditions such as Swern oxidation, Dess-Martin periodinane, TPAP, and the like, in an organic solvent such as dichloromethane, acetonitrile, DCE, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XXXXI). The compound of formula (XXXXI) is reacted with a suitably substituted compound of formula (XII), wherein MQ is lithium or a magnesium halide such as MgCI, MgBr or Mgl, prepared from the corresponding known alkyl or aryl halide by known methods, in an organic solvent such as THF, diethyl ether, dioxane, hexane, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XXXXII).
The compound of formula (XXXXII) is treated with a reagent such as triphenylphosphine, tributylphosphine, and the like, and an azodicarboxamide such as DEAD, DIAD, and the like, in a solvent such as toluene, THF, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (li).
One skilled in the art will recognize that it may be necessary and/or desirable to protect one or more of the R3 and/or R4 groups at any of the steps within the process described above. This may be accomplished using known protecting groups and know protection and de-protection reagents and conditions, for example such as those described in Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry, ed. J.F.W. McOmie, Plenum Press, 1973; and T.W. Greene & P.G.M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis. John Wiley & Sons, 1991.
Wherein the compound of formula (li) one or more R3 and / or R4 groups is hydroxy, the hydroxy groups may be optionally converted to desired groups according to the processes previously described, for example by reacting the compound of formula (li) with a suitably substituted acid chloride, a suitably substituted carboxylic acid or suitably substituted anhydride, as described in Scheme 4.
One skilled in the art will further recognize that the compound of formula (XXIV), the compound of formula (li) or the compound of formula (li) wherein any R3 and/or R4 hydroxy groups have been further functionalized may be selectively hydrogenated to yield the corresponding compound wherein the bond at the bridge of the B and C rings is fully saturated, according to the process as previously outlined.
Compounds of formula (I) wherein X is CRARB and Y is S may be prepared by modifying the processes outlined in Scheme 9 and 10. More particularly, the compound of formula (XXXVI), prepared as in Scheme 9, is reacted with a thionating reagent such as CF3S03Si(CH3)3/(CH3)3Si-S-Si(CH3)3. and the like, in an organic solvent such as methylene chloride, chloroform, dichloromethane, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XXXVIa).
Figure imgf000077_0001
(XXXVIa) The compound of formula (XXXVIa) is then substituted for the compound of formula (XXXVI) and further reacted as described in Scheme 9, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XXIVa),
Figure imgf000077_0002
(XXIVa) which is in turn substituted for the compound of formula (XXIV) in the process described in Scheme 10, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (I) wherein Y is S. Compounds of formula (I) wherein X is O or S, Z is O or S and Y is - CRARBCH2- or -CRARBCH2CH2, wherein RA and RB are not hydroxy, may be prepared according to the process outlined in Scheme 11.
Figure imgf000078_0001
(XXXXII)
Figure imgf000078_0002
(XXXXVI)
Figure imgf000078_0003
(XXXXVII) Scheme 11 More particularly, a suitably substituted compound of formula (XXXXII), where Pg5 is a suitable protecting groups such as alkyl (such as methyl), benzyl, SEM, MOM, BOM, pivaloyl, and the like, a known compound or compound prepared by known methods, is reacted with a suitably substituted compound of formula (XXXXIII), wherein L1 is H or alkoxy, such as methoxy, ethoxy, and the like, in the presence of a base such as (TMS)2NLi, LDA, NaHMDS, KHMDS, and the like, in the presence of a formylating reagent such as phenyl formate, 2,4,6-trichlorophenylformate, BrCH2COOCH3, CICH2COOCH3, and the like, in an organic solvent such as THF, diethyl ether, dioxane, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XXXXIV).
The compound of formula (XXXXIV) is reacted with a reducing agent such as NaBH4, borane, LAH, and the like, in an organic solvent such as THF, diethyl ether, dioxane, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XXXXV).
The compound of formula (XXXXV) is de-protected by known methods, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XXXXVI).
The compound of formula (XXXXVI) is treated with a protic acid such as HCI, H2S0 , p-toluene sulfonic acid, camphor sulfonic acid (CSA), TFA, and the like or a Lewis acid such as BF3 etherate, AICI3, SnCU, and the like, in a solvent such as toluene, methylene chloride, acetonitrile and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XXXVII).
Alternatively, the compound of formula (XXXXVI) is treated with a reagent such as triphenylphosphine, tributylphosphine, and the like, or an azodicarboxamide such as DEAD, DIAD, and the like, in a solvent such as toluene, THF, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XXXXVI I).
Compounds of formula (I) wherein X is selected from O, Y is CRARBC(0) and Z is O or S may be prepared by reacting a suitably substituted compound of formula (XXXXIV) wherein L1 is phenoxy and wherein Pg5 is SEM or MOM, with an acid such as hydrochloric acid, H2SO4, TFA, and the like, in an organic solvent such as isopropanol, THF, or a mixture thereof such as isopropanol.THF, and the like to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XXXIX).
Figure imgf000080_0001
The compound of formula (XXXIX) is then further reacted to yield the desired compound of formula (I) according to the processes described herein.
One skilled in the art will recognize that the compound of formula (XXXXVII) may be further reacted to the corresponding compound of formula (I) or (II) according to the processes previously described. For example, by substituting the compound of formula (XXXXVII) for the compound of formula (II) in Scheme 2 or 3, or substituting the compound of formula (XXXXVII) for the compound of formula (XXIV) in Scheme 10.
One skilled in the art will recognize that it may be necessary and/or desirable to protect one or more of the R3 and/or R4 groups at any of the steps within the process described above. This may be accomplished using known protecting groups and know protection and de-protection reagents and conditions, for example such as those described in Protective Groups in
Organic Chemistry, ed. J.F.W. McOmie, Plenum Press, 1973; and T.W. Greene & P.G.M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis. John Wiley & Sons, 1991.
One skilled in the art will further recognize that wherein one or more R3 and/or R4 groups are hydroxy, the hydroxy groups may be optionally converted to desired groups according to the processes previously described. One skilled in the art will further recognize that compounds of formula (I) wherein the bond at the bridge of the B and C rings is unsaturated (i.e. a double bond) may be converted to the corresponding compound of formula (I) wherein the bond at the bridge of the B and C rings is fully saturated (i.e. a single bond) as previously described, for example by selective hydrogenation, for example with hydrogen gas, with protection of reactive functional groups, as necessary. Alternatively, the bond at the bridge of the B and C rings may be selectively hydrogenated in any intermediate in the synthesis of the compound of formula (I) provided that reactive functional groups are suitably protected.
Compounds of formula (I) wherein R1 and R2 are each other than hydrogen may be prepared according to the process outlined in Scheme 12.
Figure imgf000081_0001
(XXXXVIII)
Figure imgf000081_0002
(L)
Figure imgf000081_0003
(LI)
Scheme 12 Accordingly, a suitably substituted compound of formula (XXXXVIII), a known compound or compound prepared by known methods, for example according to the processes described herein, is reacted with a suitably substituted compound of formula (XXXXIX), wherein MQ is lithium or a magnesium halide such as MgCI, MgBr or Mgl, prepared from the corresponding known alkyl or aryl halide by known methods, in an organic solvent such as THF, diethyl ether, dioxane, hexane, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (L).
The compound of formula (L) is reacted with a suitably substituted compound of formula (XII), wherein MQ is lithium or a magnesium halide such MgCI, MgBr or Mgl, prepared from the corresponding known alkyl or aryl halide by known methods, in an organic solvent such as THF, diethyl ether, dioxane, hexane, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (LI).
The compound of formula (LI) is treated with a protic acid such as HCI, H2SO4, p-toluene sulfonic acid, camphor sulfonic acid (CSA), TFA, and the like or a Lewis acid such as BF3 etherate, AICI3, SnCU, and the like, in a solvent such as toluene, methylene chloride, acetonitrile and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Ij).
Alternatively, the compound of formula (LI) is treated with a reagent such as triphenylphosphine, tributylphosphine, and the like, or an azodicarboamide such as DEAD, DIAD, and the like, in a solvent such as toluene, THF, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Ij).
Compounds of formula (D) may be prepared from suitably substituted compounds of formula (VIII) wherein R3 corresponds to R12, R4 corresponds to R13 and RA and RB are each hydrogen. More particularly, the compound of formula (VIII) is reacted with a strong base such as LDA, LiN(TMS)2) and the like, and then reacted with a suitably selected eletrophile such as an alkyl aldehyde, an aryl aldehyde, an alkyl acid chloride, methylchloroformate, phenylchloroformate, α-chloroacetyi chloride, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (D). Compounds of formula (I) wherein X is O or S, Z is O or S and Y is - CH2CH2-, may be prepared according to the process outlined in Scheme 13.
Figure imgf000083_0001
(Lll)
Figure imgf000083_0002
(LIV) (LV)
Figure imgf000083_0003
(Ik) Scheme 13 More particularly, a suitably substituted compound of formula (Lll) where Pg6 is a suitable protecting groups such as benzyl, alkyl (such as methyl), SEM, MOM, BOM, substituted benzyl, PMB and the like, a known compound or compound prepared by known methods, is reacted with a suitably substituted compound of formula (Llll), wherein J is Cl, Br, idodide or another suitable leaving group, and W is a group such as alkyl (such as methyl, ethyl, and the like), benzyl, -CH2CH2TMS, -CH2CH2OCH3, -CH20-benzyl, and the like, in the presence of a base such as (TMS)2NLi, LDA, NaHMDS, KHMDS, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (LIV).
The compound of formula (LIV) is de-protected by known methods, for example by treating the compound of formula (LIV) with a protic such as HCI, H2SO4, TFA or with a Lewis acid such as BCI3, BBr3, TiCI4, SnCI4 or with a derivative of such a Lewis acid such catechol borane bromide, dimethy borane bromide, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (LV).
The compound of formula (LV) is treated with a protic acid such as HCI, H2SO4and the like or with a Lewis acid such as BF3 etherate, AlCI3, SnCI , PCI3, POCI3, PCI5 and the like, in a solvent such as toluene, methylene chloride, acetonitrile and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Ik).
Alternatively, the compound of formula (LV) is treated with a reagent such as triphenylphosphine, tributylphosphine, and the like, or with an azodicarboxamide such as DEAD, DIAD, and the like, in a solvent such as toluene, THF, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Ik).
Compounds of formula (I) wherein X is O or S, Z is O or S and Y is - CH2CH2CH2- may be prepared according to the process outlined in Scheme 14.
Figure imgf000084_0001
(Lll)
Figure imgf000085_0001
(LVI I) (LVIII)
Figure imgf000085_0002
(LX)
Scheme 14 More particularly, a suitably substituted compound of formula (Lll), where Pg6 is a suitable protecting groups such as benzyl, alkyl (such as methyl), SEM, MOM, BOM, substituted benzyl, PMB and the like, a known compound or compound prepared by known methods, is reacted with a suitably substituted compound of formula (LVI), wherein the two G groups are leaving groups, such as Cl, Br, Idodine, hydroxy, and the like, and wherein the two G groups are the same or different, a known compound or compound prepared by known methods, in the presence of a base such as (TMS)2NLi, LDA, NaHMDS, KHMDS, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (LVII).
One skilled in the art will recognize that when the two G groups are different, they are selected such that the G group bound to the C(O) is more reactive than the G group bound to the CH2 group.
The compound of formula (LVII) is de-protected by known methods, for example by treating the compound of formula (LVII) with a protic acid such as HCI, H2SO , TFA and the like, or with a Lewis acid such as BCI3, BBr3, TiCI4, SnCU, and the like or with a derivatives of a Lewis acid such as catechol borane bromide, dimethy borane bromide, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (LVIII).
The compound of formula (LVIII) is treated with a base such as potassium carbonate, sodium carbonate, cesium carbonate, potassium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, and the like, or with an alkali metal alkoxide such as sodium ethoxide, sodium methoxide, sodium t-butoxide, potassium ethoxide, potassium methoxide, potassium t-butoxide, and the like, in a solvent such as methanol, ethanoi, isopropanol, THF, and the like, or in a mixture of solvents thereof such as methano acetone, ethano acetone, methano acetonitrile, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (LIX). The compound of formula (LIX) is reacted with a base such as NaBH4, borane, LAH, and the like, in an organic solvent such as THF, diethyl ether, dioxane, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Im).
The compound of formula (Im) is deoxygenated using Barton or modified Barton protocol (see for example, K.C. Nicolaou, R.A. Daines, J. Uenishi, W.S. Li, D.P. Papahatjis and T.K. Chakraborty, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1988, 110, pp. 4672-4683; which procedure involves conversion of the alcohol on the compound of formula (Im) to a thiocarbonate, as in the compound of formula (LX), followed by treatment with tributyltinhydride in presence of radical initiator like benzoyl peroxide, AIBN, and the like) to yield the corresponding compound of formula (In). One skilled in the art will recognize that compounds of formula (I) wherein X is O or S, Z is O or S and Y is -CRARB-CH(OH)-CRARB- or -CRARB- CH2-CRARB- may be similarly prepared according to the process outlined in Scheme 13 above, with substitution of a suitably substituted compound (Llla) and (LVIa)
Figure imgf000087_0001
(Llla) and (LVIa) for the corresponding compounds of formula (Lll) and (Llll), respectively.
Compounds of formula (I) wherein X is O or S, Y is CRARB , CH2CH2 or CH2CH2CH and Z is O or S may be prepared from a suitably substituted compound of formula (xA) according to the process outlined in Scheme 15.
Figure imgf000087_0002
Scheme 15 Accordingly, a suitably substituted compound of formula (LXI), a known compound or compound prepared by known methods, is reacted with a Lewis acid such BF3OEt2, SnCI4, TiCI4, perchloric acid and like, in an organic solvent such as CH2CI2, CHCI3 and the like, to yeld the corresponding, reactive intermediate compound of formual (LXII).
The compound of formula (LXII) is reacted with a suitably substituted compound of formula (LXIII), wherein MQ is a magnesium halide such as MgCI, MgBr or Mgl (which magnesium halide may be prepared from the corresponding known alkyl or aryl halide by known methods), in an organic solvent such as THF, diethyl ether, dioxane, hexane, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Ip).
Alternatively, the compound of formula (LXI) is reacted with enol ether, or an allyllic reagent such as 1 ,1-bis-trimethylsilyloxy-ethene, 1,1-bis- trimethylsilyloxy-propene, (1 -methoxy-vinyloxy)-trimethyl-silane, allyl-trimethyl- silane, allyl-trimethyl-stannane, but-2-enyl-trimethyl-silane, but-2-enyl-trimethyl- stannane and trimethyl-vinyloxy-silane, and the like to yield the corresponding comound of formula (Ip).
One skilled in the art will further recognize that compounds of formula (I) wherein Y is selected from the group consisting of CRARB(CRARB)1.2 and CRARBC(O)CRARB may be similariy prepared according to processes described herein, by selecting and substituting, suitably substituted reagents for those described herein.
The present invention is further directed to a process for the preparation of a compound of formula (DX), as described in more detail in Scheme 16.
Figure imgf000088_0001
Figure imgf000089_0001
Scheme 16 Accordingly, a suitably substituted compound of formula (VIII), a known compound or compound prepared by known methods, wherein RA, RB, n, R3, m, R4 and Z are as previously defined, wherein X is O or S and wherein Pg10 is a suitable protecting group such as alkyl (such as methyl), benzyl, benzoyl, SEM, MOM, BOM, pivaloyl, and the like (see for example Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry, ed. J.F.W. McOmie, Plenum Press, 1973; and T.W. Greene & P.G.M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis. John Wiley & Sons, 1991), is reacted with a base such as LiHMDS, LDA, KHMDS, NaHMDS, and the like; preferably at a temperature of less than or equal to about room temperature, more preferably at a temperature in the range of about 30°C to about -100°C, more preferably still, at reduced temperature in the range of about -10°C to about -30°C; in an aprotic organic solvent such as THF, dioxane, diethyether, and the like; to yield the corresponding compound of formula (C), wherein V is the corresponding base cation, Li, K or Na (i.e. when the base is LiHMDs or LDA, V is Li; when the base is KHMDS, V is K; when the base is NaHMDS, V is Na). The compound of formula (C) is reacted with a suitably substituted compound of formula (Cl), wherein E is an electrophile (i.e. an atom or molecule capable of forming a carbon cation or partial carbon cation), such as Br, Cl, I, CH3, SEM, MOM, BOM, Br-CH2CH2-OCH3l and the like, and wherein L2 is a suitable leaving group such as Cl, Br, I, tosylate, mesylate, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Cll). The compound of formula (Cl) may also be a source of Br or Cl such as NBS, NCS, and the like. The compound of formula (Cll) is de-protected by known methods (Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry, ed. J.F.W. McOmie, Plenum Press, 1973; and T.W. Greene & P.G.M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis. John Wiley & Sons, 1991), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Clll).
The compound of formula (Clll) is cyclized according to known methods, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (DX), wherein p is an integer from 0 to 2. When the electrophile E is Br, Cl, I and the like, the compound of formula (CIV) is treated with a base such as sodium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, potassium carbonate, potassium bicarbonate, NaOH, KOH, TEA, and the like, preferably to a pH in the range of about pH10 to about pH11 , to yield the corresponding compound of formula DX, wherein p is 0. When the elctrophile E is SEM, MOM.BOM, Br-CH CH2-OCH3, and the like, the compound of formula (CIV) is reacted with a protic acid such as HCI, H2S0 , p- toluene sulfonic acid, camphor sulfonic acid (CSA), TFA, and the like or a Lewis acid such as BF3 etherate, AICI3, SnCU, and the like, in a solvent such as toluene, methylene chloride, acetonitrile and the like; or with a reagent such as triphenylphosphine, tributylphosphine, and the like, or an azodicarboamide such as DEAD, DIAD, and the like, in a solvent such as toluene, THF, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (DX), wherein p is 1-2.
One skilled in the art will recognize that the compound of formula (C) may alternatively be reacted with a suitably substituted compound of formula (Cla) wherein when the electrophile E is -C(0)CH -OCH3, -C(O)-CH2-CI, -C(O)- CH2-Br, -C(0)-CH2-(lower alkyl), -CH2-C(0)0-(lower alkyl), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Cll) which is then further reacted with a protic acid such as HCI, H2S0 , p-toluene sulfonic acid, camphor sulfonic acid (CSA), TFA, and the like or a Lewis acid such as BF3 etherate, AICI3, SnCI4, and the like, in a solvent such as toluene, methylene chloride, acetonitrile and the like; or with a reagent such as triphenylphosphine, tributylphosphine, and the like, or an azodicarboamide such as DEAD, DIAD, and the like, in a solvent such as toluene, THF, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (DXa), wherein -(CH2)P- is substituted with -C(0)-CH2 wherein the CH2 portion is bound to the X.
The present invention is further directed to a process for the preparation of a compound of formula (DXI), as described in more detail in Scheme 17.
Figure imgf000091_0001
Scheme 17 Accordingly, a suitably substituted compound of formula (VIII), a known compound or compound prepared by known methods, wherein RA, RB, n, R3, m, R4 and Z are as previously defined, wherein X is O or S and wherein Pg10 is a suitable protecting group such as alkyl (such as methyl), benzyl, benzoyl, SEM, MOM, BOM, pivaloyl, and the like (see for example T.W. Greene & P.G.M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis. John Wiley & Sons), is reacted with a base such as LiHMDS, LDA, KHMDS, NaHMDS, and the like; preferably at a temperature of less than or equal to about room temperature, more preferably at a temperature in the range of about 30°C to about -100°C, more preferably still, at reduced temperature in the range of about -10 to about -30°C; in an aprotic organic solvent such as THF, dioxane, diethyether, and the like; to yield the corresponding compound of formula (C), wherein V is the corresponding base cation, Li, K or Na (i.e. when the base is LiHMDs or LDA, V is Li; when the base is KHMDS, V is K; when the base is NaHMDS, V is Na).
The compound of formula (C) is reacted with a suitably substituted compound of formula (C) is reacted with a suitably substituted aldehyde, a compound of formula (CIV), wherein U is hydrogen or lower alkyl, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (CV).
The compound of formula (CV) is de-protected by known methods (Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry, ed. J.F.W. McOmie, Plenum Press, 1973; and T.W. Greene & P.G.M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis. John Wiley & Sons, 1991 ), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (CVI).
The compound of formula (CVI) is is cyclized according to known methods, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (DX), wherein p is 1. More particularly, the compound of formula (CIV) is reacted with a protic acid such as HCI, H2SO l p-toluene sulfonic acid, camphor sulfonic acid (CSA), TFA, and the like or a Lewis acid such as BF3 etherate, AICI3, SnCI4, and the like, in a solvent such as toluene, methylene chloride, acetonitrile and the like; or with a reagent such as triphenyiphosphine, tributylphosphine, and the like, or an azodicarboamide such as DEΞAD, DIAD, and the like, in a solvent such as toluene, THF, and the like; to yield the corresponding compound of formula (DX), wherein p is 1.
Where the processes for the preparation of the compounds according to the invention give rise to mixture of stereoisomers, these isomers may be separated by conventional techniques such as preparative chromatography. The compounds may be prepared in racemic form, or individual enantiomers may be prepared either by enantiospecific synthesis or by resolution. The compounds may, for example, be resolved into their component enantiomers by standard techniques, such as the formation of diastereomeric pairs by salt formation with an optically active acid, such as (-)-di-p-toluoyl-d-tartaric acid and/or (+)-di-p-toluoyl-l-tartaric acid followed by fractional crystallization and regeneration of the free base. The compounds may also be resolved by formation of diastereomeric esters or amides, followed by chromatographic separation and removal of the chiral auxiliary. Alternatively, the compounds may be resolved using a chiral HPLC column.
During any of the processes for preparation of the compounds of the present invention, it may be necessary and/or desirable to protect sensitive or reactive groups on any of the molecules concerned. This may be achieved by means of conventional protecting groups, such as those described in Protective Groups in Orαanic Chemistry, ed. J.F.W. McOmie, Plenum Press, 1973; and T.W. Greene & P.G.M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Orαanic Synthesis. John Wiley & Sons, 1991. The protecting groups may be removed at a convenient subsequent stage using methods known from the art.
The utility of the compounds of the instant invention to treat disorders mediated by an estrogen receptor may be determined according to the procedures described in Examples -172, 173, 174 and 175 herein.
The present invention therefore provides a method of treating disorders mediated by an estrogen receptor in a subject in need thereof which comprises administering any of the compounds as defined herein in a quantity effective to treat said disorder. The compound may be administered to a patient by any conventional route of administration, including, but not limited to, intravenous, oral, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intradermal and parenteral. The quantity of the compound which is effective for treating a disorder mediated by an estrogen receptor is between 0.01 mg per kg and 20 mg per kg of subject body weight. The present invention also provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising one or more compounds of this invention in association with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. Preferably these compositions are in unit dosage forms such as tablets, pills, capsules, powders, granules, sterile parenteral solutions or suspensions, metered aerosol or liquid sprays, drops, ampoules, autoinjector devices or suppositories; for oral parenteral, intranasal, sublingual or rectal administration, or for administration by inhalation or insufflation. Alternatively, the composition may be presented in a form suitable for once-weekly or once-monthly administration; for example, an insoluble salt of the active compound, such as the decanoate salt, may be adapted to provide a depot preparation for intramuscular injection. For preparing solid compositions such as tablets, the principal active ingredient is mixed with a pharmaceutical carrier, e.g. conventional tableting ingredients such as corn starch, lactose, sucrose, sorbitol, talc, stearic acid, magnesium stearate, dicalcium phosphate or gums, and other pharmaceutical diluents, e.g. water, to form a solid preformulation composition containing a homogeneous mixture of a compound of the present invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. When referring to these preformulation compositions as homogeneous, it is meant that the active ingredient is dispersed evenly throughout the composition so that the composition may be readily subdivided into equally effective dosage forms such as tablets, pills and capsules. This solid preformulation composition is then subdivided into unit dosage forms of the type described above containing from 5 to about 1000 mg of the active ingredient of the present invention. The tablets or pills of the novel composition can be coated or otherwise compounded to provide a dosage form affording the advantage of prolonged action. For example, the tablet or pill can comprise an inner dosage and an outer dosage component, the latter being in the form of an envelope over the former. The two components can be separated by an enteric layer which serves to resist disintegration in the stomach and permits the inner component to pass intact into the duodenum or to be delayed in release. A variety of material can be used for such enteric layers or coatings, such materials including a number of polymeric acids with such materials as shellac, cetyl alcohol and cellulose acetate.
The liquid forms in which the novel compositions of the present invention may be incorporated for administration orally or by injection include, aqueous solutions, suitably flavoured syrups, aqueous or oil suspensions, and flavoured emulsions with edible oils such as cottonseed oil, sesame oil, coconut oil or peanut oil, as well as elixirs and similar pharmaceutical vehicles. Suitable dispersing or suspending agents for aqueous suspensions, include synthetic and natural gums such as tragacanth, acacia, alginate, dextran, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, polyvinyl-pyrrolidone or gelatin.
The method of treating a disorder mediated by an estrogen receptor described in the present invention may also be earned out using a pharmaceutical composition comprising any of the compounds as defined herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The pharmaceutical composition may contain between about 5 mg and 1000 mg, preferably about 10 to 500 mg, of the compound, and may be constituted into any form suitable for the mode of administration selected. Carriers include necessary and inert pharmaceutical excipients, including, but not limited to, binders, suspending agents, lubricants, flavorants, sweeteners, preservatives, dyes, and coatings. Compositions suitable for oral administration include solid forms, such as pills, tablets, caplets, capsules (each including immediate release, timed release and sustained release formulations), granules, and powders, and liquid forms, such as solutions, syrups, elixers, emulsions, and suspensions. Forms useful for parenteral administration include sterile solutions, emulsions and suspensions.
Advantageously, compounds of the present invention may be administered in a single daily dose, or the total daily dosage may be administered in divided doses of two, three or four times daily. Furthermore, compounds for the present invention can be administered in intranasal form via topical use of suitable intranasal vehicles, or via transdeπmal skin patches well known to those of ordinary skill in that art. To be administered in the form of a transdermal delivery system, the dosage administration will, of course, be continuous rather than intermittent throughout the dosage regimen.
For instance, for oral administration in the form of a tablet or capsule, the active drug component can be combined with an oral, non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable inert carrier such as ethanoi, glycerol, water and the like. Moreover, when desired or necessary, suitable binders, lubricants, disintegrating agents and coloring agents can also be incorporated into the mixture. Suitable binders include, without limitation, starch, gelatin, natural sugars such as glucose or beta- lactose, com sweeteners, natural and synthetic gums such as acacia, tragacanth or sodium oleate, sodium stearate, magnesium stearate, sodium benzoate, sodium acetate, sodium chloride and the like. Disintegrators include, without limitation, starch, methyl cellulose, agar, bentonite, xanthan gum and the like.
The liquid forms may include suitably flavored suspending or dispersing agents such as the synthetic and natural gums, for example, tragacanth, acacia, methyl-cellulose and the like. For parenteral administration, sterile suspensions and solutions are desired. Isotonic preparations which generally contain suitable preservatives are employed when intravenous administration is desired.
The compound of the present invention can also be administered in the form of liposome delivery systems, such as small unilamellar vesicles, large unilamellar vesicles, and multilamellar vesicles. Liposomes can be formed from a variety of phospholipids, such as cholesterol, stearylamine or phophatidylcholines.
Compounds of the present invention may also be delivered by the use of monoclonal antibodies as individual carriers to which the compound molecules are coupled. The compounds of the present invention may also be coupled with soluble polymers as targetable drug carriers. Such polymers can include polyvinylpyrrolidone, pyran copolymer, polyhydroxypropylmethacrylamidephenol, polyhydroxyethylaspartamidephenol, or polyethyl-eneoxidepolylysine substituted with palmitoyl residue. Furthermore, the compounds of the present invention may be coupled to a class of biodegradable polymers useful in achieving controlled release of a drug, for example, polylactic acid, polyepsilon caprolactone, polyhydroxy butyric acid, polyorthoesters, polyacetals, polydihydropyrans, polycyanoacrylates and cross-linked or amphipathic block copolymers of hydrogels.
Compounds of this invention may be administered in any of the foregoing compositions and according to dosage regimens established in the art whenever treatment of a disorder mediated by an estrogen receptor is required.
The daily dosage of the products may be varied over a wide range from about 1 to about 1 ,000 mg per adult human per day. For oral administration, the compositions are preferably provided in the form of tablets containing, 1.0, 5.0, 10.0, 15.0, 25.0, 50.0, 100, 250 and 500 milligrams of the active ingredient for the symptomatic adjustment of the dosage to the patient to be treated. An effective amount of the drug is ordinarily supplied at a dosage level of from about 0.01 mg/kg to about 20 mg/kg of body weight per day. Preferably, the range is from about 0.1 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg of body weight per day, and especially from about 0.5 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg of body weight per day. The compounds may be administered on a regimen of 1 to 4 times per day.
Optimal dosages to be administered may be readily determined by those skilled in the art, and will vary with the particular compound used, the mode of administration, the strength of the preparation, the mode of administration, and the advancement of the disease condition. In addition, factors associated with the particular patient being treated, including patient age, weight, diet and time of administration, will result in the need to adjust dosages. The following Examples are set forth to aid in the understanding of the invention, and are not intended and should not be construed to limit in any way the invention set forth in the claims which follow thereafter.
EXAMPLE 1 Acetic acid 3-(2.4-dimethoχyphenyl.-7-hvdroxy-4-methyl-2-oxo-2H- chromen-7-yl ester
Figure imgf000098_0001
A mixture of 2,4-dihydroxyacetophenone (2.233 g, 14.67mmol, 1 eq), 2, 4-dimethoxyphenylacetic acid (2.88 g, 14.67 mmol, 1 eq), acetic anhydride (7.5 mL, 78 mmol, 5 eq) and triethylamine (1.49 mL, 2.05 mmol, 1 eq) was stirred and heated to reflux under nitrogen for 48 hours. After cooling to room temperature the dark syrupy reaction mixture was poured into ice water (~450 mL). The suspension of sticky, semisolid product was neutralized by slowly adding solid NaHC03 to the mixture. The mixture was then allowed to solidify overnight. The dark solid was isolated by filtration, washed with water, sucked dry, and recrystallized from acetic acid to yield the title compound as an ivory crystalline solid. A second crop (0.95g, 18.3%) was isolated from the mother liquor. mp: 146-148°C
MS (Cl) m/z 355 (M+H)+ 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): δ 7.67 (1H, d, J = 8.7 Hz), 7.13 - 7.06 (3H, m), 6.58 (1 H, d, J = 12.3 Hz), 6.56 (1H, s), 3.85 (3H, s), 3.76 (3H, s), 2.36 (3H, s), 2.24 (3H, s) IR (KBr): 1762, 1731 , 1610, 1574, 1506, 1462, 1312, 1264, 1212 cm"1
Anal. Calc C2oHι806: C, 67.79; H, 5.12. Found: C, 67.75; H, 4.99. EXAMPLE 2
Acetic acid 3- 2,4-dimethoxyphenvπ-8-hvdroxy-4-methyl-2-oxo-2H- chromen-7-yl ester
Figure imgf000099_0001
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 1 with substitution of 2,3 dihydroxyacetophenone for the 2,4- dihydroxyacetophenone reagent. mp 140-141 °C
MS (Cl) m/z 355, (M+H)+, 377 (M+Na)+ 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): δ 7.55 (1H, d, d, J = 4.2, 5.32 Hz), 7.29 (1 H, d, J = 1.29 Hz), 7.27 (1 H, d, J = 4.37 Hz), 7.08) 1 H, d, J = 8.13 Hz), 6.57 - 6.55 (2H, m), 3.86 (3H, s), 3.76 (3H, s), 2.43 (3H, s), 2.24 (3H, s).
EXAMPLE 3 S-f ^-Dimethoxyphenvπ^-fluoro^-methyl^-oxo-ΣH-chromen^-yl ester
Figure imgf000099_0002
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 1 with substitution of 4-fluoro- 2-hydroxyacetophenone for the 2,4- dihydroxyacetophenone reagent. mp 156-157°C
MS (Cl) m/z 315 (M+H)+, 337 (M+Na)+ 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): δ 7.64 (1H, d, d, J = 5.98, 8.77 Hz), 7.11 - 7.01 (3H, m), 6.58 (1H, d, d, J = 2.30, 8.10 Hz), 6.57 (1H, s), 3.86 (3H, s), 3.77 (3H, s), 2.24 (3H, s)
IR (KBr): 1712, 1617, 1527, 1505, 1215, 1118 cm"1
Anal. Calc. Cι8H15O4: C, 68.78; H, 4.84. Found: C, 68.67; H, 4.70.
EXAMPLE 4 3-(2-Benzyloxy-3-methoxyphenyl)-7-methoxy-4-methyl-chromen-2-one
Figure imgf000100_0001
The title compound was prepared as a tan foamy solid according to the procedure described in Example 1 with substitution of 2-benzyloxy-4- methoxyphenylacetic acid for the 2,3-dimethoxyphenylacetic acid reagent. MS (Cl) m/z 403 (M+H)+, 425 (M+Na)+, 827 (2M+Na)+ 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): δ 7.53 (1 H, d, J = 9.Hz), 7.30 - 7.23 (5H, m), 7.11 (1 H, d, J = 8.96 Hz), 6.88 - 6.85 (2H, m), 5.06 (2H, d, J = 2.00 Hz), 3.88 (3H, s), 3.81 (3H, s), 2.22 (3H, s)
IR (KBr): 1712, 1619, 1603, 1579, 1564, 1509 cm"1 Anal. Calc C25H22O5/0.1 HzO: C, 74.28; H, 5.54. Found: C, 74.10; H, 5.38. EXAMPLE 5 3-(2.4-Dihvdroχyphenvπ-7-hvdroxy-4-methyl-chromen-2-one
Figure imgf000101_0001
A mixture of acetic acid 3-(2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-7-hydroxy-4-methyl-2- oxo-2H-chromen-7-yl ester, prepared as in Example 1 (0.177g, 0.5 mmol, 1eq) and dry pyridine hydrochloride (0.9g, 8.8 mmol, 16 eq) was stirred and heated in an oil bath to a melt, at 210°C under a closed nitrogen atmosphere in a loosely stoppered round bottom flask for 1 hour. After cooling to room temperature the reaction mixture was triturated with water and the aqueous solution was extracted several times with ethyl acetate until the latter was colorless. Combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried (anhydrous sodium sulphate), filtered and evaporated to yield the title compound as a pinkish crystalline solid. mp 282-283°C
MS (Cl) m/z 285 (M+H)+, 306 (M+ Na)+; loop negative 283 (M-H)
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 10.47 (1 H, brs), 9.34 (2H, s), 7.62 (1 H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 6.81 (2H, d,d, J = 2.5, 8.3 Hz), 6.72 (1H, d, J = 2.2 Hz), 6.35 (1 H, d, J = 2.1 Hz), 6.27 (1H, d,d, J = 2.1 , 8.2 Hz) 2.13 (3H, s)
IR (KBr): 3454, 3264, 1673, 1616, 1562, 1509, 1461 , 1379, 1350, 1282, 1157, 1106 cm*1
Anal. Calc. Ci6H12O5/0.25 H2O: C, 66.55; H, 4.36. Found: C, 66.63; H, 4.53. EXAMPLE 6 3- 2.3-Dihvdroxyphenv0-7-hvdroxy-4-methyl-chromen-2-one
Figure imgf000102_0001
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 5 with substitution of acetic acid 3-(2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-8- hydroxy-4-methyl-2-oxo-2 --chromen-7-yl ester, prepared in Example 2, for acetic acid 3-(2,4-dimethoxyphenyi)-7-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-oxo-2H-chromen-7- yl ester. mp 273-274°C
MS (Cl) m/z 285 (M+H)+, 307 (M+Na)+, loop negative 283 (M-H)
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 10.10 (1H, s), 9.32 9 1H, s), 9.24 (1H, s), 7.23 - 7.07 (3H, m), 6.85 (1H, d, J = 8.23 Hz), 6.37 (1H, d, J = 2.27 Hz), 6.29 (1H, d, d, J = 2.30, 8.24 Hz), 2.17 (3H, s)
EXAMPLE 7 3-(2.4-Dihvdroxyphenvπ-7-fluoro-4-methyl-chromen-2-one
Figure imgf000102_0002
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure outlined in Example 5 with substitution of 3-(2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-7-fluoro-4-methyl-2- oxo-2H-chromen-7-yl ester, prepared in Example 3, for acetic acid 3-(2,4- dimethoxyphenyl)-7-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-oxo-2H-chromen-7-yl ester. mp 266-268°C
MS (Cl) m/z 287 (M+H)+, 309 (M+Na)+; loop negative 285 (M-H) 1H NMR (300 MHz, acetone-d6): δ 8.36 (1 H, s), 8.12 (1 H, s), 7.91 - 7.85 (1 H, m), 7.37 - 7.10 (2H, m), 6.98 (1 H, d, J = 8.24 Hz), 6.50 (1 H, d, J = 8.32 Hz), 6.46 (1 H, d, d, J = 2.37, 8.24 Hz), 2.31 (3H, s)
I R (KBr): 3329, 3164, 1685, 1611 , 1570, 1272, 1116 cm-1 Anal. Calc. C18HnFθ4 0.1 H20: C, 66.71 ; H, 3.92. Found: C, 66.63; H, 4.06.
EXAMPLE 8 3-(2-Hvdroxv-4-methoxvphenvπ-7-hvdroxv-4-methvl-chromen-2-one
Figure imgf000103_0001
A solution of 3-(2-benzyloxy-3-methoxyphenyl)-7-methoxy-4-methyl- chromen-2-one (0.98 g, 2.44 mmol), prepared as in Example 4, in glacial acetic acid (8 mL) was treated with concentrated hydrochloric acid (3.5 mL) and the mixture stirred and heated to 60°C for about 20 hours. Reaction monitoring by mass spectrum and thin layer chromatography revealed the presence of the starting material, so additional acetic acid (4 mL) and hydrochloric acid (3 mL) were added and stirring and heating continued for another 20 hours. The reaction mixture was then evaporated to dryness in vacuum and the residue diluted with water. The precipitated crystalline pinkish, solid, crude title compound was isolated by filtration, washed with water and dried. The resulting product was triturated with ether, filtered and washed with additional ether to yield the title product as a solid. mp 213-214°C
MS (Cl) m/z 313 (M+H)+; (M-H , loop negative)
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 9.40 (1 H, brs), 7.73 (1H, d, J = 8.68 Hz), 7.01 - 6.96 (3H, m), 6.47 (1 H, s), 6.46 (1 H, d, J = 6.60 Hz), 3.88 (3H, s), 3.74 (3H, s), 2.16 (3H, s)
IR (KBr): 3300, 1669, 1603, 1562 cm-1. Anal. Calc. C18Hι6O5: C, 69.22; H, 5.16. Found: C, 69.42; H, 5.18.
EXAMPLE 9 Acetic acid 3-acetoxy-4-(7-acetoxy-4-methyl-2-oxo-2 -<r-chromen-3-yl)- phenyl ester
Figure imgf000104_0001
A mixture of 3-(2,4-dihydroxyphenyl)-7-hydroxy-4-methyl-chromen-2-one (0.72g, 2.533 mmol), prepared as in Example 5, acetic anhydride (2 mL, about 20 mmol) and pyridine (0.2 mL, about 2.2 mmol) was heated to 70°C under nitrogen for 18 hours. The resulting mixture was cooled. To then mixture was then added water and the mixture stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes, then extracted with dichloromethane. The organic extracts were washed with brine, dried (anhydrous sodium sulphate), filtered and evaporated to a foam. The foam was crystallized by triturating the foam with ethyl acetate/ether to yield the title product as a beige, crystalline solid. mp 145-145°C
MS (Cl) m/z 411 (M+H)+, 432 (M+Na)+ 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): δ 7.70 (1H, d, J = 8.7 Hz), 7.26 (1H, d, J = 2.3 Hz ), 7.16-7.10 (4H, m), 2.37 (3H, s), 2.32 (3H, s), 2.28 (3H, s), 2.11 (3H, s) IR (KBr): 1763, 1726, 1611, 1573, 1501 , 1428, 1373, 1202 cm'1
Anal. Calc. C22Hι808: C, 64.39; H, 4.42. Found: C, 64.16; H, 4.23. EXAMPLE 10 Acetic acid 5-acetoxy-2-(8-acetoxy-4-methyl-2-oxo-2H-chromen-3-vπ-
Figure imgf000105_0001
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 9 with substitution of 3-(2,3-dihydroxyphenyl)-7-hydroxy-4-methyl- chromen-2-one, prepared as in Example 6, for 3-(2,4-dihydroxyphenyl)-7- hydroy-4-methyl-chromen-2-one. mp 119-120°C MS m/z 369 [(M- Ac)+H]+ 411 (M+H)+, 433 (M+Na)+ 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): δ 7.59 - 7.54 (1 H, m), 7.34 - 7.29 (2H, m), 7.25 (1H, d, J = 8.41 Hz), 2.43 (3H, s), 2.32 (3H, s), 2.29 (3H, s), 2.11 (3H, s) IR (KBr): 1769, 1720, 1610, 1578, 1501 , 1462, 1371, 1202 cm-1 Anal. Calc. CiβHuFCVO.I H20: C, 66.71 ; H, 3.92. Found: C, 66.63; H, 4.06.
EXAMPLE 11 Acetic acid 5-acetoxy-2-(7-fluoro- -methyl-2-oxo-2H-chromen-3-vπ-phenyl ester
Figure imgf000105_0002
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 9 with substitution of 3-(2,4-dihydroxyphenyl)-7-fluoro-4-methyl- chromen-2-one, prepared as in Example 7, for 3-(2,4-dihydroxyphenyl)-7- hydroxy-4-methyl-chromen-2-one. mp 148-149°C
MS (Cl) m/z 329 [(M- Ac)+H]+ 371 (M+H)+, 393 (M+Na)+ 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): δ 7.70 - 7.65 (1 H, m), 7.27 (2H, d, J = 8.06 Hz), 7.14 - 7.05 (3H, m), 2.32 (3H, s), 2.28 (3H, s), 2.109 (3H, s)
IR(KBr): 1765, 1726, 1706, 1612, 1529, 1500, 1429, 1372, 1273, 1191 cm
Anal. Calc. C20Hι5FO6: C, 64.87; H, 4.08. Found: C, 64.69; H, 3.94.
EXAMPLE 12 Acetic acid 3-methoxy-2-(7-methoxy-4-methyl-2-oxo-2H-chromen-3-yl.- phenyl ester
Figure imgf000106_0001
The title compound was prepared as a light pink solid according to the procedure described in Example 9 with substitution of 3-(2-hydroxy-4- methoxyphenyl)-7-hydroxy-4-methyl-chromen-2-one, prepared as in Example 8, for 3-(2,4-dihydroxyphenyl)-7-hydroxy-4-methyl-chromen-2-one. mp 125-126°C
MS (Cl) m/z 355 (M+H)+
1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): δ 7.57 (1 H, d, J = 8.76 Hz), 7.17 (1 H, d, J = 8.54 Hz), 6.91 - 6.86 (3H, m), 6.78 (1 H, d, J = 2.52 Hz), 3.89 (3H, s), 3.84 (3H, s), 2.24 (3H, s), 2.09 (3H, s)
IR (KBr): 1765, 1716, 1618, 1605, 1564, 1508, 1206 cm'1
Anal. Calc. C20Hι8O6 ; C, 67.79; H, 5.12. Found: C, 67.94, H, 5.14. EXAMPLE 13 Acetic acid 3-acetoxy-4-(7-acetoχy-4-bromomethyl-2-oxo-2/7-chromen-3- vD-phenyl ester
Figure imgf000107_0001
A mixture of acetic acid 3-acetoxy-4-(7-acetoxy-4-methyl-2-oxo-2H- chromen-3-yl)-phenyl ester (0.767g, 1.87 mmol, 1 eq), N-bromosuccinimide (0.349 g, 1.962 mmol, 1.05 eq) and benzoyl peroxide (0.035g , 0.145 mmol) in carbon tetrachloride (30 mL) was stirred and heated to reflux under nitrogen in presence of a 100W tungsten lamp for 20 hours. Reaction monitoring by MS and TLC showed the presence unreacted starting material, and additional N- bromosuccinimide (0.060 g, 0.34 mmol) and benzoyl peroxide (O.OOδg) were added to the reaction mixture and the reaction was heated at reflux under nitrogen for an additional 2 hours. The mixture was evaporated to dryness, dissolved in hot dichloromethane and purified by column chromatography on silica gel using 3% ethyl acetate/ hexane as an eluent to yield the title product as a tan crystalline solid. mp 171- 172°C
MS (cl) mz488 (M+H)+, 512 (M+Na)+ 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): δ 7.81 (1H, d, J = 8.7 Hz), 7.49 (1H, d, J = 8.3 Hz), 7.19 - 7.13 (4H, m), 4.40 (1H, d, J = 10.6 Hz), 4.27 (1H, d, J = 10.7 Hz), 2.38 (3H, s), 2.33 (3H, s), 2.11 (3H, s)
IR (KBr): 1766, 1725, 1613, 1571, 1499, 1426, 1369, 1194 cm"1 Anal. Calc. C22Hi7BrO8: C, 54.01; H, 3.50. Found: C, 54.03; H, 3.42. EXAMPLE 14 Acetic acid 5-acetoxy-2-(8-acetoxy-4-bromomethyl-2-oxo-2H-chromen-3- yl)-phenyl ester
Figure imgf000108_0001
The title compound was prepared as a crystalline solid according the procedure described in Example 13 with substitution of acetic acid 5-acetoxy-2- (8-acetoxy-4-methyl-2-oxo-2H-chromen-3-yl)-phenyl ester, prepared as in Example 10, for acetic acid 3-acetoxy-4-(7-acetoxy-4-methyl-2-oxo-2H- chromen-3-yl)-phenyl ester.
EXAMPLE 15
Acetic acid 2-(4-bromomethv<-7-methoxy-2-oxo-2H-chromen-3-yl.-5- methoxy-phenyl ester
Figure imgf000108_0002
The title compound was prepared as a crystalline solid according the procedure described in Example 13 with substitution of acetic acid 3-methoxy- 2-(7-methoxy-4-methyl-2-oxo-2H-chromen-3-yl)-phenyl ester, prepared a in Example 15, for acetic acid 3-acetoxy-4-(7-acetoxy-4-methyl-2-oxo-2H- chromen-3-yl)-phenyl ester. mp 132 - 133°C
MS (Cl) m/z 435 (M+H)+, 391 [(M-Ac)+H ]+ 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): δ 7.68 (1 H, d, J = 8.80 Hz), 7.40 (1 H, d, J = 8.58 Hz), 6.97 - 6.91 (3H, m), 6.88 (1 H, d, J = 2.28 Hz), 6.80 (1 H, d, J = 2.40 Hz), 4.39 (1H, d, J = 10.39 Hz), 4.27 (1H, d, J = 10.38 Hz), 3.90 (3H, s), 3.86
(3H, s), 2.09 (3H, s)
IR(KBr): 1785, 1721, 1605, 1564, 1512, 1453, 1289, 1213, 1105 cm'1 Anal. Calc. C20H17BrO6: C, 55.44; H, 3.96. Found: C, 55.45; H, 4.02.
[EXAMPLE 16 Acetic acid 3-acetoxy-4-(4-bromomethyl-7-fluoro-2-oxo-2H-chromen-3-yl.- phenyl ester
Figure imgf000109_0001
The title compound was prepared as a crystalline solid according the procedure described in Example 13 with substitution of acetic acid 5-acetoxy-2- (7-fluoro-4-methyl-2-oxo-2H-chromen-3-yl)-phenyl ester, prepared as in Example 11 , for acetic acid 3-acetoxy-4-(7-acetoxy-4-methyl-2-oxo-2H- chromen-3-yl)-phenyl ester. mp 230-231°C
MS (Cl) m/z 451 (M+H)+, 471 (M+Na)+, 409 [(M-Ac)+H f
1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): δ 7.80 (1H, d, d, J = 3.37, 9.62 Hz), 7.49 (1H, d, J = 8.35 Hz), 7.21 - 7.11 (4H, m), 4.39 (1H, d, J = 10.61 Hz), 4.27 (1 H, d, J = 10.68), 2.33 (3H, s), 2.10 (3H, s)
IR (KBr): 1758, 1727, 1617, 1581, 1371, 1215 cm'1.
EXAMPLE 17
2, 8-Dihvdroxy-11H-chromenor4,3-c1chromen-5-one Compound #1
Figure imgf000110_0001
Method A: To a stirred solution of 3-(2-hydroxy-4-methoxyphenyl)-7-hydroxy-4- methyl-chromen-2-one (0.1 OOg, 0.204 mmol), prepared as in Example 13, in a mixture of methanol (5 mL) and acetone (2 mL) was added at room temperature anhydrous potassium carbonate (0.08474 g, 0.6 mmol). The solution immediately turned yellow. The solution was stirred for 2 hours, evaporated to dryness, the residue was dissolved in water (15 mL) and then acidified with dilute hydrochloric acid to about pH 1. The precipitated yellow solid was isolated by filtration, washed with water and dried to yield the title compound. mp >350°C MS (Cl) m/z 283 (M+H)+, 305 (M+ Na)+, 321 (M+K)+; loop negative 281
(M-H)
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 10.65 (1H, brs), 9.85 (1H, brs), 8.19 (1H, d, J = 8.0 Hz), 7.62 (1H, d, J = 8.1 Hz), 6.82 (1H, d, J = 8.2 Hz), 6.76 (1H, s), 6.47 (1H, d, J = 7.75 Hz), 6.38 (1H, s), 5.33 (2H, s) IR (KBr): 3373, 1699, 1620, 1597, 1508, 1464, 1299, 1264, 1166 cm'1
Anal. Calc. C16Hι0θ5/0.2 H20: C, 67.23; H, 3.67. Found: C, 67.31; H, 3.55. EXAMPLE 18 2, 8-Dihvdroxy-11H-chromenor4.3-c.chromen-5-one Compound #1
Figure imgf000111_0001
Method B:
The title product was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 5 with substitution of 2,8-dimethoxy-11 H-chromeno[4,3c]chromen-5- one, prepared as in Example 21 , for acetic acid 3-(2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-7- hydroxy-4-methyl-2-oxo-2H-chromen-7-yl ester. m.p. >360°C
EXAMPLE 19 2. 7-Dihvdroxy-11H-chromenor4,3-c1chromen-5-one Compound #84
Figure imgf000111_0002
The title compound was prepared according the procedure described in Example 17 with substitution of acetic acid 5-acetoxy-2-(8-acetoxy-4- bromomethyl-2-oxo-2H-chromen-3-yl)-phenyl ester, prepared as in Example 10, for 3-(2-hydroxy-4-methoxyphenyl)-7-hydroxy-4-methyl-chromen-2-one. EXAMPLE 20 8-Fluoro-2-hvdroxy-11 -chromenor4,3-c1chromen-5-one Compound #37
Figure imgf000112_0001
The title compound was prepared as a yellow solid according the procedure described in Example 17 with substitution of acetic acid 3-acetoxy-4- (4-bromomethyl-7-fluoro-2-oxo-2H-chromen-3-yl)-phenyl ester, prepared as in Example 16, for 3-(2-hydroxy-4-methoxyphenyl)-7-hydroxy-4-methyl-chromen- 2-one. mp 259-260°C MS (Cl) m/z 285 (M+H)+, 307 (M+ Na)+; loop negative 281 (M-H)
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 9.99 (1H, s), 8.22 (1H, d, J = 8.70 Hz), 7.87 (1H, d, d, J = 6.12, 8.90 Hz), 7.46 (1H, d, d, J = 2.52, 9.53 Hz), 7.31 (1H, d, t, J = 2.56, 8.77 Hz), 6.51 (1H, d, d, J = 2.45, 8.71 Hz), 6.41 (1H, d, J = 2.41 Hz), 5.40 (2H, s) IR (KBr): 3341, 1697, 1621 1506, 1455, 1275, 1110 cm'1
Anal. Calc. C16H9F04: C, 67.61; H, 3.19. Found: C, 65.252; H, 3.38.
EXAMPLE 21 2. 8-DiMethoxy-11 Y-chromenor4.3-c1chromen-5-one Compound #2
Figure imgf000112_0002
The title compound was prepared as a light yellow solid according the procedure described in Example 17 with substitution of acetic acid 2-(4- bromomethyl-7-methoxy-2-oxo-2H-chromen-3-yl)-5-methoxy-phenyl ester, prepared as in Example 15, for 3-(2-hydroxy-4-methoxyphenyl)-7-hydroxy-4- methyl-chromen-2-one. mp 200-201 °C
MS (Cl) m/z 311 (M+H)+, 333 (M+ Na)+ 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): δ 8.49 (1 H, d, J = 8.83 Hz), 7.37 (1 H, d, J = 8.46 Hz), 6.90 (1 H, d, d, J = 2.67, 8.84 Hz), 6.53 (1 H, d, J = 2.36 Hz), 5.27 (2H, s), 3.89 (3H, s), 3.83 (3H, s)
IR (KBr): 1712, 1621 1573, 1504, 1168 cm'1
Anal. Calc. for Cι8H14O5: C, 69.67; H, 4.55. Found: C, 69.42; H, 4.54.
EXAMPLE 22 2, 8-Bis-(teff-butyl-dimethyl-silv-oxy.-11 H-chromenor4.3-clchromen-5-one
Compound #3
Figure imgf000113_0001
A slurry of 2, 8-dihydroxy-11H-chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-5-one (0.322 g, 1.1412 mmol, 1 eq), prepared as in Example 17, in dichloromethane (10 mL) was treated with triethylamine (0.8 mL, 5.70 mmol, 5 eq), followed by the addition of t-butyldimethylsilyl chloride (0.585 g, 3.88 mmol, 3.4 eq). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature under nitrogen for 18 hours. (The slurry was observed to become a clear solution after about 30 minutes of stirring.) The reaction mixture was diluted with hexane (~35 mL) and washed once with brine. The aqueous washing was re-extracted with hexane. The combined organic extracts were dried (anhydrous sodium sulphate), filtered and evaporated in vacuum to yield a yellow solid residue. The solid residue was recrystallized from hexane to yield the title compound as a light yellow crystalline solid. mp 150-151 °C
MS (Cl) m/z 533 (M+Na)+ 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): δ 8.43 (1 H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.33 (1H, d, J = 8.3 Hz), 6.84 (1 H, s), 6.83 (1H, d, J =9.1 Hz), 6.57 (1 H, d, d, J = 2.4, 8.7 Hz), 6.47 (1H, d, J = 2.22 Hz), 5.26 (2H, s), 1.00 (9H, s), 0.99 (9H, s), 0.26 (3H, s),
0.23 (6H, s)
IR (KBr): 2957, 2927,2883, 2855, 1713, 1618, 1567, 1498, 1287 cm'1 Anal. Calc. for C24H38O5Si2: C, 65.84; H, 7.50. Found: C, 65.53; H, 7.43.
EXAMPLE 23 2-(te/ -Butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-8-fluoro-11tf-chromenor4.3-c1chromen-5- one Compound #85
Figure imgf000114_0001
The title product was prepared as a colorless crystalline solid according to the procedure described in Example 22 with substitution of 8-fluoro-2- hydroxy-11H-chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-5-one, prepared as in Example 20, for 2, 8-dihydroxy-11H-chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-5-one. mp 197-198°C MS (Cl) m/z 399 (M+H)+, 421 (M+ Na)+, 819 (2M+ Na)+ 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): δ 8.42 (1H, d, J = 8.83 Hz), 7.45 (1H, d, d, J = 5.79, 8.46 Hz), 7.13 - 7.04 (2H, m), 6.58 (1H, d, d, J = 2.48, 8.71 Hz), 6.48 (1H, d, J = 2.45 Hz), 5.27 (2H, s), 0.99 (9H, s), 0.24 (6H, s) IR (KBr): 1724, 1619 1503, 1302, 1262, 1173, 832 cm'1 Anal. Calc. C22H23FO4Si: C, 66.31 ; H, 5.82. Found: C, 66.05; H, 5.80.
EXAMPLE 24 2. 8-Bis-(ferf-Butyl-dimethyl-silanlvoxy)-5.11 ■dihvdro-chromeno T4.3-c1- chromen-5-ol Compound #4
Figure imgf000114_0002
A solution of 2, 8-bis-(tert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-11H-chromeno[4,3- c]chromen-5-one (5.016 g, 9.82 mmol, 1eq) in toluene (525 mL) was cooled to - 78°C in a 1 L 3-neck round bottom flask equipped with a mechanical stirrer, a nitrogen inlet and a dropping funnel. To the reaction mixture was slowly added a toluene solution of diisobutylaluminum hydride (19 mL of 1.5 M, 28.48 mmol, 2.9 eq), with the temperature of the reaction mixture maintained at less than - 70° C. The reaction was stirred for 5 hours, quenched with addition of methanol (25 mL) followed by 10% citric acid solution (~140 mL). The resulting solution was diluted with dichloromethane (525 mL), the solution washed with a saturated solution of Rochelle salt (250 mL), then washed with brine, dried on anhydrous sodium sulphate, filtered and evaporated to yield the crude compound as a yellow solid. The solid was recrystallized from a dichloromethane:hexane mixture (1:1) to yield the title product as an ivory, crystalline solid. mp 188-190°C
MS (Cl) m/z 511 (M+H)+, 533 (M+Na)+, 495 [(M-H20)+H)\ 1043 (2M+Na)+ 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): δ 7.15 (1H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 6.96 (1 H, J = 8.4 Hz), 6.59 (1 H, d, J = 2.24 Hz), 6.54 (1 H, d, d, J = 2.31 , 11.62 Hz), 6.46 (1 H, d, d, J = 2.31 , 8.35 Hz), 6.41 (1 H, d, J = 2.31 Hz), 6.11 (1 H, d, J = 8.1 Hz, collapsed to a s upon D2O exchange), 3.01 (1 H, d, J = 8.2 Hz, D20 exchangeable), 0.98 (18H, s),). 0.22 (6H, s), 0.21 (6H, s)
IR (KBr): 3407, 2950, 2928, 2857, 1612, 1572, 1496, 1276, 1252, 1166, 1126, 1020, 838, 777 cm'1.
EXAMPLE 25
2-(tert-Butyl-dimethyl-silanrvoxy.-8-fluoro-5.11 -dihvdro-chromeno .4.3-cl- chromen-5-ol Compound #86
Figure imgf000116_0001
The title product was prepared as a colorless crystalline solid according to the procedure described in Example 24 with substitution of 2-(tert-Butyl- dimethyl-silyloxy)-8-fluoro-11ry-chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-5-one, prepared as in Example 20, for 2, 8-Dihydroxy-11H-chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-5-one. mp 166-167°C MS (Cl) m/z 401 (M+H)+, 423 (M+ Na)+, 383 [(M-H20)+H]+ 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): δ 8.42 (1H, d, J = 8.83 Hz), 7.45 (1H, d, d, J = 5.79, 8.46 Hz), 7.13 - 7.04 (2H, m), 6.58 (1H, d, d, J = 2.48, 8.71 Hz), 6.48 (1 H, d, J = 2.45 Hz), 5.27 (2H, s), 0.99 (9H, s), 0.24 (6H, s)
IR (KBr): 3441 , 1616, 1590 1566, 1504, 1294, 1283, 1142, 1028 cm'1 Anal. Calc. C22H23F04Si / 0.4 H20: C, 64.81 ; H, 6.38. Found: C, 64.71 ;
H, 6.19.
EXAMPLE 26 5-(terf-Butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-2-(7-fte/t-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy -4- fhvdroxy-r4-(2-piperidine-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenvn-methyl>-2.l -chromen-3-yl)- phenol
Figure imgf000116_0002
In a single neck, 50 mL round bottom flask was dissolved and stirred 4-[ 2-(piperidin-1-yl)-ethoxy]-iodobenzene (0.828 g, 2.5 mmol, 3 eq), in tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) under argon, and the mixture cooled to -22°C. After 5 minutes of stirring, an ether solution of isopropylmagnesium bromide (1.244 mL of 2.13 M, 2.65 mmol, 3 eq) was added via syringe. The reaction mixture was then stirred for 2 hours at about -22°C. A tetrahydrofuran solution of 2, 8-bis- (terf-Butyl-dimethyl-silanlyoxy)-5,11 -dihydro-chromeno [4,3-c]-chromen-5-ol (0.512 g, 1 mmol, 1 eq, in 10 mL), prepared as in Example 24, was then added, the cooling bath was removed and the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature overnight. After about 18 hours, the reaction was worked-up with addition of saturated ammonium acetate solution (15 mL) and extraction with ethyl ether (2 x 25 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine and water, dried with anhydrous sodium sulphate, filtered and evaporated to yield a sticky semisolid residue. The title product was isolated as a viscous, colorless, semisolid foam via chromatography on silica gel eluted with 3% methanol/dichloromethane.
MS (Cl) m/z 718 (M+H)+, loop negative 716 (M-H)] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): δ 7.06 (4H, m), 6.62 (2H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 6.45-6.34 (3H, m), 5.38 (1H, brs,), 4.81 (2H, brs), 4.05 (2H, t), 2.80 (2H, t), 2.57 (4H, brs), 1.47 (4H, m), 1.46 (2H, m), 0.96 (9H, s), 0.93 (9H, s), 0.19 (6H, s), 0.14 (6H, s).
EXAMPLE 27 2-r4-IT4-(2-Azepan-1-yl-ethoxy -phenvnhvdroxymethyl>-7- (tef -Butyl- dimethyl-silyloxy)-2 - -chromen-3-vπ-5-(terf-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy.- phenol
Figure imgf000117_0001
The title product was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 26 with substitution of 4-[ 2-(azapan-1-y|)-ethoxy]-phenyl magnesium bromide (generated in situ from 4-[ 2-(azapan-1-yl)-ethoxy]-iodobenzene and isopropyl magnesium bromide) as the Grignard reagent, for the Grignard reagent 4-[ 2-(piperidin-1-yl)-ethoxy]-phenyl magnesium bromide.
MS (Cl) m/z 732 (M+H)+, loop negative 730 (M-H)
1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): δ 7.09-7.03 (4H, m), 6.66 (2H, d, J = 8.32 Hz), 6.45 - 6.28 (4H, m), 5.60 (1 H, brs,), 4.81 (2H, brs), 4.03 (2H, t), 2.97 (2H, m), 2.83 (4H, m), 1.61 - 1.53 (8H, m), 0.96 (9H, s), 0.93 (9H, s), 0.19 (6H, s), 0.15 (6H).
EXAMPLE 28
5-fte/ -Butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy -2-(7-(te/ -butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-4- fhvdroxy-r4- 2-morpholin-1-vi-ethoxy)-phenvn-methyl -2tf-chromen-3-yl.- phenol
Figure imgf000118_0001
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 26 with substitution of 4-[ 2-(mopholin-1-yl)-ethoxyphenyl] - magnesium bromide (generated in situ from 4-[ 2-(morpholin-1-yl)-ethoxy]- iodobenzene and isopropyl magnesium bromide) as the Grignard reagent, for the Grignard reagent 4-[ 2-(piperidin-1-yl)-ethoxyphenyl]- magnesium bromide. MS (Cl) m/z 720 (M+H)+, 742 (M+Na)+; loop negative 718 (M-H) 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): δ 7.06-7.02 (4H, m), 6.77 (2H, d, J = 7.98 Hz), 6.43 - 6.18 (4H, m), 5.67 (1H, brs,), 4.81 (2H, brs), 4.05 (2H, t), 3.72 (4H, m), 2.77 (2H, t), 2.56 (4H, m), 0.96 (9H, s), 0.93 (9H, s), 0.19 (6H, s), 0.15 (6H,s). EXAMPLE 29 5-(te -Butyl-dimethyl-si oxy.-2-(7-(te/ -butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-4- (hvdroxy-r4-(2-pyrroidine-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenvn-methyl>-2tf-chromen-3- yl)-phenol
Figure imgf000119_0001
The title product was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 26 with substitution of 4-[ 2-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)-ethoxy]-phenyl magnesium bromide (generated in situ from 4-[ 2-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)-ethoxy]- iodobenzene and isopropyl magnesium bromide) as the Grignard reagent, for the Grignard reagent 4-[ 2-(piperidin-1-yl)-ethoxy]-phenyl magnesium bromide.
MS (Cl) m/z 704 (M+H)+, 726 (M+Na)+, loop negative 702 (M-H)
EXAMPLE 30
5-(te/ -Butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-2-f7-ftef -butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-4- fhvdroxy-r4-f2-diethylamino-ethoxy)-phenvn-methvn-2W-chromen-3-yl.-
Figure imgf000119_0002
The title product was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 26 with substitution of 4-(2-diethylaminoethoxy)-phenyl magnesium bromide (generated in situ from 4-(2-diethylaminoethoxy)-iodobenzene and isopropyl magnesium bromide) as the Grignard reagent, for the Grignard reagent 4-[ 2-(piperidin-1-yl)-ethoxyphenyl]- magnesium bromide.
MS (Cl) m/z 706 (M+H)+, 728 (M+Na)+, loop negetive 704 (M-H) EXAMPLE 31
5-(teι -Butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy.-2-(7-(te/ -butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-4- hvdroxy-r4-(2-dimethylamino-ethoxy)-phenvn-methyl -2W-chromen-3-vπ- phenol
Figure imgf000120_0001
The title product was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 26 with substitution of 4-(2-diethylaminoethoxy)-phenyl magnesium bromide (generated in situ from 4-(2-diethylaminoethoxy)-iodobenzene and isopropyl magnesium bromide) as the Grignard reagent, for the Grignard reagent 4-[ 2-(piperidin-1-yl)-ethoxy]-phenyl magnesium bromide.
MS (Cl) m/z 678 (M+H)+, 700 (M+Na)+; loop negative 706 (M-H) 1HNMR (300 MHz , CDCI3 δ 7.09 (4H, m), 6.94 (2H, d, J = 8.10 Hz), 6.58-6.33 4H, m), 5.50 (1H, brs,), 4.82 (2H, brs), 4.00 (2H, t), 2.78 (2H, m), 2.38 (6H, s), 0.98 (9H, s), 0.94 (9H, s), 0.20 (6H, s), 0.15 (6H, s).
EXAMPLE 32
5-(terf-Butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-2-r7-(terf-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy -4-
(hvdroχy-phenvπ-methyl.-2H-chromen-3-ylVl-phenol
Figure imgf000120_0002
The title product was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 26 with substitution of phenyl magnesium bromide as the Grignard reagent for the Grignard reagent 4-[ 2-(piperidin-1-yl)-ethoxy]-phenyl magnesium bromide (generated in situ from 4-[ 2-(piperidin-1-yl)-ethoxy]- iodobenzene and isopropyl magnesium bromide).
MS (Cl) m/z 591 (M+H)+, 613 (M+Na)+, 573 M-H20+H)+; loop negative, 589 (M-H).
EXAMPLE 33
5- terf-Butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-2-r7-(te/ -butyl-dimethyl-silyloxyM-r(4- dimethylamino-(phenvπ-hvdroxy-methvn-2H-chromen-3-vm-phenol
Figure imgf000121_0001
The title product was prepared according to the procedure described in
Example 26 with substitution of 4-(dimethylamino)-phenyl magnesium bromide as the Grignard reagent for the Grignard reagent 4-[ 2-(piperidin-1-yl)-ethoxy]- phenyl magnesium bromide (generated in situ from 4-[ 2-(piperidin-1-yl)- ethoxyj-iodobenzene and isopropyl magnesium bromide). MS (Cl) m/z 634 (M+H)+, 616 (M-H2O+H)+.
EXAMPLE 34
2-(7-ftert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy -4(hvdroxy-r4-f2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy - phenvπ-methyl)-2H-chromen-3-yl-5-fluoro-phenol
Figure imgf000121_0002
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 26, with substitution of 2-(ferf-Butyl-dimethyl-silanlyoxy)-8-fluoro- 5,11 -dihydro-chromeno [4,3-c]-chromen-5-ol, prepared as in Example 25, for 2, 8-bis-(terf-Butyl-dimethyl-silanlyoxy)-5,11 -dihydro-chromeno [4,3-c]-chromen-5- ol.
MS (Cl) m/z 606 (M+H+), 648 (M+Na)+; loop negative 604 (M-H)
EXAMPLE 35
1 -(2-^4-r2.8-Bis-(tert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-5,11 -dihvdro-chromeno.4.3- cl-chromen-5-vπ-phenoxyl-ethvO-piperidine Compound #8
Figure imgf000122_0001
To a stirred solution of 5-(ferf-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-2-(7-(-erf-butyl- dimethyl-silyloxy)-4-{hydroxy-[4-(2-piperidine-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-methyl}-2H- chromen-3-yl)-phenol (1.0633 g, 1.48 mmol, 1eq), prepared as in Example 26, in tetrahydrofuran (50 mL) under argon at room temperature were added powdered molecular sieve (4 A, 0.250 g) and triphenyl phosphine (0.7829 g, 2.99 mmol, 2 eq) followed by diethyl diazodicarboxylate (0.52 g = 0.466 mL, 2.96 mmol). The reaction mixture was let run overnight (about 18 hours). The reaction mixture was evaporated to dryness, triturated with ether and the resulting colorless solid of triphenyl phosphine oxide removed by filtration. The filtrate was evaporated to dryness to yield a residue which was purified by column chromatography on silica gel using 2% methanol in dichloromethane as an eluent to yield the title product as a viscous semisolid. MS (Cl) m/z 700 (M+H)+ 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) δ: 7.30 (2H, d, J = 8.7 Hz), 6.87 (1 H, d, J = 8.30 Hz), 6.79 (2H, d, J = 1.91 , 6.82 Hz), 6.70 (1H, d, J = 8.42 Hz), 6.39 (2H, m), 6.29 (2H, m), 6.14 (1H, s), 5.30 (1 H, d, J =13.90 Hz), 5.10 (1 H, d, d, J = 1.654, 13.90 Hz), 4.04 (2H, t, J = 5.97 Hz), 2.48 (2H, t, J = 6.0 Hz), 2.48 (4H, m), 1.58 (4H, m), 1.43 (2H, m), 0.95 (9H, s), 0.93 (9H, s), 0.18 (6H, s), 0.16 (6H, s). EXAMPLE 36
1 -(2-{4-r2,8-Bis-(tert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-5,11 -dihvdro-chromeno.4.3- cl-chromen-5-vπ-phenoxyl-ethvπ-azepane Compound #17
Figure imgf000123_0001
The title product was prepared according to the procedure described in
Example 35 with substitution of 5-(ter.-Butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-2-(7-(fert-butyl- dimethyl-silyloxy)-4-{hydroxy-[4-(2-diethylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-methyl}-2H- chromen-3-yl)-phenol, prepared as in Example 27 for 5-(fert-butyl-dimethyl- silyloxy)-2-(7-(te/ -butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-4-{hydroxy-[4-(2-piperidine-1-yl- ethoxy)-phenyl]-methyl}-2H-chromen-3-yl)-phenol. MS (CI) m z 714 (M+H)+ 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): δ 731 (2H, d, J = 8.72 Hz), 6.87 (1H, d, J = 8.32 Hz), 6.79 (2H, d, J = 8.70 Hz), 6.70 (1 H, d, J = 8.44 Hz), 6.14 (1H, s), 5.30 (1H, d, J = 13.88 Hz), 5.10 (1H, d, d, J = 1.55, 13.88 Hz 4.01 (2H, t, J = 6.20 Hz), 2.91 (2H, t, J = 6.20 Hz), 2.81-2.73 (4H, m), 1.70-1.60 (8H, m), 0.95 (9H, s), 0.93 (9H, s), 0.18 (6H, s), 0.16 (6H, s)
EXAMPLE 37 1 -.2-(4-r2.8-Bis-( fef -butyl-dimethyl-silyloxyι-5.11 ■dihvdro-chromenor4.3- cl-chromen-5-vπ-phenoxyl-ethvπ-morpholine Compound #12
Figure imgf000123_0002
The title product was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 35 with substitution of 2-[4-{[4-(2-Azepan-1 -yl-ethoxy)- phenyl]hydroxymethyl}-7- (tert-Butyl-dimethyl-siiyloxy)- 2H-chromen-3— yl]-5- (te/t-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-phenol, prepared as in Example 28, for 5-(re/f- butyl-dimethyl-silyioxy)-2-(7-(t,erf-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-4-{hydroxy-[4-(2- piperidine-1-yi-ethoxy)-phenyl]-methyl}-2H-chromen-3-yl)-phenol.
MS (Cl) m/z 702 (M+H)+ 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): δ 7.31 (2H, d, J = 8.65 Hz), 6.88 (1 H, d, J = 8.33 Hz), 6.79 (2H, d, J = 8.74 Hz), 6.70 (1H, d, J = 8.43 Hz), 6.41 - 6.27 (4H, m), 6.15 (1H, brs), 5.30 (1H, d, J = 13.77 Hz), 5.10 (1H, d, d, J = 1.52, 13.77 Hz), 4.04 (2H, t) 3.74 - 3.69 (4H, m), 2.75 (2H, t), 2.55-2.52 (4H, m), 0.95 (9H, s), 0.93 (9H, s), 0.18 (6H, s), 0.16 (6H, s).
EXAMPLE 38
1 -(2-^4-r2.8-Bis-(te/ -butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-5.11 -dihvdro-chromenor4.3- c1-chromen-5-vn-phenoxy -ethyl)-pyrrolidine Compound #10
Figure imgf000124_0001
The title product was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 35 with substitution of 5-(te/ -Butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-2-(7-(fe/t-butyi- dimethyl-silyloxy)-4-{hydroxy-[4-(2-pyrroidine-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyf]-methyl}-2H- chromen-3-yl)-phenol, prepared as in Example 29, for 5-(te/ -butyl-dimethyl- silyloxy)-2-(7-(te f-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-4-{hydroxy-[4-(2-piperidine-1-yl- ethoxy)-phenyl]-methyl}-2H-chromen-3-yl)-phenol.
MS (Cl) m/z 686 (M+H)+ 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): δ 731 (2H, d, J = 8.59 Hz), 6.87 (1H, d, J = 8.32 Hz), 6.80 (2H, d, J = 8.70 Hz), 6.70 (1H, d, J = 8.41 Hz), 6.15 (1H, s), 5.30 (1H, d, J = 13.88 Hz), 5.10 (1H, d, J = 14.04 Hz), 4.05 (2H, t, J = 5.88 Hz), 2.87 (2H, t, J = 5.98 Hz), 2.61 (4H, brs), 0.95 (9H, s), 0.93 (9H, s), 0.18 (6H, s), 0.16 (6H, s). EXAMPLE 39 2-l4-r2.8-Bis-(terf-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-5,11-dihvdro-chromenor4.3-c1- chromen-5-vπ-phenoxy}-ethyl)-diethylamine Compound #18
Figure imgf000125_0001
The title product was prepared according to the procedure described in
Example 35 with substitution of 5-(ten*-Butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-2-(7-(re f-butyl- dimethyl-silyloxy)-4-{hydroxy-[4-(2-diethylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-methyl}-2/-/- chromen-3-yl)-phenol, prepared as in Example 30, for 5-(fert-butyl-dimethyl- silyloxy)-2-(7-(te/.-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-4-{hydroxy-[4-(2-piperidine-1-yl- ethoxy)-phenyl]-methyl}-2H-chromen-3-yl)-phenol. MS (cl) m/z 688 (M+H)+ 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): δ 7.31 (2H, d, J = 8.59 Hz), 6.87 (1H, d, J = 8.32 Hz), 6.77 (2H, d, J = 8.70 Hz), 6.70 (1H, d, J = 8.42 Hz), 6.41 - 6.27 (4H, m), 6.15 (1H, s), 5.30 (1H, d, J = 13.85 Hz), 5.10 (1H, d, J = 13.89 Hz), 3.97 (2H, t, J = 6.41 Hz), 2.82 (2H, t, J = 6.39 Hz), 2.60 (4H, q, J = 7.14 Hz), 1.03 (6H, t, J = 7.14 Hz), 0.96 (9H, s), 0.93 (9H, s), 0.18 (6H, s), 0.16 (6H, s).
EXAMPLE 40 (2-^4-r2.8-Bis-(tef -butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-5.11-dihvdro-chromenor4.3-c1- chromen-5-yll-phenoxy -ethyl.-dlmethylamine Compound #20
Figure imgf000125_0002
The title product was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 35 with substitution of 5-(fe/f-Butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-2-(7-(ferf-butyl- dimethyl-silyloxy)-4-{hydroxy-[4-(2-dimethylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-methyl}-2H- chromen-3-yl)-phenol, prepared as in Example 31 , for 5-(fe/ -butyl-dimethyl- silyloxy)-2-(7-(fer.-butyl-dimethyl-siiyloxy)-4-{hydroxy-[4-(2-piperidine-1-yl- ethoxy)-phenyl]-methyl}-2H-chromen-3-yl)-phenol.
MS (Cl) m/z 660 (M+H)+ 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): δ 7.31 (2H, d, J = 8.69 Hz), 6.87 (1 H, d, J = 8.32 Hz), 6.81 (2H, d, J = 8.68 Hz), 6.70 (1 H, d, J = 8.42 Hz), 6.41 - 6.27 (4H, m), 6.14 (1 H, s), 5.30 (1 H, d, J = 13.83 Hz), 4.91 (1 H, d, d, J = 1.50, 13.88 Hz), 3.99 (2H, t, J = 5.79 Hz), 2.68 (2H, t, J = 5.79 Hz), 2.29 (6H, s), 0.95 (9H, s), 0.93 (9H, s), 0.18 (6H, s), 0.16 (6H, s).
EXAMPLE 41
2.8-Bis-(terf-butyl-dimethyl-silv1oxy)-5-phenyl-5,11-dihvdro-chromenor4.3- cl-chromene Compound #5
Figure imgf000126_0001
The title product was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 35 with substitution of 5-(ferf-Butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-2-[7-(te/f-butyl- dimethyl-silyloxy)-4-(hydroxy-phenyl]-methyl)-2 - -chromen-3-yl)]-phenol, prepared as in Example 32, for 5-(fe/ -butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-2-(7-(fen'-butyl- dimethyl-silyloxy)-4-{hydroxy-[4-(2-piperidine-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-methyl}-2 -/- chromen-3-yl)-phenol.
MS (Cl) m z 573 (M+H)+, (M+Na)+ 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): δ 7.41 (2H, m), 7.28 (2H, m), 6.87 (1 H, d, J = 8.30 Hz), 6.54 (1H, d, J = 8.40 Hz), 6.41 (1H, d, J = 2.30 Hz), 6.40 (1 H, d, d, J = 2.34, 7.94 Hz), 6.21 (s, 1H, s), 5.31 (1 H, d, J = 13.90 Hz), 5.10 (1 H, d, d, J = 1.44, 13.90 Hz), 0.96 (9H, s), 0.93 (9H, s), 0.19 (6H, s), 0.16 (6H, s). EXAMPLE 42
2.8-Bis- te -butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy -5-(4-dimethylamino -phenyl-5.11- dihvdro-chromenor4.3-c1-chromene Compound #23
Figure imgf000127_0001
Crude 5-(fert-Butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-2-[7-(fen1-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-4-
[(4-dimethylamino-(phenyl)-hydroxy-methyl]-2/- -chromen-3-yl)]-phenol, prepared as in Example 34, when attempted to purify using silica gel chromatography and ethyl acetate/ hexane as the eluent yielded the title compound as the cyclodehydrated product. MS (Cl) m/z 573 (M+H)+, (M+Na)+
1 H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): δ 7.41 (2H, m), 7.28 (2H, m), 6.87 (1H, d, J = 8.30 Hz), 6.54 (1H, d, J = 8.40 Hz), 6.41 (1H, d, J = 2.30 Hz), 6.40 (1 H, d, d, J = 2.34, 7.94 Hz), 6.21 (s, 1H, s), 5.31 (1 H, d, J = 13.90 Hz), 5.10 (1 H, d, d, J = 1.44, 13.90 Hz), 2.89 (6H, s), 0.96 (9H, s), 0.93 (9H, s), 0.19 (6H, s), 0.16 (6H, s).
EXAMPLE 43
1 -.2-f4-f2-ftert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-8-fluoro-5.11 -dihvdro- chromenor4.3cl-chromen-5-vfl-phenoχy}-ethylι-piperidine Compound #87
Figure imgf000127_0002
The title product was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 26, with substitution of2-(7-(tert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-4{hydroxy-[4- (2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-methyl}-2H-chromen-3-yl-5-fluoro-phenol, prepared as in Example 34, for 2, 8-bis-(terf-Butyl-dimethyl-silanlyoxy)-5,11- dihydro-chromeno [4,3-c]-chromen-5-ol.
MS (Cl) m/z 588 (M+H)+.
1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): δ 7.30 (2H, d, J = 8.67 Hz), 6.94 (1H, ABq, J = 8.49 Hz), 6.80 (2H, d, J = 8.68 Hz), 6.70 (1 H, d, J = 8.42 Hz), 6.59 (1 H, d, t, J = 2.55, 8.47 Hz), 6.51 (1 H, d, d, J = 2.51 , 9.82 Hz), 6.41 (1 H, d, J = 2.34 Hz), 6.23 (1 h, d, d, J = 2.36, 8.37 Hz), 6.18 (1 H,s), 5.31 (1 H, d, J = 14.07 Hz), 5.08 (1H, d, d, J = 1.37, 13.87 Hz), 4.04 (2H, t, J = 6.02 Hz), 2.73 (2H, t, J = 6.03 Hz), 2.47 (4H, m), 1.88 (4H, m), 1.43 (2H, m) 0.96 (9H, s), 0.19 (6H, s).
EXAMPLE 44
5-f4-(2-Piperidin-1 -yl-ethoxy.-phenvπ-5.11 -dιhvdrochromeno.4.3- c1chromene-2,8-diol Compound #9
Figure imgf000128_0001
To a stirred solution of 1-(2-{4-[2,8-Bis-(ferf-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-5,11- dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]-chromen-5-yl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-piperidine (0.19 g, 0.2714 mmol, 1 eq), prepared as in Example 35, in tetrahydrofuran (15 mL) under nitrogen was added fefra-n-butyl ammonium fluoride (1 M in tetrahydrofuran, 1.36 mL, 1.36 mmol, 5 eq) and the mixture was stirred for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl (30 mL) and then washed with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (35 mL). The precipitated inorganic salts were removed by filtration and washed with ethyl acetate. The combined organic phases were washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (50 mL), dried (anhydrous sodium sulphate), filtered and evaporated to dryness to yield the crude product. The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel using a 1:1 mixture of hexane and 10% ammoniated methanol containing 10% ammonium hydroxide to yield the purified title product as a brownish, foamy solid. MS (Cl) m/z 472 (M+H)+, 470 (M-H, loop negative)
1H NMR (300 MHz, d-6 acetone): δ 8.46 (2H, br hump), 7.24 (2H, d, d, J = 1.93, 6.6 Hz, 6.91 (1 H, d, J = 8.40 Hz), 6.71 (3H, d, J = 6.6 Hz), 6.29 (1 H, d, d, J = 2.43, 8.34 Hz), 6.25 (1 H, d, J = 2.40 Hz), 6.20 (1 H, d, d, J = 2.43, 8.32 Hz), 6.13 (2H, d, J = 2.36 Hz), 5.25 (1H, d, J = 14.15 Hz), 4.93 (1H, d, d, J = 1.66, 14.13 Hz), 3.89 (2H, t, J = 6.02 Hz), 2.51 (2H, t, J = 6.02 Hz), 2.30 (4H, m), 1.37 (4H, m), 1.26 (2H, m)
EXAMPLE 45
5-l4-(2-Azepan-1 -yl-ethoxy.-phenyl1-5.11 -dihvdrochrotneno.4.3- clchromene-2,8-dio! Compound #17
Figure imgf000129_0001
The title product was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 44 with substitution of 1-(2-{4-[2,8-Bis-(ferf-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)- 5,11-dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]-chromen-5-yl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-azepane, prepared as in Example 36, for 1-(2-{4-[2,8-Bis-(ferf-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)- 5,11-dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]-chromen-5-yl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-piperidine.
MS (Cl) m/z 486 (M+H)+; loop negative 484 (M-H)
1H NMR (300 MHz, d-6 acetone) δ 7.32 (2H, d, J = 8.70 Hz), 7.03 (1 H, d, J = 8.37 Hz), 6.84 (3H, d, J = 8.60 Hz), 6.43 - 6.26 (5H, m), 5.37 (1H, d, J = 14.14 Hz), 5.06 (1H, d, d, J = 1.67, 14.14 Hz), 4.00 (2H, t, J = 6.14 Hz), 2.85 (2H, t, J = 6.11 Hz), 1.56 (8H, m). EXAMPLE 46
5-.4-(2-Morphlin-4-yl-etrιoxy)-phenvπ-5,11 -dihvdrochromeno.4.3- c1chromene-2.8-diol Compound #13
Figure imgf000130_0001
The title product was prepared according to the procedure described in
Example 44 with substitution of 1-(2-{4-[2,8-Bis-(tert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)- 5,11 -dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]-chromen-5-yl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-morpholine, prepared as in Example 37, for 1-(2-{4-[2,8-Bis-(ten'-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)- S.I I-dihydro-chromeno^.S-cl-chromen-δ-y -phenoxyJ-ethy -piperidine. MS (Cl) m/z 474 (M+H)+; loop negative 472 (M-H)
1H NMR (300 MHz, d-6 acetone) δ 8.58 (2H, br hump), 7.37 (2H, d, J = 8.68 Hz), 7.04 (1H, d, J = 8.73 Hz), 6.84 (3H, d, J = 8.73 Hz), 6.42 (1 H, d, d, J = 2.37, 8.34 Hz), 6.38 (2H, d, 2.37 Hz), 6.33 (1H, d, d, J = 2.41 , 8.33 Hz), 6.27 (2H, d, J = 2.33 Hz), 6.27 (1H, s), 5.38 (1 H, d, J = 14.11 Hz), 5.06 (1H, d, d, J = 1.56, 14.13 Hz), 4.06 (2H, t, J = 5.81 Hz), 3.57 (4H, t, J = 4.01 Hz), 2.92 (4H, brs), 2.69 (2H, t, J = 3.45).
EXAMPLE 47 5-r4-(2-Pyrrolidin-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenyll-5,11 -dihvdrochromenor4.3- clchromene-2.8-diol Compound #11
Figure imgf000130_0002
The title product was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 44 with substitution of 1-(2-{4-[2,8-Bis-(fert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)- 5,11 -dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]-chromen-5-yl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-pyrrolidine, prepared as in Example 38, for 1-(2-{4-[2,8-Bis-(fe/t-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)- 5,11-dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]-chromen-5-yl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-piperidine.
MS (Cl) m/z 458 (M+H)+; loop negative 456 (M-H)
1H NMR (300 MHz, d-6 acetone) δ 7.36 (2H, d, J = 8.63 Hz), 7.01 (1H, d, J = 8.34 Hz), 6.84 - 6.79 (3H, m), 6.44 - 6.26 (5H, m), 5.36 (1 H, d, J = 14.14 Hz), 5.05 (1H, d, d, J = 1.22, 14.13 Hz), 4.82 (2H, br hump), 4.03 (2H, t, J = 5.85 Hz), 2.81 (2H, t, J = 5.83), 2.54 (4H, m) 1.71-1.68 (4H, m).
EXAMPLE 48 5-r4-(2-Diethylamino-ethoxy)-phenvn-5,11 -dihydrochromeno.4.3- clchromene-2,8-diol Compound #19
Figure imgf000131_0001
The title product was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 44 with substitution of (2-{4-[2,8-Bis-(te/t-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-5,11- dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]-chromen-5-yl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-diethylamine, prepared as in Example 39, for 1-(2-{4-[2,8-Bis-(fert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-5,11-dihydro- chromeno[4,3-c]-chromen-5-yl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-piperidine.
MS (Cl) m/z 460 (M+H)+; loop negative 458 (M-H)
1H NMR (300 MHz, d-6 acetone) δ 7.36 (2H, d, J = 8.65 Hz), 7.02 (1H, d, J = 8.36 Hz), 6.82 (3H, d, d, J = 2.34, 8.47), 6.43 - 6.26 (5H, m), 5.50 (2H, br hump), 5.37 (1H, d, J = 14.12 Hz), 5.06 (1H, d, d, J = 1.46, 14.12 Hz), 4.82 (2H, br hump), 3.99 (2H, t, J =6.23 Hz), 2.81 (2H, t, J = 6.16 Hz), 2.57 (4H, q, J = 7.12 Hz) 0.99 (6H, t, J = 7.11). EXAMPLE 49 5-.4-(2-Dimethylamino-ethoxy.-phenvπ-5,11 ■dihvdrochromeno.4.3- c1chromene-2.8-diol Compound #21
Figure imgf000132_0001
The title product was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 44 with substitution of (2-{4-[2,8-Bis-(tert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-5,11- dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]-chromen-5-yl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-dimethylamine, prepared as in Example 40, for 1-(2-{4-[2,8-Bis-(fe/ -butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)- 5,11-dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]-chromen-5-yl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-piperidine.
MS (Cl) m/z 432 (M+H)+; loop negative 430 (M-H)
1H NMR (300 MHz, d-6 acetone) δ 7.37 (2H, d, J = 8.63 Hz), 7.03 (1H, d, J = 8.36 Hz), 6.84 (3H, d, J = 8.49 HZ), 6.43 - 6.27 (5H, m), 5.38 (1H, d, J = 14.11 Hz), 5.06 (1H, d, d, J = 1.39, 14.11 Hz), 4.02 (2H, t, J = 5.88 Hz), 2.63 (2H, t, J = 5.85 Hz), 2.23 (6H, brs).
EXAMPLE 50 5-r 4-Dimethylamino-phenvπ-5,11 -dihvdro-chromenor4.3-c1chromene-2.8- diol Compound #26
Figure imgf000132_0002
The title product was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 44 with substitution of 2,8-Bis-(tert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-5-(4- dimethylamino)-phenyl-5,11-dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]-chromene, prepared as in Example 42, for 1-(2-{4-[2,8-Bis-(tert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-5,11-dihydro- chromeno[4,3-c]-chromen-5-yl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-piperidine.
MS (Cl) m/z 388 (M+H)+; loop negative 386 (M-H)
1H NMR (300 MHz, d-5 methanol) δ 7.21 (2H, d, J = 8.79 Hz), 6.92 (1 H, d, J = 8.36 Hz), 6.71 (1 H, d, J = 8.41 HZ), 6.64 (2H, d, J = 8.83 Hz), 6.33 (1 H, d, d, J = 2.42, 7.70 Hz), 6.30 (1 H, d, J = 2.39 Hz), 6.23 (1 H, d, d, J = 2.43, 8.36 Hz), 6.12 (1 H, d, J = 2.41 Hz), 6.08 (1 H, s), 5.26 (1 H, d, J = 13.95 Hz), 5.03 (1 H, d, d, J = 1.62, 13.95 Hz), 2.86 ((6H, s).
EXAMPLE 51 5-Phenyl-5.11 -dihvdro-chromenor4.3-c1chromene-2.8-diol: Compound #6
Figure imgf000133_0001
The title product was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 44 with substitution of 2,8-Bis-(terf-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-5-phenyl- 5,11-dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]-chromene, prepared as in Example 41 , for 1-(2- {4-[2,8-Bis-(fe/t-butyl-dimethyl-siIyloxy)-5,11-dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]-chromen- 5-yl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-piperidine.
MS (Cl) m/z 345 (M+H)+; loop negative 343 (M-H,)
1H NMR (500 MHz, acetone-d6): δ 8.49 (1 H, brs), 8.47 (1 H, s), 7.46 (2H, d, d, J = 1.76, 8.10 Hz), 7.31 - 7.26 (3H, m), 7.04 (1 H, d, J = 8.38 Hz), 6.87 (1H, d, J = 8.38 Hz), 6.47 (1H, d, d, J = 2.43, 8.38 Hz), 6.38 (1 H, d, d, J = 2.43, 8.38 Hz), 6.33 (1H, brs), 6.29 (1 H, d, J = 2.43), 5.38 (1 H, d, J = 14.08), 5.06 (1 H, d, d, J = 1.67, 14.08 Hz). EXAMPLE 52
8-Fluoro-5-r4-(2-piperidin-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenvπ-5.11 -dihvdro- chromenof4.3c1chromen-2-ol Compound #46
Figure imgf000134_0001
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 44, with substitution of 1-(2-{-[2,8-Bis-(tert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)- 8-fluoro-5,11-dihydro-chromeno[4,3c]chromen-5-yl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-piperidine, prepared as in Example 42 for 1-(2-{4-[2I8-Bis-(fert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)- 5,11-dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]-chromen-5-yl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-piperidine. MS (Cl) m/z 474 (M+H)+; loop negative 472 (M-H)
1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): δ 7.24 (2H, d, J = 8.36 Hz), 7.19 (1H, br hump), 6.90 (1H, ABq, J = 8.45 Hz), 6.67 (2H, d, J = 8.66 Hz), 6.62 (2H, d, 8.43), 6.57 (1H, d, d, J = 2.53, 8.49 Hz), 6.49 (1H, d, d, J = 2.47, 9.79 Hz), 6.33 (1H, d, J = 2.24 Hz), 6.14 (1H, s), 5.24 (1H, d, J =13.86 Hz), 5.03 (1H, d, 13.19 Hz), 4,00 (2H, t, J = 5.69 Hz), 2.70 (2H, m), 2.54 (4H, brs), 1.60 (4H, brm), 1.43 ( 2H, brm).
EXAMPLE 53 8-Fluoro-11 -isopropyl-5-r4-(2-Piperidin-1 -yl-ethoxy.-phenyl1-5.11 - dihvdrochromenor4.3-c1chromene-2-ol Compound #47
Figure imgf000134_0002
During the purification of the compound prepared in Example 52 by column chromatography, the title compound was isolated in small amount as an accompanying minor component, derived from the silylated precursor [MS (Cl) m/z 630, present as a minor side product in the major component prepared as in Example 52, which in turn was derived from a precursor formed as a minor side product during the preparation of the title compound of Example 34, through the side reaction with isopropyl magnesium bromide.
MS (Cl) m/z 516 (M+H)+; loop negative 514 (M-H)
1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): δ 7.34 (2H, d, J = 8.34 Hz), 7.03 (1H, ABq, J = 8.53 Hz), 6.75 (2H, d, J = 8.79 Hz), 6.61 (2H, d, J = 8.34 Hz), 6.57 (1H, d, 2.40Hz), 6.50 (1H, d, d, J = 2.61 , 6.12 Hz), 6.429 (1 H, d, J = 2.40 Hz), 6.24 (1 H, d, d, J = 2.42, 8.34 Hz), 6.04 (1 H, s), 4.92 (1 H, d, 7.30 Hz), 4.08 (2H, t, J = 5.79 Hz), 2.83 (2H, m), 2.59 (4H, brs), 2.28 (1H, m), 1.64 (4H, brm), 1.46 (2H, brm), 1.25 (1 H, s), 1.07 (3H, d, J = 6.90 Hz), 1.03 (3H, d, J = 6.54 Hz).
EXAMPLE 54
2.2-Dimethyl-propionic acid. 8-(2.2-dimethyl-propionyloxy)-5-r4-(2- piperidin-1 -yl-ethoxyι-phenv.1-5.11 -dihvdro-chromenor4.3-clchromen-2-yl ester Compound #22
Figure imgf000135_0001
To an ice-cooled and stirred slurry of 5-[4-(2-Piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)- phenyl]-5,11-dihydrochromeno[4,3-c]chromene-2,8-diol (0.200g, 0.424 mmol), prepared as in Example 44, in dichloromethane (10 mL) under nitrogen, was added triethylamine (0.2mL, 1.43 mmol, 3.5 eq). After about 10 minutes the reaction mixture was observed to become clear. To the reaction mixture was then slowly added (over a period of about 5 minutes) 2,2-dimethylpropionyl chloride (i.e., pivaloyl chloride, 0.157 mL, 1.3 mmol, 3.18 eq.). The cooling bath was then removed and the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature overnight. To the reaction mixture was then added saturated NaHCO3 solution (20 mL) and the resulting solution was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer re-extracted with dichloromethane (2x20 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried (anhydrous sodium sulphate), filtered and evaporated in vacuo. The residue was purified by chromatography on silica gel using 2% methanol/ dichloromethane as an eluent to yield the title product as an ivory, crystalline solid. MS (CI) m/z 640 (M÷H)+ 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI^: δ 7.30 (2H, d, J = 8.7 Hz), 7.01 (1H, d, J =
8.4 Hz), 6.83 - 6.78 (3H, m), 6.64 (1 H, d,d, J = 2.3, 8.5 Hz), 6.63 (1 H, d, J = 2.3 Hz), 6.54 - 6.49 (2H, m), 6.21 (1H, s), 5.37 (1H, d, J = 14 Hz), 5.16 (1H, d, J = 14 Hz), 4.05 (2H, t, J = 6.0 Hz), 2.74 (1 H, t, J = 6.0 Hz), 2.49 (4H, brs), 1.59 (4H, m), 1.37 (2H, m), 1.32 (9H, s), 1.30 (9H, s) IR (KBr): 2972, 2934, 2872, 1754, 1611, 1585, 1510, 1498, 1220, 1175, 1157,1127,1109,1026 cm'1
Anal. Calc. C^sNO/O.βHzO: C, 73.22; H, 7.09; N, 2.19. Found: C, 72.25; H, 7.06; N, 2.08.
EXAMPLE 55 2.2-Dimethyl-propionic acid.8-(2.2-dimethyl-propionyloxy)-5-methyl-5-r4- (2-pyrrolidin-1 -yl-ethoxy.-phenvπ-5. 1 -dihvdro-chromenof4,3-clchromen-
2-yl ester Compound #30
STEP A: 5-(teι -butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-2-(7-(fert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)- 4-{1 -hydroxy-1 -[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-ethyl}-2H-chromen-3- yl)-phenol.
To a solution of 1-[2-(4-bromophenoxy)-ethyl]-pyrrolidine (331 mg, 1.22 mmol) in THF (7.5 mL) at -78°C, was added n-butyl lithium (2.5 M in hexane, 478 μL, 1.19 mmol). The mixture was stirred at -78°C for 0.5 hours. To this mixture was then added 2,8-bis-(te-ϊ-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-11H- chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-5-one (153 mg, 0.30 mmol) in THF (3 mL), prepared as in Example 22. The reaction mixture was then stirred at -78°C for 1.5 hours. To this mixture was added methyl magnesium bromide (3 M in diethyl ether, 1 mL, 2.99 mmol) at -78 °C and the reaction mixture stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction was quenched with aqueous NH4CI and extracted withethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine and dried over MgSO_t. The solvent was evaporated to yield the crude product as a yellow oil. The crude product was earned to the next step without further purification. MS m/z (M+) = 719
STEP B: 1 -(2-{4-[2,8-bis-(tert-butyi-dimethyl-silyloxy)-5-methyl-5,11 - dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-5-yl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-pyrrolidine. 5-(re/t-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-2-(7-(tert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-4-{1- hydroxy-1-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-pheny|]-ethyl}-2H-chromen-3-yl)phenol, prepared as in STEP A above, was dissolved in toluene (8 mL) and treated with diluted HCI (0.4 mL of concentrated HCI: H20 =1 :2 v/v). The reaction mixture was vigorously stirred at room temperature for 1.5 h. The mixture was then diluted with water and ethyl acetate. The layers were separated and the organic layer washed successively with saturated NaHC03, brine and dried over MgS04. The desiccant was filtered off, and the filtrate concentrated. Flash chromatography with ethyl acetate:hexane:CH3OH (containing 1% NH4OH) = 49:49:2 as the eluent to yield the title compound as a light oil.
1H NMR (300 MHz; CDCI3): δ 0:80 (s, 30 H), 1.72-1.76 (m, 4 H), 1.97 (s, 3 H), 2.59-2.61 (m, 4 H), 2.84 (t, 2H J = 5.9), 4.03 (t, 2 H J = 5.9), 5.04 (ABq, 2 H, JAB = 13.8; ΔVAB = 22 Hz), 6.29 (dd, 1 H, J = 2.4, 8.6 Hz), 6.41 (d, 1 H, J = 2.2 Hz), 6.52-6.57 (m, 3 H), 6.78 (d, 2 H, J = 8.8 Hz), 6.89 (d, 1 H, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.38 (d, 2 H, J = 8.8 Hz) MS m/z (M+) = 700.
STEP C: 5-methyl-5-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,11 -dihydro- chromeno[4,3-c]chromene-2,8-diol.
To a solution of 1-(2-{4-[2,8-bis-(tø/ -butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-5-methyl- 5, 11 -dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-5-yl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-pyπOlidine (84.5 mg, 0.12 mmol) in THF (7 mL) was added tetrabutylammonium fluoride (1M in THF, 241.4 μL, 0.24 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 40 min. Saturated NH4CI was added followed by addition of ethyl acetate. The resulting layers were separated, the organic layer was washed with brine, and dried over MgSO4. The solvent was evaporated and the residue dried under vacuum for 2h at room temperature to yield the title compound which was carried on to the next step without further purification. MS m/z (M+) = 472, (M') = 470.
STEP D: 2,2-dimethyl-propionic acid 8-(2,2-dimethyl-propionyloxy)-5- methyl-5-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,11 -dihydro-chromeno[4,3- c]chromen-2-yl ester. To a suspension of 5-methyl-5-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yi-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,11- dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]chromene-2,8-diol, prepared as in STEP C above, in dichloromethane (5mL) (DCM) at 5°C was added triethylamine (Et3N) (67 mg, 0.66 mmol) and stirred for 5 min. Trimethylacetyl chloride (75.7 mg, 0.63 mmol) was then added to the reaction mixture and the mixture stirred at room temperature overnight. To the reaction mixture was then added saturated NaHCO3 (10 mL) and the mixture stirred for 1 h. The reaction mixture was then extracted with DCM, washed with brine and dried over MgSO4. After removal of the dessicant, the solution was solution was concentrated and the resulting residue eluted through a short silica column with 2% methanol in DCM. The solvent was evaporated to yield the title compounds as a thick yellow oil.
1H NMR (300 MHz; CDCI3): δ 1.23 (s, 18 H), 1.72-1.76 (m, 4 H), 1.97 (s, 3 H), 2.59-2.61 (m, 4 H), 2.84 (t, 2 H, J = 5.9 Hz), 4.03 (t, 2 H, J = 5.9 Hz), 5.04 (ABq, 2 H, JAB = 13.8; ΔVAB = 22 Hz), 6.29 (dd, 1 H, J = 2.4, 8.6 Hz), 6.41 (d, 1 H, J = 2.2 Hz), 6.52-6.57 (m, 3 H), 6.78 (d, 2 H, J = 8.8 Hz), 6.89 (d, 1 H J = 8.4 Hz), 7.38 (d, 2 H, J = 8.8 Jz)
MS m/z (M+) = 640, 662
EXAMPLE 56 11 -r4-(2-azepan-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenvn-8-f2.2-dimethyl-propionyloxy -11 - methvi-5.11-dihvdro-chromenor4.3-c1chromen-2-yl ester Compound #33
Figure imgf000139_0001
STEP A: 2-[4-{1 -[4-(2-azepan-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-1 -hydroxy-ethyl}-7-(tert- butyl-dimehyl-silyloxy)-2H-chromen-3-yl]-5-(tert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)- phenol To a solution of 1-[2-(4-bromophenoxy)ethyl]-azepane (356 mg, 1.19 mmol) in THF (7.5 mL) at -78°C, was added n-butyl lithium (2.5 M in hexane, 466 μL, 1.17 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at -78°C for 0.5 hours. To the mixture was then added 2,8-bis-(-err-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-11/-/- chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-5-one, prepared as in Example 22, (149 mg, 0.29 mmol) in THF (3 mL) and the reaction mixture stirred at -78°C for 1.5 hours. To the mixture was then methyl magnesium bromide (3 M in diethyl ether, 1 mL, 3 mmol) at -78°C and then stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction was quenched with aqueous NH4CI and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine and dried over MgS0 . The remaining solvent was evaporated to yield the crude title product as a yellow oil, which was carried on to the next step without further purification.
MS m/z (M+) = 746
STEP B: 1 -(2-{4-[2,8-bis-(te/ -butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-5-methyl-5,11 - dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-5-yl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-azepane
2-[4-{1 -[4-(2-azepan-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-1 -hydroxy-ethyl}-7-(te/t-butyl- dimehyl-silyloxy)-2H-chromen-3-yl]-5-(tert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-phenol, prepared as in STEP A above, was dissolved in toluene (8mL) and treated with diluted HCI (0.4 mL of concentrated HCI: H20 =1 :2 v/v). The reaction mixture was vigorously stirred at room temperature for 1.5 h, then diluted with water and ethyl acetate. The resulting layers were separated and organic layer washed successively with saturated NaHC03, brine and dried over MgSθ4. The desiccant was filtered off, and the filtrate concentrated. Flash chromatography with ethyl acetate:hexane:CH3OH (containing 1% NH4OH) = ,49:49:2 as the eluent yielded the title compound as a light yellow oil.
1H NMR (300 MHz; CDCI3): δ 0.77 (s, 30 H), 1.52-1.59 (m, 8 H), 1.97 (s, 3 H), 2.71-2.75 (m, 4 H), 2.90 (t, 2 H, J = 6.0 Hz), 3.99 (t, 2 H J = 6.0 Hz), 5.04 (ABq, 2 H, JAB = 13.8; ΔvAB = 22 Hz), 6.29 (dd, 1 H, J = 2.4, 8.6 Hz), 6.41 (d, 1 H, J = 2.2 Hz), 6.53 (m, 3H), 6.77 (d, 2 H, J = 8.8 Hz), 6.88 (d, 1 H, J = 8.4 Hz, 7.38 (d, 2 H, J = 8.8 Hz)
MS m/z (M+) = 728. STEP C: 5-[4-(2-azepan-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5-methyl-5,11-dihydro- chromeno[4,3-c]chromene-2,8-diol
To a solution of 1-(2-{4-[2,8-bis-(te/t-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-5-methyl- 5,11 -dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-5-yl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-azepane (77.5 mg, 0.11 mmol) in THF (7 mL) was added tetrabutylammonium fluoride (1 M in THF, 213 μL, 0.21 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 40 min. Saturated NH4CI was then added followed by addition of ethyl acetate. The resulting layers were separated, organic layer was washed with brine, and dried over MgSO . The remaining solvent was evaporated and the residue dried under vacuum for 2 h at room temperature to yield the title compound, which was carried on to the next step without further purification.
MS m/z (M+) = 472, (M') = 470
STEP D: 11 -[4-{2-azepan-1 -yi-ethoxy)-phenyl]-8-(2,2-dimethyl- propionyloxy)-11 -methyl-5,11 -dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-2-yl ester
To a suspension of 5-[4-(2azepan-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,11-dihydro- chromeno[4,3-c]chromene-2,8-diol, prepared as in STEP C above, in dichloromethane (5mL) (DCM) at 5 °C was added triethylamine (TEA) (59 mg, 0.59 mmol) and stirred for 5 min. To the reaction mixture was then added trimethylacetyl chloride (66.7 mg, 0.55 mmol) and the mixture was then stirred at room temperature overnight. To the reaction mixture was then added saturated NaHCO3 (10 mL) and stirred for 1 h. The reaction mixture was extracted with DCM, washed with brine and dried over MgSθ4. After removal of the dessicant, the organic solution was concentrated and the residue was purified via silica gel chromatography with 2% methanol in DCM as the eluent, to yield the title compound as a thick yellow oil.
1H NMR (300 MHz; CDCI3): δ 1.23 (s, 18 H), 1.52-1.59 (m, 8 H), 1.97 (s, 3 H), 2.72-2.75 (m, 4 H), 2.90 (t, 2 H, J = 6.0 Hz), 3.99 (t, 2 H J = 6.0 Hz), 5.04 (ABq, 2 H, JAB = 13.8; ΔvAB = 22 Hz), 6.29 (dd, 1 H, J = 2.4, 8.6 Hz), 6.41 (d, 1 H, J = 2.2 Hz), 6.51-6.56 (m, 3H), 6.77 (d, 2 H, J = 8.8 Hz), 6.88 (d, 1 H, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.38 (d, 2 H, J = 8.8 Hz) MS m/z (M+) = 668.
EXAMPLE 57
2.2-Dimethyl-propionic acid 8-(2.2-dimethyl-propionyloxy)-11 -methyl-11 ■
.4-(2-piperidin-1 -yl-ethoxyι-phenvπ-5.11 -dihvdro-chromeno.4.3- clchromen-2-yl ester Compound #41
Figure imgf000142_0001
STEP A: 5-(fert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-2-(7-(fert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)- 4-{1 -hydroxy-1 -[4-(2-piperidin-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-ethyl}-2H-chromen-3- yl)-phenol.
To a solution of 1-[2-(4-bromophenoxy)-ethyl]-piperidine (360 mg, 1.27 mmol) in THF (7.5 mL) at -78°C, was added n-butyl lithium (1.6 M in hexane, 773 μL, 1.24 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at-78°C for 0.5 hours. To the reaction mixture was then added 2,8-bis-(ferf-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)- 11 H-chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-5-one, prepared as in Example 22, (158 mg, 0.31 mmol) in THF (3 mL) and the mixture was stirred at -78°C for 1.5 hours. To the reaction mixture was then added methyl magnesium bromide (3 M in diethyl ether, 1 mL, 3 mmol) at -78 °C and the reaction stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction was quenched with aqueous NH4CI and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine and dried over MgSO4. The organic layer was concentrated to yield the crude title product as a yellow oil, which was carried into the next step without further purification.
MS m/z (M+) = 732 STEP B: 1 -(2-{4-[2,8-bis-(teι -butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-5-methyl-5,11- dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-5-yl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-piperidine
5-(rer.-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-2-(7-(-ert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-4-{1- hydroxy-1-[4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-ethyl}-2H-chromen-3-yl)phenol, prepared as in STEP A above, was dissolved in toluene (8mL) and treated with diluted HCI (0.4 mL of concentrated HCI: H2O =1 :2 v/v). The reaction mixture was vigorously stirred at room temperature for 1.5 h, then diluted with water and ethyl acetate. The layers were separated and the organic layer washed successively with saturated NaHC03, brine and then dried over MgSO4. The desiccant was filtered off, and the filtrate concentrated. Flash chromatography with ethyl acetate:hexane:CH3OH (containing 1% NH4OH) = 49:49:2 as the eluent yielded the title compound as a light yellow oil.
1H NMR (300 MHz; CDCI3): δ 0.78 (s, 30 H), 1.33-1.35 (m, 2 H), 1.57- 1.63 (m, 4 H), 2.05 (s, 3 H), 2.49-2.51 (m, 4 H), 2.76 (t, 2 H, J = 6.0 Hz), 4.08 (t, 2 H, J = 6.0 Hz), 5.11 (ABq, 2 H, JAB = 13.8; ΔVAB = 31 Hz), 6.37 (dd, 1 H, J = 2.4, 8.6 Hz), 6.48 (d, 1 H, J = 2.2 Hz), 6.60-6.64 (m, 3H), 6.84 (d, 2 H, J = 8.8 Hz), 6.96 (d, 1 H, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.44 (d, 2 H, J = 8.8 Hz) MS m/z (M+) = 716, 739.
STEP C: 5-methyl-5-[4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,11-dihydro- chromeno[4,3-c]chromene-2,8-diol
To a solution of 1-(2-{4-[2,8-bis-(ferf-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-5-methyl- 5,11-dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-5-yl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-pepiridine (54 mg, 0.076 mmol) in THF (7 mL) was added tetrabutylammonium fluoride (1M in THF, 151 μL, 0.15 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 40 min. Saturated NH CI was then added followed by addition of ethyl acetate. The resulting layers were separated; the organic layer was washed with brine, and dried over MgSO4. After concentration of the organic layer, the residue was dried under vacuum for 2 h at room temperature to yield the title compound which was carried on to the next step without further purification. MS m/z (M+) 486, (M') 484 STEP D: 2,2-dimethyl-propionic acid 8-(2,2-dimethyl-propionyloxy)-11- methyl-11 -[4-(2-piperidin-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,11 -dihydro-chromeno[4,3- c]chromen-2-yl ester
To a suspension of 5-methyl-5-[4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,11- dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]chromene-2,8-diol, prepared as om STEP C above, in dichloromethane (5mL) (DCM) at 5°C was added TEA (42 mg, 0.42 mmol) and the reaction mixture stirred for 5 min. Trimethylacetyl chloride (47 mg, 0.39 mmol) was then added to the reaction mixture and the mixture stirred at room temperature overnight. To the reaction mixture was then added saturated NaHCO3 (10 mL) and stirred for 1 h. The resulting mixture was extracted with DCM, washed with brine and dried over MgSO4. The organic layer was concentrated and the residue was purified via silica gel with 2% methanol in DCM as the eluent, to yield the title compound as a thick yellow oil.
1H NMR (300 MHz; CDCI3): δ 1.31 (s, 18 H), 1.33-1.35 (m, 2 H), 1.57- 1.63 (m, 4 H), 2.05 (s, 3 H), 2.49-2.51 (m, 4 H), 2.76 (t, 2 H, J = 6.0 Hz), 4.08 (t, 2 H, J = 6.0 Hz), 5.11 (ABq, 2 H, JAB = 13.8 Hz; ΔvAB = 31 Hz), 6.37 (dd, 1 H, J = 2.4, 8.6 Hz), 6.48 (d, 1 H, J = 2.2 Hz), 6.26 (m, 3H), 6.84 (d, 2 H, J = 8.8 Hz), 6.96 (d, 1 H, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.44 (d, 2 H, J = 8.8 Hz) MS m/z (M+) = 654, 667.
EXAMPLE 58
2.2-Dimethyl-propionic acid 8-(2.2-dιmethyl-propionyloxy.-11 -methyl-11 ■ r4-(3-pjperidin-1 -yl-propoxy)-phenvπ-5,11 -dihvdro-chromenor4.3- clchromen-2-yl ester Compound #43
Figure imgf000145_0001
STEP A: 5-(teι -butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-2-(7-(tert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)- 4-{1 -hydroxy-1 -[4-(3-piperidin-1 -yl-propoxy)-phenyl]-ethyl}-2H-chromen-3- yl)-phenoi.
To a solution of 1-[3-(4-bromo-phenoxy)-propyl]-piperidine (393 mg, 1.32 mmol) in THF (7.5 mL) at -78°C, was added n-butyl lithium (1.6 M in hexane, 804μL, 1.29 mmol). The reaction mixture was then stirred at -78°C for 0.5 hour. To the reaction mixture was then added 2,8-bis-(fe -butyl-dimethyl- silyloxy)-11 --chromenol[4,3-c]chromen-5-one, prepared as in Example 22, (164 mg, 0.32 mmol) in THF (3 mL) and the reaction mixture stirred at -78°C for 1.5 hours. To the reaction mixture was then added methyl magnesium bromide (3 M in diethyl ether, 1 mL, 3 mmol) at -78°C and then stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction was quenched with aqueous NH CI and then extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine and " dried over MgSO4. After removal of the dessicant, the residue was concentrated to yield the crude title product as a yellow oil, which was carried on to the next step without further purification. MS m/z (M+) = 746 STEP B: 1 -(3-{4-[2,8-bis-(tert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-5-methyl-5,11 - dihydro-chromenol[4,3-c]chromen-5-yl]-phenoxy}-propyl)-piperidine
5-(teπ'-butyl-dimethyi-silyloxy)-2-(7-(te/t-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-4-{1- hydroxy-1-[4-(3-piperidin-1-yl-propoxy)-phenyl]-ethyl}-2H-chromen-3-yl)-phenol, prepared as in STEP A above, was dissolved in toluene (8mL) and then treated with diluted HCI (0.4 mL of concentrated HCI: H20 =1 :2 v/v). The reaction mixture was vigorously stirred at room temperature for 1.5 h. The mixture was then diluted with water and ethyl acetate. The resulting layers were separated and the organic layer washed successively with saturated NaHCO3, brine and then dried over MgSO4. The desiccant was filtered off, and the filtrate was concentrated. Flash chromatography with ethyl acetate:hexane:CH3OH (containing 1% NH4OH) = 49:49:2 as the eluent yielded the title compound as a light yellow oil.
1H NMR (300 MHz; CDCI3): δ 0.78 (s, 30 H), 1.51-1.53 (m, 2 H), 1.78- 1.82 (m, 4 H), 2.05 (s, 3 H), 2.14-2.19 (m, 2 H), 2.74-2.79 (m, 4 H), 2.86-2.92 (m, 2 H), 4.00 (t, 2 H, J = 5.9 Hz), 5.14 (ABq, 2 H, JAB = 13.8 Hz; ΔVAB = 21 Hz), 6.37 (dd, 1 H, J = 2.4, 8.6 Hz), 6.48 (d, 1 H, J = 2.2 Hz), 6.59-6.64 (m, 3 H), 6.82 (d, 2 H, J = 8.8 Hz), 6.97 (d, 1 H, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.46 (d, 2 H, J = 8.8 Hz)
STEP C: 5-methyl-5-[4-{3-pipeιidin-1 -yl-propoxy)-phenyl]-5,11 -dihydro- chromeno[4,3-c]chromene-2,8-diol
To a solution of 1-(3-{4-[2,8-bis-(tert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-5-methyl- 5,11 -dihydro-chromenol[4,3-c]chromen-5-yl]-phenoxy}-propyl)-piperidine (97.5 mg, 0.134 mmol) in THF (7 mL) was added, tetrabutylammonium fluoride (1M in THF, 268 μL, 0.27 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 40 min. To the reaction mixture was then added saturated NH4CI followed by addition of ethyl acetate. The resulting layers were separated, the organic layer was washed with brine, and then dried over MgSU4. After concentration of the organic layer, the residue was dried under vacuum for 2 h at room temperature to yield the title compound which was carried on to the next step without further purification. MS m/z (M+) 500, (M') 498 STEP D: 2,2-dimethyl-propionic acid 8-(2,2-dimethyl-propionyloxy)-11 - methyi-11 -[4-(3-piperidin-1 -yl-propoxy)-phenyl]-5,11 -dihydro- chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-2-yl ester To a suspension of 5-methyl-5-[4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-propoxy)-phenyl]-
5,11-dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]chromene-2,8-diol, prepared as in STEP C above, in dichloromethane (5mL) (DCM) at 5°C was added Et3N (74.5 mg, 0.74 mmol) and stirred for 5 min. Trimethylacetyl chloride (84 mg, 0.70 mmol) was then added and the reaction mixture stirred at room temperature overnight. To the reaction mixture was then added saturated NaHC03 (10 mL) and then stirred for 1 h. The reaction mixture was then extracted with DCM, washed with brine and dried over MgS04. After removal of the dessicant, the organic layer was concentrated and the resulting residue was purified via silica gel chromatography with 2% methanol in DCM as the eluent to yield the title compound as a thick yellow oil. MS m/z (M+H) 668
1H NMR (300 MHz; CDCI3): δ 1.30 (s, 18 H), 1.51-1.53 (m, 2 H), 1.78- 1.82 (m, 4 H), 2.05 (s, 3 H), 2.14-2.19 (m, 2 H), 2.74-2.79 (m, 4 H), 2.86-2.92 (m, 2 H), 4.00 (t, 2 H, J = 5.9 Hz), 5.14 (ABq, 2 H, JAB = 13.8 Hz; ΔVAB = 21 Hz), 6.37 (dd, 1 H, J = 2.4, 8.6 Hz), 6.48 (d, 1 H, J = 2.2 Hz), 6.59-6.64 (m, 3 H), 6.82 (d, 2 H, J = 8.8 Hz), 6.97 (d, 1 H, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.46 (d, 2 H, J = 8.8 Hz)
EXAMPLE 59
2,2-Dimethyl-propionic acid 8-(2,2-dimethyl-propionyloxy.-11 -methyl-11 ■ r3-(2-pjperidin-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenvπ-5,11 -dihvdro-chromenor4.3- clchromen-2-yl ester Compound #38
Figure imgf000148_0001
STEP A: 5-(tert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-2-(7-(tert-butyl-dimethyl-siiyloxy)- 4-{1 -hydroxy-1 -[3-(2-piperidin-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-ethyl>-2H-chromen-3- yl)-phenol
To a solution of 1-[3-(4-bromophenoxy)-ethyl]-piperidine (343 mg, 1.21 10 mmol) in THF (7.5 mL) at -78 °C, was added n-butyl lithium (2.5 M in hexane, 471 μL, 1.18 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at -78°C for 0.5 hours. To the reaction mixture was then added a solution of 2,8-bis-(tert-butyl- dimethyl-silyloxy)-11 H-chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-5-one, prepared as in Example 22, (150 mg, 0.29 mmol) in THF (3 mL). The reaction mixture was 15 stirred at -78°C for 1.5 hours. To the reaction mixture was then added methyl magnesium bromide (3 M in diethyl ether, 1 mL, 3 mmol) at -78 °C and then stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction was quenched with aqueous NH4CI and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine and dried over MgSO4. After removal of the dessicant, the 20 organic layer was concentrated to yield crude the title compound as a yellow oil, which was carried on to the next step without further purification. MS m/z (M+) = 732
STEP B: 1-(2-{3-[2,8-bis-(tert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-5-methyl-5,11- 25 dihydro-chromenol[4,3-c]chromen-5-yl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-piperidine
\ . 5-(Te/ -butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-2-(7-(ten'-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-4-{1- hydroxy-1-[3-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-ethyl}-2H-chromen-3-yl)phenol, prepared as in STEP A above, was dissolved in toluene (8mL) and treated with diluted HCI (0.4 mL of concentrated HCI: H20 =1 :2 v/v) and the reaction mixture was vigorously stirred at room temperature for 1.5 h. The reaction mixture was then diluted with water and ethyl acetate. The resulting layers were separated and the organic layer washed successively with saturated NaHC03, brine and then dried over MgS04. The desiccant was filtered off, and the filtrate was concentrated. Flash chromatography with ethyl acetate:hexane:CH3OH (containing 1 % NH4OH) = 49:49:2 as the eluent yielded the title compound as a light yellow oil.
MS m/z (M+) 715, 736
STEP C: 5-methyl-5-[3-(2-piperidin-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,11 -dihydro- chrorneno[4,3-c]chromene-2,8-diol
To a solution of 1-(2-{3-[2,8-bis-(terf-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-5-methyl- 5,11-dihydro-chromenol[4,3-c]chromen-5-yl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-pepiridine (34 mg, 0.048 mmol) in THF (7 mL) was added, tetrabutylammonium fluoride (1M in THF, 95 μL, 0.095 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 40 min. To the reaction mixture was then added saturated NH CI followed by addition of ethyl acetate. The resulting layers were separated, the organic layer was washed with brine, and then dried over MgSθ4. The dessicant was filtered off, the organic layer was concentrated and the resulting residue was dried under vacuum for 2 h at room temperature to yield the title compound which was carried on to the next step without further purification. MS m/z (M+) 486, (M') 484
STEP D: 2,2-dimethyl-propionic acid 8-(2,2-dimethyl-propionyloxy)-11 - methyl-11 -[3-(2-piperidin-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5.11 -dihydro-chromeno[4,3- c]chromen-2-yl ester
To a suspension of 5-methyl-5-[3-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,11- dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]chromene-2,8-diol, prepared as in STEP C above, in dichloromethane (5mL) (DCM) at 5°C was added Et3N (27 mg, 0.26 mmol) and the reaction mixture stirred for 5 min. Trimethylacetyl chloride (30 mg, 0.25 mmol) was then added and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. To the reaction mixture was then added saturated NaHC03 (10 mL) and stirred for 1 h. The reaction mixture was then extracted with DCM, washed with brine and dried over MgS04. The dessicant was removed and the organic layer concentrated. The resulting residue was purified via silca gel chromatography with 2% methanol in DCM as the eluent, to yield the title compound as a thick yellow oil. MS m/z (M+) 654
EXAMPLE 60 4-Bromomethyl-3-(2.4-dibenzoyl-phenyl)-7-benzoyl-chromen-2-one
Figure imgf000150_0001
LiHMDS (1.0 M, 378 μL, 2.5 eq., 0.378 mmol) in THF was added drop- wise via syringe into a solution of 3-(2,4-dihydroxy-phenyl)-7-hydroxy-4-methyl- chromen-2-one (90 mg, 1.0 eq., 0.151 mmol) in THF (1 mL) at -78°C under N2. The reaction mixture was observed to turn a reddish color. After addition, the reaction mixture was stirred for an additional 0.5h at -78°C. To the reaction mixture, was then added bromine (12 μL, 1.5 eq., 0.227 mmol) at
78°C. The color of the mixture was observed to turn from red to light yellow. The reaction mixture was then stirred for an additional 0.5h at -78°C. The reaction was quenched with saturated NaHS03 solution, warmed to room temperature and stirred vigorously at room temperature for 15 min. THF was removed by rotavap in vacuo. Ethyl acetate (20 mL) and water (5 mL) were then added to the reaction residue, resulting in two phases. The aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and concentrated to yield the crude title compound as a yellow solid. The crude material was purified by flash column chromatography using hexanes and ethyl acetate at 3:1 solution as eluent to yield the title compound as a light yellow solid.
The product was determined to contain the benzoic acid 3-benzoyloxy-4- (7-benzoyloxy-4-bromomethyl-2-oxo-2H-chromen-3-yl)-phenyl ester compound and the benzoic acid, 3-benzoyloxy-4-(7-benzoyloxy-4-dibromomethyl-2-oxo- 2H-chromen-3-yl)-phenyl ester.
Rf = 0.60 in 3:1 hexane:ethyl acetate (UV)
1H NMR (CDCI3, TMS standard), 8.22 (m, J = 14.4 Hz, 5H), 8.04 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 1H), 7.85 (d, J = 9.6 Hz, 1H), 7.69 (m, 4H), 7.42 (m, 5H), 7.30 (m, 5H), 4.48 (ABq, J = 10.8 Hz, 2H)
MS (M+1), 699, 697.
EXAMPLE 612, 8-Dihvdroxy-11H-chromenor4.3-c1chromen-5-one
Compound #1
Figure imgf000151_0001
Method C:
4-Bromomethyl-3-(2,4-dibenzoyl-phenyl)-7-benzoyl-chromen-2-one (67 mg, 1.0 eq., 0.099 mmol) was dissolved in acetone (1 mL) and methanol (0.5 mL) under N2. K2C03 (41 mg, 3.0 eq., 0.298 mmol) powder was then added in one portion into the solution. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The color of the reaction was observed to turn from light yellow to orange. The solvent was removed, the residue was dissolved in water and the resulting mixture acidified to about pH 1 by drop-wise addition of 6 N HCI. CH2CI2 was added into the reaction mixture and the aqueous phase was extracted with CH2CI2 twice. The combined organic layer was washed with water and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to yield crude title compound as a brown solid. A 5:1 mixture of hexane:ethyl acetate was added to the crude product. The supernatant solution was removed by a pipet and the remaining insoluble solid was dried in vacuo to yield the title compound as a solid.
Rf = 0.2, hexane:ethyl acetate = 3:1, UV
EXAMPLE 62
3-r2.4-Bis-(2-trimethylsilanyl-ethoxymethoxy)-phenvn-4-methyl-7-(2- trimethylsilanyl-ethoxymethoxy.-chromen-2-one
Figure imgf000152_0001
A mixture of 3-(2,4-dihydroxyphenyl)-7-hydroxy-4-methyl-chromen-2-one (4.7g, 16.5 mmol), SEMCI (14.6 ml, 82.9 mmol) and K2C03 (18.6g, 367.1 mmol) in acetone (600 mL) was heated to 50°C under nitrogen for 1 hour. The resulting mixture was cooled, filtered and evaporated to form a thick oil. The oil was purified by Si02 using 5-10 ethyl acetate/hexane as solvent gradient to yield the title compound as an oil.
MS(CI) m/z 675 (M+H)+, 697 (M+Na)+ 1H-NMR(CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ(ppm) 7.6(d, J=6Hz, 1H), 7.2-6.8(m, 5H), 5.1-5.4(m, 6H), 3.6-3.9(m, 6H), 2.25(s, 3H), 0.2- -0.1 (m, 27H).
EXAMPLE 63 3-r2.4-Bis-(2-trimethylsilanyl-ethoxymethoxy -phenvn-4-bromomethyl-7- 2-trimethylsilanyl-ethoxymethoxy -chromen-2-one
Figure imgf000153_0001
A 250 mL 3-neck round bottom flask was equipped with a magnetic stirrer, a rubber stopper and an argon inlet/outlet adapter. This vessel was charged with THF (20 mL) via syringe, iPr2NH (1.8 mL, 14.0 mmol) via syringe and cooled to -10°C in an ice/methanol bath. n-Butyl lithium (1.85 M (titrated) via syringe, 6.3mL, 11.7 mmol) in hexane was added dropwise via syringe at -10°C, stirred for 15 min at -10°C. To the solution was added 3-[2,4-bis-(2- trimethylsilanyl-ethoxymethoxy)-phenyl]-4-methyl-7-(2-trimethylsilanyl- ethoxymethoxy)-chromen-2-one (5.1 g, 7.8 mol) in THF (20 mL) drop-wise via syringe. The mixture was stirred at -10°C for 2.5 h. This mixture was added dropwise via syringe to a solution of Br2(0.76 mL, 2 eq) in -78°C THF (100 mL) via syringe that was contained in a 1-L 3-neck round bottom flask equipped with mechanical stirrer and septum under N2. After the addition was complete, the mixture was stirred for 5 min at-78°C and then diluted with EtOAc (0.5 L) via syringe, saturated NaHCO3(50 mL) via syringe and saturated Na2S03 (100 mL) via syringe. The dry ice/acetone bath was removed and the mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature while stirring. The organic phase was separated and the aqueous phase was back-extracted with EtOAc (2 X 0.2 L). The combined organic phase was washed with brine (2 X 0.5 L) and concentrated in vacuo to yield the title compound as a crude semi-solid. MS M/z M+H= 770; M+Na=793 1H-NMR(CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ(ppm): 7.8-6.8 (m, 6H), 5.6-5.1 (m, 6H), 4.4-
4.2 (Abq, J=16Hz, 2H), 3.8-3.6 (m, 6H), 0.8 - 0.11 (m, 6H) EXAMPLE 64
3-r2.4-Bis-(2-trimethylsilanyl-ethoxymethoxy.-phenvn-4-methyl-7-(2- trimethyl silanyl-ethoxymethoxy.-chromen-2-one
Figure imgf000154_0001
Into 1 N HCI (10 mL) (1 N HCI solution made using concentrated HCI in
1:1 THF:IPA) was dissolved 3-[2,4-bis-(2-trimethylsilanyl-ethoxymethoxy)- phenyl]-4-bromomethyl-7-(2-trimethylsilanyl-ethoxymethoxy)-chromen-2-one (200 mg, 0.544 mmol) and the resulting mixture was stirred for 24h at room temperature. The reaction mixture was then diluted with EtOAc (100 mL) and the organic layer washed with water (2 X 20 mL) and brine (30 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2Sθ4, filtered and the organic solvent evaporated to yield the title compound, 3-[2,4-Bis-(2-trimethylsilanyl- ethoxymethoxy)-phenyl]-4-methyl-7-(2-trimethyl silanyl-ethoxymethoxy)- chromen-2-one as a crude solid. MS(CI) m/z 362(M+H+); 384 (M+Na+)
1H-NMR(CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ(ppm): 7.8-6.8 (m, 6H), 4.8-4.6 (Abq, J= 14.6 Hz, 2H).
EXAMPLE 65 2.8-Dihvdroxy-11H-chromenor4.3-c1chromen-5-one Compound #1
Figure imgf000154_0002
Method D:
2,8-Dihydroxy-11 H-chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-5-one( 90 mg, 0.25 mmol) was dissolved in MeOH (2.5mL). K2C03 (35 mg, 0.2 mmol) was added and the resulting mixture was stirred for 10 min at room temperature. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (50 mL), filtered and the organic solvent evaporated to dryness. The semisolid obtained was purified SiO2 using 50% EtOAc in hexanes to yield the title compound as a solid. MS(CI) m/z 283 (M+H+), 306 (M+Na+)
EXAMPLE 66
1 -(2-f4-r2.8-Bis-(tert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-5,11 -dihvdro-chromenor4.3- clchromen-5-yll-phenoxyl-ethvD-piperidine
Figure imgf000155_0001
Method B:
1-[2-(4-lodo-phenoxy)-ethyl]-piperidine(1.656, 5 mmol) was dissolved in THF and cooled to -78°C. To the reaction mixture, was then added n-butyl lithium (2M solution in pentane, 2.5mL, 10 mmol), slowly over 5 min. The resulting solution was stirred for 1 h at -78°C. 2,8-Bis-(tert-butyl-dimethyl- silyloxy)-5,11 -dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-5-ol1 g1.953 mmol) was dissolved in THF (20 mL) and then added to the reaction mixture containing 1- [2-(4-lodo-phenoxy)-ethyl]-piperidine and n-butyl lithium, slowly over 10 min. The reaction mixture was stirred for an additional hour. The reaction mixture was quenched with MeOH (1 mL) and then treated with a saturated solution of ammonium chloride (30 mL) and then diluted with diethyl ether (150 mL). The organic layer was separated and washed with brine (100 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2SO , filtered and the solvent evaporated to yield a crude oil. The crude oil was diluted with toluene (150 mL) and HCI (37%, 6.0 mL) and stirred for 30 min at room temperature. The solution was diluted with EtOAc (300 mL), the organic layer washed twice with water (100 ml) and then with a saturated solution of NaHCO3 (150 ml). The organic layer was separated and dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated to yield the title compound as a foamy material. MS(CI) m/z 700 (M+H+), 723 (M+Na+) 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) δ: 7.30 (2H, d, J = 8.7 Hz), 6.87 (1 H, d, J = 8.30 Hz), 6.79 (2H, d, J = 1.91 , 6.82 Hz), 6.70 (1 H, d, J = 8.42 Hz), 6.39 (2H, m), 6.29 (2H, m), 6.14 (1H, s), 5.30 (1 H, d, J =13.90 Hz), 5.10 (1H, d, d, J = 1.654, 13.90 Hz), 4.04 (2H, t, J = 5.97 Hz), 2.48 (2H, t, J = 6.0 Hz), 2.48 (4H, m), 1.58 (4H, m), 1.43 (2H, m), 0.95 (9H, s), 0.93 (9H, s), 0.18 (6H, s), 0.16 (6H, s).
EXAMPLE 67 2.2-Dimethyl-propionic acid 8-{2.2-dimethyl-propionyloxy.-5S*-(+M4-(2- piperidin-1 -yl-ethoxy.-phenvπ-5-11 dihvdro-chromenor4.3-c1chromen-2-yl ester
Figure imgf000156_0001
1 M TBAF (in THF, 17 mL, 17 mmol, 3 eq.) was added drop-wise into a solution of 1-(2-{4-[2,8-Bis-(tert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-5,11-dihydro- chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-5-yl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-piperidine (4.0 g, 5.7 mmol) in THF (40 mL) at -10°C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 15 minutes. To the reaction mixture was then added 2,2-dimethylpropionic acid chloride (2.5 mL, 20 mmol, 3.5 eq). The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with 5% sodium bicarbonate and then with brine. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2Sθ , and concentrated to yield a 1 :2 mixture of mono-pivalate:di-pivalate. To the crude product dissolved in CH2CI2t was added 2,2-dimethylpropionic acid chloride (4.3 ml) and triethylamine (5 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred for 30 min. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate(300 mL) and then washed with brine. Flash chromatography on Biotage column eluted with 2% to 5% MeOH in CH2CI2 yielded the title product as a racemic mixture of 2,2-dimethyl-propionic acid 8-(2,2-dimethyl- propionyloxy)-5[4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,11-dihydro-chromeno[4,3- c]chromen-2-yl ester. The racemic compound (2,2-dimethyl-propionic acid 8-(2,2-dimethyl- propionyloxy)-5[4-(2-piperidin-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5, 11 -dihydro-chromeno[4,3- c]chromen-2-yl ester) (2.5g) was loaded onto a ChiralPak AD chiral HPLC column ( 5 cm I.D. x 50 cm L) and eluted with 20%MeOH in IPA at the 90 mL/min flow rate. The two peaks were removed under vacuum to yield: 2,2- dimethyl-propionic acid 8-(2)2-dimethyl-propionyioxy)-5R*-(-)-[4-(2-piperidin-1 - yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,11-dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-2-yl ester as peak one and 2,2-dimethyl-propionic acid 8-(2,2-dimethyl-propionyloxy)-5S*-(+)-[4- (2-piperidin-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,11 -dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-2-yl ester as peak two.
MS m/ z 640 (M+H+), 663 (M+Na+)
1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl^: δ 7.30 (2H, d, J = 8.7 Hz), 7.01 (1 H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 6.83 - 6.78 (3H, m), 6.64 (1H, d, d, J = 2.3, 8.5 Hz), 6.63 (1H, d, J = 2.3 Hz), 6.54 - 6.49 (2H, m), 6.21 (1H, s), 5.37 (1H, d, J = 14 Hz), 5.16 (1H, d, J = 14 Hz), 4.05 (2H, t, J = 6.0 Hz), 2.74 (1H, t, J = 6.0 Hz), 2.49 (4H, brs), 1.59 (4H, m), 1.37 (2H, m), 1.32 (9H, s), 1.30 (9H, s)
EXAMPLE 68
(7S)- -camphanic acid- 84(1 SH-ι-camphanvn-5S-r4-(2-piperidin-1 -y|. ethoxy)-phenyll-5.1.1-dihvdro-chromenor4.3-c1chromen-2-yl ester
Compound #49
Figure imgf000157_0001
1 M TBAF (in THF, 8.5 mL, 8.5 mmol, 3 eq.) was added drop-wise into a solution of 1 -(2-{4-[2,8-Bis-(tert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-5, 11 -dihydro- chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-5-yl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-piperidine (2.00 g, 2.85 mmol) in THF (30 mL) at-10°C and the reaction mixture stirred for 15 min. To the reaction mixture, was then added (7S)-(-)-camphanic chloride (1.69 g, 8.6 mmol, 3 eq). The reaction mixture was then diluted with ethyl acetate (300 mL) and washed with 5% sodium bicarbonate, then washed with brine. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated to yield a 1 :3 mixture of the mono-camphane:di-camphane derivative. To the crude product in CH2CI2 (55 mL) was added (1S)-(-) camphanic chloride (1.5 g) and TEA (2.0 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred for 30 minutes at room temperature. The reaction mixture was then diluted with ethyl acetate (250 mL) and then washed with brine. Flash chromatography on Si02 column eluted with 2% to 5% MeOH in CH2CI2 yielded the title compound as a diastereomer mixture of (7S)-(-)-camphanic acid-8-((7S)-(-)-camphanyl)-5S(Or- R -[4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,1 ,1-dihydro chromeno [4,3-cjchromen- 2-yl ester and (1 S)-(-)-camphanic acid-8-((7S)-(-)-camphanyl)-5R-[4-(2- piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,1,1-dihydro chromeno [4,3-c]chromen-2-yl ester.
The mixture of diastereomers was suspended in hot ethanoi (110 mL) in presence of (R)-(-)-'\Q camphorsulphonic acid (0.6 eq.) and stirred at 70°C for 4 h until the solution became clear. The solution was filtered and cooled to room temperature. A solid was formed after 64h, the solid was filtered and dried under vacuum to yield the title compound as a solid. (84% de) MS m/z 832 (M+H+); 854 (M+Na+)
1H-NMR(CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ(ppm): 7.3 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.1 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.7-7.8 (m, 3H), 6.7-6.5 (m, 4H), 6.21 (s, 1H), 5.4-5.2 (Abq, J =14.4Hz, 2H), 4.1 (t, J= 3Hz, 2H), 2.75 (t, J=6hz, 2H), 2.29-1.5 (m, 18H), 1.2-0.8 (m, 18H) EXAMPLE 69 3-(2.4-Bis-methoxymethoxy-phenyl)-7-methoxymethoxy-4-methyl- chromen-2-one
Figure imgf000159_0001
MOMCI (6.62 ml, 82.9 mmol) was added to the mixture of K2CO3 (18.6g, about 367.1 mmol) and 3-(2,4-dihydroxyphenyl)-7-hydroxy-4-methyl-chromen- 2-one (4.7g, 16.5 mmol) in acetone (600 mi) at 0°C under nitrogen for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was then stirred for4h, over which time the solution was allowed to warm to room temperature. The reaction mixture was then filtered and evaporated to yield a thick oil. The oil was purified by SiO2 using 5-10 Ethyl acetate: hexane as solvent gradient to yield 3-(2,4-Bis-methoxymethoxy- phenyl)-7-methoxymethoxy-4-methyl-chromen-2-one as a solid. MS m/e 417 (M+H+) and 439 (M+Na+) 1H-NMR(CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ (ppm): 7.7 (d, 6.7 Hz, 1 H), 7.1-6.6 (m, 5H), 5.3-5.1 (m, 6H), 3.411 (s, 3H), 3.41 (s, 3H), 3.3 (s, 3H), 2.2 (s, 3H)
EXAMPLE 70 T3- 2.4-Bis-methoxymethoxy-phenvπ-7-methoxymethoxy-2-oxo-2H- chromen-4-yll-acetaldehvde
Figure imgf000159_0002
To a clean dry 200 ml flask purged with nitrogen was added diisopropylamine (2.7 ml, 19.5 mmol, 3 eq), dry THF (50 mL) and 3-(2,4-Bis- methoxymethoxy-phenyl)-7-methoxymethoxy-4-methyl-chromen-2-one (8.1 mL,
16.25 mmol, 2.5 eq.) at -78°C. After 30 minutes, to this solution was added drop-wise, a solution of 3-(2,4-bis-methoxymethoxy-phenyl)-7- methoxymethoxy-4-methyl-chromen-2-one (2.7 g, 6.5 mmol, 1 eq.) in dry THF (13 mL). The solution was warmed to -10°C and stirred at this temperature for 30 minutes. Phenyl formate (3.6 ml, 33 mmol, 5 eq) was then added slowly into the reaction mixture. The reaction mixture was then stirred for 30 mins, quenched with saturated aqueous NH4CI, extracted with ethyl acetate and then concentrated to yield th title product as a crude solid which was purified by flash chromatography eluting with 30% ethyl acetate in hexane to yield the title product as a solid.
MS: 443.0, M-H;
1H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): δ (ppm) 9.7 (s, 1H), 6.8-7.4 (m, 6H), 5.25 (s, 2H), 5.2 (s, 2H), 5.1 (s, 2H), 3.7-3.9 (m, 2H), 3.49 (s, 3H), 3.5 (s, 3H), 3.4 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 71 3-f2.4-Bis-methoxymethoxy-phenyl)-4-(2-hvdroxy-ethvπ-7- methoxymethoxy-chromen-2-one
Figure imgf000160_0001
Sodium borohydride (17 mg, 0.45 mmol, 0.5 eq.) was dissolved in ethanoi (5 mL), then added into the solution of [3-(2,4-Bis-methoxymethoxy- phenyl)-7-methoxymethoxy-2-oxo-2H-chromen-4-yl]-acetaldehyde (400 mg, 0.90 mmol, 1 eq.) ethanoi (10 mL) at -10°C and the reaction mixture was stirred for 30 minutes. The solvent was evaporated and the resulting residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate (100 mL) and washed twice with brine. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate then concentrated to yield the crude product which was purified by flash chromatography eluted with 50% ethyl acetate to yield the title compound 3-(2,4-Bis-methoxymethoxy- phenyl)-4-(2-hydroxy-ethyl)-7-methoxymethoxy-chromen-2-one as a solid. MS: 447.1 , M+H; 469.1, M+Na; 445.1 M-H
1H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): δ (ppm) 6.8-7.7 (m, 6H), 5.3 (s, 2H), 5.25 (s, 2H), 5.2 (s, 2H), 3.8 (m, 2H), 3.51 (s, 3H), 3.50 (s, 3H), 3.4 (s, 3H), 3.0 (m, 2H), 1.75 (t, 1H).
EXAMPLE 72 3- 2.4-Dihvdroxy-phenyl)-7-hvdroxy-4-(2-hvdroxy-ethyl)-chromen-2-on
Figure imgf000161_0001
Into a flask purged with nitrogen was added 3-(2,4-Bis-methoxymethoxy- phenyl)-4-(2-hydroxy-ethyl)-7-methoxymethoxy-chromen-2-one (200 mg) and 1N HCI (10 mL) in 1:1 isopropanol-THF. The reaction mixture was stirred overnight, then diluted with ethyl acetate (200 mL) and washed three times with brine. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and then concentrated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography eluted with 10% methanol in dichloromethane to yield 3-(2,4-dihydroxy-phenyl)-7-hydroxy- 4-(2-hydroxy-ethyl)-chromen-2-one as a solid.
MS: 313.0 M-H; 315.1 M+H, 337.0, mina;
1H-NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ (ppm) 6.3-7.8 (m, 6H), 3.65 (m, 2H), 2.9 (m, 2H).
EXAMPLE 73
2.8-Dihvdroxy-11.12-dihvdro-6.13-dioxa-benzor3.41cvcloheptaf1.2- alnaphthalen-5-one Compound #56
Figure imgf000161_0002
Into a dry clean flask purged with nitrogen was added 3-(2,4-Dihydroxy- phenyl)-7-hydroxy-4-(2-hydroxy-ethyl)-chromen-2-on (50 mg, 0.16 mmol, 1 eq.) triphenylphosphine (176 mg, 0.67 mmol, 4.2 eq.), 4 A molecular sieve (50 mg) and dry THF (10 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred for 30 minutes. To the reaction mixture was then added DEAD (0.11 mL, 0.67 mmol, 4.2 eq.) and the reaction stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The insoluble material was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography eluted with 2% methanol in dichloromethane to yield the title product as a solid.
MS: 295.0 M-H; 297 M+H; 319 mina;
1H-NMR (300 MHz, THF-d8): δ (ppm) 6.5-7.8 (m, 6H), 4.6 (t, 2H), 3.0 (t, 2H).
EXAMPLE 74
2.8-Dihvdroxy-11 ,12-dihvdro-6.13-dioxa-benzor3.41cvcloheptaπ .2- alnaphthalen-5-one
Figure imgf000162_0001
2,8-Dihydroxy-11 ,12-dihydro-6,13-dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1 ,2-a] naphthalen-5-one (30 mg) was dissolved in THF (1 mL). To the reaction mixture was then added triethylamine (0.2 mL) and 1 M TBSCI (0.2 mL) in dichloromethane and the reaction mixture stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (20 mL) and then washed twice with brine. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography eluted with 100:10:2 hexane/dichloromethane/ethyl acetate, to yield 2,8-Bis-(tert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-11 ,12-dihydro-6,13-dioxa- - benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1 ,2-a]naphthalen-5-one as a solid. MS m/z 525(M+H+), 547(M+Na+)
1H NMR(CDCI3l 300 MHz) δ(ppm): 6.6-7.8 (m, 6H), 4.6 (t, 2H), 3.0 (t, 2H). 1.1 (2s, 18H), 10.2- -0.1 (2s, 12H) EXAMPLE 75
2.8-Bis-(tert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-11.12-dihvdro-5H-6.13-dioxa- benzor3.41cvcloheptaf1.2-a1naphthalen-5-ol
Figure imgf000163_0001
2,8-Bis-(tert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-11 ,12-dihydro-6,13-dioxa- benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1 ,2-a]naphthalen-5-one (35 mg, 0.066 mmol) was dissolved in toluene (5 mL) and the resulting solution was cooled to -78°C. A solution of Dibal-H solution (70μL, 1.5 M solution in toluene) was then added to above reaction mix at -78°C. The reaction mixture was stirred at -78°C for 3h. To the reaction mixture was then added methanol (0.5 mL), and then Rochelle solution (2 ml, 1M solution). The reaction mixture was gradually warmed to room temperature. The reaction mix was diluted with CH2CI2 (30 mL), the organic layer was separated and dried over Na2S04- The solution was filtered and evaporated to yield a crude product that was purified on SiO2 to yield the title compound as a solid.
MS m/z 527(M+H+), 550(M+Na+)
1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): δ 7.15 (1H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 6.96 (1H, J = 8.4 Hz), 6.59 (1H, d, J = 2.24 Hz), 6.54 (1H, d, d, J = 2.31, 11.62 Hz), 6.46 (1H, d, d, J = 2.31 , 8.35 Hz), 6.41 (1 H, d, J = 2.31 Hz), 6.11 (1 H, d, J = 8.1 Hz), 4.6 (2H, m), 3.0 (2H, m) 0.98 (18H, s),). 0.22 (6H, s), 0.21 (6H, s)
EXAMPLE 76 1-f2-f4-r2.8-Bis-(tert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-11.12-dihvdro-5H-6.13- dioxa-benzor3.41cvcloheptan.2-a1naphthalen-5-vn-phenoxy -ethyl.- piperidine
Figure imgf000163_0002
1-[2-(4-lodo-phenoxy)-ethyl]-piperidine(150 mg, 0.453 mmol) was dissolved in THF and cooled to -78°C. To the reaction mixture was then added n-butyl lithium (2M solution in pentane, 226 μl), slowly over 5 min. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 h at -78°C. In a separate flask, 2,8-bis-(tert-butyl- dimethyl-silyloxy)-11 ,12-dihydro-5H-6,13-dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1 ,2- a]naphthalen-5-ol (28 mg, 0.053 mmol)) was dissolved in THF (1 mL) and added to the reaction mixture containing the 1 -[2-(4-lodo-phenoxy)-ethyl]- piperidine and n-butyl lithium, slowly over 5 min. The reaction mixture was stirred for additional 1hr. The reaction mixture was quenched by MeOH (0.5 mL), treated with a saturated solution of ammonium chloride (30 mL) and then diluted with diethyl ether (25 mL). The organic layer was separated and washed with brine (15 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and the solvent evaporated to yield a crude oil. The crude oil was diluted with toluene (30 mL) and 1 N HCI (6.0 mL) and then stirred for 30 min at room temperature. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (20 mL) and the organic layer was washed twice with water (20 ml) and with a saturated solution of NaHCO3 (10 ml). The organic layer was separated, dried over anhydrous Na2SO , filtered and evaporated to yield 1-(2-{4-[2,8-Bis-(tert-butyl- dimethyl-silyloxy)-11 ,12-dihydro-5H-6,13-dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1 ,2- a]naphthalen-5-yl]-phenoxy}-ethy1)-piperidine as an oil. MS m/z 714(M+H+)
1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) δ: 7.46 (2H, d, J = 8.7 Hz), 6.87 (1H, d, J = 8.30 Hz), 6.79 (2H, d, J = 1.91, 6.82 Hz), 6.70 (1H, d, J = 8.42 Hz), 6.39 (2H, m), 6.29 (2H, m), 6.14 (1H, s), 5.30 (1H, d, J =13.90 Hz), 5.10 (1H. d, d, J = b1.654, 13.90 Hz), 4.6 (m, 2H), 4.04 (2H, m), 3.0 (m, 2H), 2.48 (2H, t, J = 6.0 Hz), 2.48 (4H, m), 1.58 (4H, m), 1.43 (2H, m), 0.95 (9H, s), 0.93 (9H, s), 0.18 (6H, s), 0.16 (6H, s). EXAMPLE 77
5-r4-(2-Piperidin-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenvn-11 ,12-dihvdro-5H-6.13-dioxa- benzor3.4lcvcloheptaf1.2-alnaphthalene-2.8-diol Compound #55
Figure imgf000165_0001
To the solution of 1 -(2-{4-[2,8-Bis-(tert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-11 ,12- dihydro-5H-6,13-dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1 ,2-a]naphthalen-5-yl]-phenoxy}- ethyl)-piperidine (1.6 mg, 0.0022 mmol), prepared as in Example 76, in Th)F (0.1 mL) was added TBAF (10 μl, 1M solution in THF, 0.010 mmol) at -10°C. The solution changed to slight yellow. The solution was stirred at -10°C for 30 mins. To the solution was then added saturated aqueous NH4CI (0.1 mL) to quench the reaction. The reaction mixture was extracted by ethyl acetate (100 ml), the organic solvent was dried over anhydrous Na S04, the organic solvent was filtered and concentrated in vacuum to yield an oil which was purified by reverse phase HPLC to yield the title compound. 1HNMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): 7.4(d, J = 10 Hz, 2H), 7.15 (d, J =10 Hz,
1H), 7.0 (d, J = 10 Hz, 1H), 6.85 (d, J = 10 Hz, 2H), 6.5 (m, 2H), 6.35 (dd, 1H), 6.15 (d, J = 3 Hz, 1H), 6.05 (s, 1H), 4.6 (m, 2H), 4.3 (t, J = 5 Hz, 2H), 3.55 (d, J = 12 Hz, 2H), 3.45 (t, J = 5 Hz, 2H), 3.3 (m, 2H), 3.0 (m, 2 H), 2.8 (m, 2H), 1.9 (m, 2H), 1.75 (m, 2H); MS(CI) m/z: 485(M+H+). EXAMPLE 78
5R*-(-H4-(2-Piperidin-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenvπ-5,11 -dihvdro-chromeno.4.3- c1chromene-2.8-diol and 5S*-(+.-r4-(2-Piperidin-1 -yl-ethoxy.-phenvπ-5.11 ■ dihvdro-chromenor4,3-clchromene-2,8-diol Compounds #14. #15
Figure imgf000166_0001
The racemic mixture of 5-[4-(2-Piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,11- dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]chromene-2,8-diol (50 mg) was loaded onto a ChiralPak AD chiral HPLC column (21 mm I.D. x 250mm L) and eluted with 50% methanol in isopropyl alcohol at the 4 mL/min flow rate. Two peaks were collected separately and were removed under vacuum to yield: 5R*-(-)-[4-(2- Piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,11-dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]chromene-2,8-diol as peak one.
MS(CI) m/z 472(M+H+) and 5S*-(+)-[4-(2-Piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,11-dihydro- chromeno[4,3-c]chromene-2,8-diol as peak two. MS(CI) m/z472(M+H+) EXAMPLE 79
2.2-D8methyl-propionic acid 8-hvdroxy-11 -r 2-piperidin-1 -yl-ethoxy.- phenvπ-5.11-dihvdro-chromenof4.3-c1chromen-2-yl ester and 2.2-
Dimethyl-propionic acid 8-hvdroxy-5-f4-(2-piperidin-1 -yl-ethoxyl-phenyll-
5.11-dihvdro-chromenor4.3-c1chromen-2-yl ester Compouns #51. #52
Figure imgf000167_0001
TBAF (1 M in THF, 850 μL, 0.85 mmol, 3 eq.) was added drop-wise into a solution of 1-(2-{4-[2,8-Bis-(tert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-5,11-dihydro- chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-5-yl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-piperidine (200mg, 0.285 mmol) in THF (10 mL) at -10°C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 15 minutes. To the reaction mixture was then added 2,2-dimethylpropionic acid chloride (714 μL, 0.285 mmol, 1 eq). The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with 5% sodium bicarbonate and then with brine. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2Sθ4, and concentrated to yield a crude oil, which was purified by HPLC (using Luna C18 column, 1 % TFA in acetonitrile (ACN) and 1 % TFA in H20 as gradient solvent system). Two peak were collected separately and evaporated to dryness in vacuum to yield 2,2-Dimethyl- propionic acid 8-hydroxy-11-[4-(2-piperidin-1-y|-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,11-dihydro- chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-2-yl ester as peak one MS(CI) m/z: 556(M=H+) and 2,2-Dimethyl-propionic acid 8-hydroxy-5-[4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)- phenyl]-5,11-dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-2-yl ester as peak two.
MS(CI) m/z: 556(M=H+)
1HNMR (300 MHz, CDCI^: δ 7.42 (2H, d, J = 8.7 Hz), 7.03 (1 H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 6.83 - 6.79(3H, m), 6.64 (1 H, d, d, J = 2.3, 8.5 Hz), 6.64 (1 H, d, J = 2.3 Hz), 6.54 - 6.49 (2H, m), 6.51 (1 H, s), 5.47 (1 H, d, J = 14 Hz), 5.17 (1H, d, J = 14 Hz), 4.05 (2H, t, J = 6.0 Hz), 2.74 - 2.49 (5H, brs), 1.59 (4H, m), 1.37 (2H, m), 1.32 (9H, s)
Example 80
3-[2,4-Bis-(2-trimethylsilanyl-ethoxymethoxy)-phenyl]-4-(3-chloro-2-oxo- propyl)-7-{2-trimethylsilanyl-ethoxymethoxy)-chromen-2-one
Figure imgf000168_0001
At room temperature, 3-[2,4-Bis-(2-trimethylsilanyl-ethoxymethoxy)- phenyl]-4-methyl-7-(2-trimethyisiianyl-ethoxymethoxy)-chromen-2-one (1.6 g, 2.37 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was added LiHMDS (2.9 mL, 2.84 mmol) slowly. The reaction mixture was stirred for 10 min and then added into chloroacetyl chloride (0.28 mL, 1.5 equiv.) in THF (20 mL) at -20°C. The reaction mixture was maintained at -20°C for 1 hour, then diluted with diethyl ether (200 mL), washed with aqueous NH4CI (100ml), brine and organic layer was dried over anhydrous MgSO4. The resulting product was then concentration by vacuum "to drynessand purified by silica gel column chromatography to yield the title compound as a colorless oil.
1H NMR (CDCI3) δ -0.1 ~ 0.2 (m, 27H), 3.52 ~ 4.12 (m, 10H), 5.08 (s, 2H), 5.26 (s, 2H), 5.27 (s, 2H), 6.74 (m, 1 H), 6.95 -7.18 (m, 4H), 7.31 (m, 1 H) MS (m/z): MNa+ (773), MH' (749). Example 81
4-(3-Chloro-2-oxo-propyl)-3-{2,4-dihydroxy-phenyl)-7-hydroxy-chromen-
2-one
Figure imgf000169_0001
3-[2,4-Bis-(2-trimethylsilanyl-ethoxymethoxy)-phenyl]-4-(3-chloro-2- oxo-propyl)-7-(2-trimethylsilanyl-ethoxymethoxy)-chromen-2-one (0.846 g, 1.13 mmol) in HCI (1 N, 40 mL 1 :1 THF : iPrOH) was stirred overnight at 25°C. The reaction mixture was then diluted with ethyl acetate (10 mL) and washed with brine (2 x 30 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 50 mL). The organic layers were combined, dried, concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatograph (5% MeOH / DCM) to yield the title compound as white crystals.
1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 3.71 (d, 1H, J = 15.0 Hz), 4.12 (d, 1H, J = 15.0 Hz), 4.52 (m, 2H ), 6.25 (m, 2H), 6.75 (m, 3H), 7.5 (m, 1H), 9.35 (s, 1H), 9.45 (s, 1H), 10.50 (s, 1H)
MS (m/z): MH+ (361), MNa+ (383), MH' (359).
Example 82 6,12-dihydroxy-[1]benzopyrano[4,3-e][1]benzoxocin-2,9(1 3H)-dione
Compound #211
Figure imgf000170_0001
4-(3-Chloro-2-oxo-propyl)-3-(2,4-dihydroxy-phenyl)-7-hydroxy- chromen-2-one (356 mg, 0.86 mmol) was stirred with K2C03 (356 mg, 2.57 mmol) in a mixture of acetone (40 mL) and MeOH (20 mL) for 2 h at 25 °C. The color of the reaction mixture was observed to be yellow green. Aqueous HCI (2N, 20 mL) was added and the volatile organic solvents removed by evaporation. The residue was washed with water and filtered to yield the title compound as a slightly yellow powder.
1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 2.08 (m, 2H), 2.68 -2.92 (m, 2H), 4.95 (m, H), 5.02 (m, 1H), 5.62 (d, 1 H, J = 9.8 Hz), 5.96 (d, 1H, J = 9.8 Hz), 7.03 (s, 1H), 7.51 (s, 1H)
MS (m/z): MH' (323).
Example 83
6,12-bis[[(1,1-dimethylethyl)dimethylsilyl]oxy]- [1]benzopyrano[4,3- e][1]benzoxocin-2,9(1H,3H)-dione Compound #212 and 2,6,12-tris[[(1 ,1 -dimethylethyl)dimethylsilyl]oxy]-2,3-dihydro-
[1]benzopyrano[4,3-e][1]benzoxocin-9(1H)-one
Figure imgf000170_0002
Figure imgf000171_0001
6,12-dihydroxy-[1]benzopyrano[4,3-e][1]benzoxocin-2,9(1H,3H)-dione (prepared as in Example 82 above) (283 mg, 0.87 mmol), TBSCI (1.0 M in DCM, 2.6 mL, 3 equiv.) and TEA (0.36 mL, 3 equiv.) in DCM (10 mL) were stirred at 25°C for 30 min. LC-MS showed the presence of only the 2,8- di(OTBS) product. The reaction mixture was then stirred overnight at 25°C, after which time LC-MSshowed the presence of the second 2,8,12-tri(OTBS) substituted product. The reaction mixture was then diluted with diethyl ether (50 mL), washed with water (50 mL), brine and dried over MgSO . The product was purified on silica gel to yield the title compounds as a yellow foam.
6,12-bis[[(1 ,1-dimethylethyl)dimethylsilyl]oxy]- [1]benzopyrano[4,3- e][1]benzoxocin-2,9(1 H,3H)-dione : 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 0.10 ~ 0.19 (m, 18H), 0.84, 0.92 (d, 27 H), 4.22 (d,
1H, J = 13.2Hz), 4.79 (d, 1 H, J = 13.2 Hz), 5.72 (s, 1 H), 6.51 (s, 1 H), 6.64 (m, 1H), 6.72 (m, 1 H), 6.76 (m, 1 H), 7.32 (d, 1H, J = 10.5 Hz), 7.41 (d, 1H, J = 10.5 Hz)
MS (m/z): MH' (551)
Example 84
2,6,12-tris[[(1 ,1 -dimethylethyi)dimethylsilyl]oxy]-1 ,2,3,9-tetrahydro-
[1]benzopyrano[4,3-e][1]benzoxocin-9-ol
Figure imgf000172_0001
2,6,12-tris[[(1,1-dimethylethyl)dimethylsilyl]oxy]-2,3-dihydro-
[1]benzopyrano[4,3-e][1]benzoxocin-9(1H)-one prepared as in Example 83 above (208 mg, 0.31 mmol) in toluene (5 mL) at -78 °C was reacted with DIBAL (0.21 mL, 1.5 M in toluene, 1 eq.). After 3 hours, another 1 eq. of DIBAL was added to the reaction mixture. The reaction mixture was then diluted with ethyl acetate (100 mL), washed with Rocelle solution three times and reverse extracted twice with ethyl acetate (25 mL). The organic layers were dried and concentrated. The residue was purified on silica gel (5% ethyl acetate in Hexane) to yield the title compound as a a yellow foam.
1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 0.10 -0.23 (m, 18H), 0.86 - 1.25 (m, 27H), 3.16 (d, 1H, J = 8.8 Hz), 4.25 (d, 1H, J = 14.8 Hz), 5.01 (d, 1H, J = 17.7 Hz), 5.57 (s, 1H), 6.02 (d, 1H, J = 8.0 Hz), 6.53 - 6.70 (m, 4H), 7.15 (m, 1H), 7.23 (m, 1H) MS (m/z): MH' (667)
Example 85
2-(3,9-Bis-(tert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-6-{hydroxy-[4-(2-piperidin-1-yl- ethoxy)-phenyl]-methyl}-2H-benzo[b]oxocin-5-yi)-5-(tert-butyl-dimethyl- silyloxy)-phenol
Figure imgf000173_0001
Iodide (634 mg, 1.91 mmol, 5 eq.) in THF (5 mL) at -78 °C was reacted with nBuLi (0.76 mL, 2.5 M in hexanes) for 15 min. The mixture was then added to a solution of 2,6,12-tris[[(1,1-dimethylethyl)dimethylsilyl]oxy]-1 ,2,3,9- tetrahydro-[1]benzopyrano[4,3-e][1]benzoxocin-9-ol, the compound prepared as in Example 84 above (256 mg, 0.38 mmol) in THF (5 mL) at -78°C and the resulting reaction mixture stirred for 1 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with MeOH (0.1 mL) and then with aqueous NH CI. The resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (200 mL). The organic layers were dried and concentrated and azetropically distilled with benzene (50 mL) to yield the title product as a crude oil.
MS (m/z): MH+ (874), MH' (872).
Example 86 1 -[2-[4-[2,6,12-tris[[(1 ,1 -dimethylethyl)dimethylsilyl]oxy]-3,9- dihydro[1]benzopyrano[4,3-e][1]benzoxocin-9-yl]phenoxy]ethyl]- piperidine and
6,12-bis[[(1,1-dimethylethyl)dimethylsilyl]oxy]-1,9-dihydro-9-[4-[2-(1- piperidinyl)ethoxy]phenyl]- [1]benzopyrano[4,3-e][1]benzoxocin-2(3H)- one Compound #95
Figure imgf000174_0001
and
Figure imgf000174_0002
The crude 2-(3,9-Bis-(tert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-6-{hydroxy-[4-(2- piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-methyl}-2H-benzo[b]oxocin-5-yl)-5-(tert-butyl- dimethyl-silyloxy)-phenol, as in Example 85 (0.38 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) at - 10°C was mixed with BF3«Et20 (0.32 mL, 2.47 mol, 6.5 equiv.) for 30 min. The resulting reaction mixture was quenched with water (5 mL) and stirred for 10 min. The reaction mixture was then diluted with ethyl acetate (100 mL), washed twice with 5% HCI twice and then twice with brine. The resulting residue was dried and concentrated to yield the title compounds as a mixture, as an oil.
The oil was separated into the following components by flash chromatography. 1-[2-[4-[2,6,12-tris[[(1,1-dimethylethyl)dimethylsilyl]oxy]-3,9- dihydro[1]benzopyrano[4,3-e][1]benzoxocin-9-yl]phenoxy]ethyl]-piperidine:
MS (m/z): MH+ (856)
6,12-bis[[(1 , 1 -dimethylethyl)dimethylsilyl]oxy]-1 ,9-dihydro-9-[4-[2-(1 - piperidinyl)ethoxy]phenyl]- [1]benzopyrano[4,3-e][1]benzoxocin-2(3/-/)-one: MS (m/z): MH' (740) Example 87
1,9-dihydro-6,12-dihydroxy-9-[4-[2-(1-piperidinyl)ethoxy]phenyl]-
[1]benzopyrano[4,3-e][1]benzoxocin-2(3H)-one Compound #96
Figure imgf000175_0001
The crude product mixture, 1-[2-[4-[2,6,12-tris[[(1,1- dimethylethyl)dimethylsilyl]oxy]-3,9-dihydro[1]benzopyrano[4,3- e][1]benzoxocin-9-yl]phenoxy]ethyl]-piperidine and 6,12-bis[[(1 ,1- dimethylethyl)dimethylsilyl]oxy]-1 ,9-dihydro-9-[4-[2-(1 - piperidinyl)ethoxy]phenyl]- [1]benzopyrano[4,3-e][1]benzoxocin-2(3H)-one, prepared as in Example 86 above (0.38 mmol), was dissolved in THF (4 mL). A pre-made solution of TBAF (1.50 mL, 1.5 mmol, 4.0 eq.) and acetic acid (0.043 mL, 0.76 mmol, 2.0 eq.) in THF was added (2.0 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred for 14 hours. The reaction mixture was then diluted with ethyl acetate (10 mL) and washed with brine (2 x 30 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 50 mL). The organic layers were combined, dried, concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatograph (50-100% Hexanes/Ethyla acetate) to yield the title compound as white powder. MS (m/z): MH+ (514) Example 88
6,12-bis[[(1,1-dimethylethyl)dimethylsilyl]oxy]-2.3-dihydro-2-hydroxy-
[1]benzopyrano[4,3-e][1]benzoxocin-9(1H)-one Compound #216
Figure imgf000176_0001
A solution of 6,12-bis[[(1 ,1 -dimethylethyl)dimethylsilyl]oxy]-
[1]benzopyrano[4,3-e][1]benzoxocin-2,9(1H,3H)-dione, prepared as in Example 83 (216mg, 0.4 mmol) in ethanoi (4mL) and was added to NaBH4 (7.4 mg, 0.5 eq.) at -10°C. The reaction mixture was maintained at this temperature, with stirring for 2 hours. At that time, additional NaBH4 (12 mg ) was added and the reaction mixture stirred for another hour. The reaction mixture was quenched with aqueous NH CI (5 mL) and then extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The Organic ayers was separated and , dried over anhydrous Na2S04, concentrated and purified on silica gel (15% Ethyl acetate in Hexane) to yield the title compound as a solid foam. MS (m/z): MH+ (554).
Example 89
O-[6,12-bis[[(1,1-dimethylethyl)dimethylsilyl]oxy]-1,2,3,9-tetrahydro-9- oxo[1]benzopyrano[4,3-e][1]benzoxocin-2-yl] O-phenyl ester carbonothioic acid
Figure imgf000177_0001
6,12-Bis[[(1,1-dimethylethyl)dimethylsilyl]oxy]-2,3-dihydro-2-hydroxy- [1]benzopyrano[4,3-e][1]benzoxocin-9(1H)-one, prepared as in Example 88 above (215 mg, 0.388 mmol) was mixed with thionyi chloride (80.081 mL, 0.582 mmol, 1.5 eq.), pyridine (0.082 mL, 1 mmol, 2.6 eq.) and DMAP (2.4 mg, 0.02 mmol, 5% eq.) in DCM (4 mL) and the reaction mixture stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was then diluted with wthyl acetate (50 mL), washed twice with saturated CUSO4 and then washed twice with brine. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulphate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting oil was purified by flash column (5% ethyl acetate / hexane) to yield the title compound as a colorless foam solid.
MS (m/z): MH+ (691), MNa+ (713).
Example 90
6,12-bis[[(1,1-dimethylethyl)dimethylsilyl]oxy]-2,3-dihydro-
[1]benzopyrano[4,3-e][1]benzoxocin-9(1H)-one Compound #214
Figure imgf000178_0001
0-[6,12-bis[[(1 ,1-dimethylethyl)dimethylsilyl]oxy]-1,2,3,9-tetrahydro-9- oxo[1]benzopyrano[4,3-e][1]benzoxocin-2-yl] O-phenyl ester carbonothioic acid, prepared as in Example 89 above (236 mg, 0.34 mmol), AIBN (2.8 mg, 0.05 eq.) and nBu3SnH(0.137 mL, 1.5 eq.) in toluene (4 mL) were degassed for 5 min by N2, heated to 80°C and stirred overnight. The reaction mixture was then diluted with ethyl acetate (50 mL) and washed with aqueous CUSO4 and brine. The organic layer was concentration and purified by silica gel to yield the title compound as white crystals.
MS (m/z): MH+ (539).
Example 91
6,12-bis[[(1,1-dimethylethyl)dimethylsilyl]oxy]-1,2,3,9-tetrahydro-
[1]benzopyrano[4,3-e][1]benzoxocin-9-ol Compound #94
Figure imgf000178_0002
The compound prepared as in Example 90 above (227 mg, 0.42 mmol) was reduced according to the procedure described in Example 84, to yield the title compound as a white solid.
MS (m/z): MNa+ (563), MH" (539). Example 92
5-(tert-Butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-2-(9-(tert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-6-
{hydroxy-[4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-methyl}-3,4-dihydro-2H- benzo[b]oxocin-5-yl)-phenol Compound #291
Figure imgf000179_0001
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 85 above, substituting 6,12-bis[[(1,1- dimethylethyl)dimethylsilyl]oxy]-1 ,2,3,9-tetrahydro-[1]benzopyrano[4,3- e][1]benzoxocin-9-ol for 2,6,12-tris[[(1 ,1-dimethylethyl)dimethyisilyl]oxyj- 1,2,3,9-tetrahydro-[1]benzopyrano[4,3-e][1]benzoxocin-9-ol to yield the title compound as a yellow oil.
MS (m/z): MH+ (746).
Example 93
1-[2-[4-[6,12-bis[[(1,1-dimethylethyl)dimethylsiiyl]oxy]-1 ,2,3,9- tetrahydro[1]benzopyrano[4,3-e][1]benzoxocin-9-yl]phenoxy]ethyl]- piperidine Compound #282
Figure imgf000179_0002
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 86 above, substituting 5-(tert-Butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-2- (9-(tert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-6-{hydroxy-[4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]- methyl}-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b]oxocin-5-yl)-phenol for 2-(3,9-Bis-(tert-butyl- dimethyi-silyloxy)-6-{hydroxy-[4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-methyl}-2H- benzo[b]oxocin-5-yl)-5-(tert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-phenol, to yield the title compound as a foam.
MS (m/z): MH+ (728).
Example 94
1 ,2,3,9-tetrahydro-9-[4-[2-(1 -piperidinyi)ethoxy]phenyl]-
[1]benzopyrano[4,3-e][1]benzoxocin-6,12-diol Compound #97
Figure imgf000180_0001
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 87 above, substituting 1-[2-[4-[6,12-bis[[(1 ,1- dimethylethyl)dimethylsilyl]oxy]-1 ,2,3,9-tetrahydro[1]benzopyrano[4,3- e][1]benzoxocin-9-yl]phenoxy]ethyl]-piperidine for the crude product mixture to yield the title compound as a pink solid.
MS (m/z): MH+ (500).
The racemic 1 ,2,3,9-tetrahydro-9-[4-[2-(1-piperidinyl)ethoxy]phenyl]- [1]benzopyrano[4,3-e][1]benzoxocin-6,12-diol (1.0 g) was loaded onto a ChiralPak AS chiral HPLC column (5 cm I.D. X 50 cm L) and eluted with 20% MeOH in IPA at the 90 mL min flow rate. The two peaks were removed under vacuum to yield the two enantiomers as follows:
Peak 2: 1 ,2,3,9-tetrahydro-9-R*-(-)-[4-[2-(1-piperidinyl)ethoxy]phenyl]- [1]benzopyrano[4,3-e][1]benzoxocin-6,12-diol [α] = - 57 °, ( c = 0.302, MeOH) 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 1.49 (broad s, 2H), 1.69 (broad s, 4H), 1.91 (broad m, 2H), 2.08 (broad m, 2H), 2.71 (broad m, 4H), 2.92 (broad m, 2H), 3.74 (broad s, 1 H), 4.12 (broad m, 2H), 4.56 (broad s, 1 H), 5.95 (s, 1 H), 6.08 - 7.65 (m, 10H)
MS (m/z): MH+ (500)
Peak 1 : 1,2,3,9-tetrahydro-9-S*-(+)-[4-[2-(1-piperidinyl)ethoxy]phenyl]- [1]benzopyrano[4,3-e][1]benzoxocin-6,12-diol
[α] = + 66 °, ( c = 0.402, MeOH)
1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 1.49 (broad s, 2H), 1.69 (broad s, 4H), 1.91 (broad m, 2H), 2.08 (broad m, 2H), 2.71 (broad m, 4H), 2.92 (broad m, 2H), 3.74 (broad s, 1 H), 4.12 (broad m, 2H), 4.56 (broad s, 1 H), 5.95 (s, 1H), 6.08 - 7.65 (m, 10H)
MS (m/z): MH+ (500)
Example 95
[2,8-Bis-(tert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-5,11-dihydro-chromeno[4,3- c]chromen-5-yl]-acetic acid Compound #98
Figure imgf000181_0001
To a solution of 2,8-bis-(tert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-5,11-dihydro- chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-5-ol (prepared as in Example 24) (2.87g, 5.6 mmol) in DCM (50 mL) was added BF3«etherate (1.42 mL, 11.2 mmol). The reaction mixture was then stirred and observed to turn dark red. After 20 min, 1 ,1-bis- trimethylsilyloxy-ethene (2mL, 8.4 mmol, 1.5 eq.) was added slowly. After 15 min another portion of 1 ,1-bis-trimethylsilyloxy-ethene (1g) was added and the solution turned yellow in 10 min. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (200 mL) and then washed with aqueous NH CI solution and brine. Flash chromatograph (20% Ethyl acetate/hexanes) yielded the title compound as a yellow solid. 1H NMR (CDCU) 0.10 (s, 12H), 0.72 (s, 18H), 2.31 (d, 1H, J = 11.7 Hz), 2.68 (m, 1H), 4.69 (d, 1 H, J = 13.6 Hz), 4.98 (d, 1 H, J = 13.6 Hz), 5.60 (d, 1H, J = 11.8 Hz), 6.18 - 6.26 (m, 3H), 6.62 (d, 1H, J = 7.8 Hz), 6.72 (d, 1H, J = 7.8 Hz)
MS (m/z): MH+ (555), MNa+ (577), MH' (553).
Example 96
[2,8-Bis-(tert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-5,11-dihydro-chromeno[4,3- c]chromen-5-y.]-acetic acid methyl ester Compound #101
Figure imgf000182_0001
At room temperature, to a solution of [2,8-Bis-(tert-butyl-dimethyl- silyloxy)-5,11-dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-5-yl]-acetic acid, the compound prepared as in Example 95 above (56mg, 0.10 mmol) in benzene (0.7 mL) and MeOH (0.2 mL) was added to TMSCHN2 (0.075 mL, 2.0 M in hexanes) and the reaction mixture stirred for 15 min. The solvent was removed and the residue purified by flash chromatograph yielded the title compound as a yellow oil.
1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 0.08 (s, 12H), 0.78 (s, 18H), 2.26 (d, 1H, J = 15.5 Hz), 3.51 (s, 3H), 4.69 (d, 1H, J = 13.8 Hz), 4.98 (d, 1H, J = 13.8 Hz), 5.56 (d, 1H, J = 10.5 Hz), 6.17 - 6.24 (m, 4H), 6.63 (d, 1H, J = 6.6 Hz), 6.74 (d, 1H, J = 6.6 Hz)
MS (m/z): MH+ (569), MNa+ (591), MH' (567). Example 97 (2,8-Dihydroxy-5,11 -dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-5-yl)-acetic acid methyl ester Compound #102
Figure imgf000183_0001
Following the same procedure as described in Example 87, [2,8-Bis- (tert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-5,11-dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-5-yl]- acetic acid methyl ester, the compound prepared as in Example 96 was reacted with TBAF to yield the title compound, as a yellow solid.
1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 2.47 (m, 1 H), 2.72 (m, 1 H), 3.69 (s, 3H), 4.88 (d, 1H, J = 14.5 Hz), 5.27 (d, 1H, J = 14.5 Hz), 5.74 (d, 1 H, J = 10.5 Hz), 6.34 (m, 2H), 6.44 (m, 2H), 7.00 (m, 2H)
MS (m/z): MNa+ (363), MH" (339).
Example 98
(2,8-Dihydroxy-5,11-dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-5-yl)-acetic acid 2- dimethylamino-ethyl ester Compound #104
Figure imgf000183_0002
Step A:
A mixture of [2,8-Bis-(tert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-5,11-dihydro- chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-5-yl]-acetic acid, the compound prepared as in Example 95 above, (56 mg, 0.1 mmol), 2-dimethylamino-ethanol (30 μL, 27 mg, 3.0 eq.), DIG (14 mg, 18 μL) and DMAP (12 mg) in DCM (2 mL) was stirred for 13 hours. The reaction mixture was then concentrated to yield [2,8- Bis-(tert-butyl-dimethyl-siiyioxy)-5,11-dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-5-yl]- acetic acid 2-dimethylamino-ethyl ester as a crude foam.
Step B:
Following the procedure described in Example 87, crude [2,8-Bis-(tert- butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-5,11-dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-5-yl]-acetic acid 2-dimethylamino-ethyl ester, the compound prepared in Step A above, was dissolved in THF (1mL) at -10 °C and then treated TBAF to yield the title compound as a yellow solid.
MS (m/z): MH+ (398), MNa+ (420), MH' (396).
Example 99 (2,8-Dihydroxy-5,11 -dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-5-yl)-acetic acid
Compound #107
Figure imgf000184_0001
Following the procedure described in Example 87, [2,8-Bis-(tert-butyl- dimethyl-silyloxy)-5,11-dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-5-yl]-acetic acid, the compound prepared as in Example 95 was (56 mg, 0.1 mmol) reacted with
TBAF to yield the title compound as a yellow solid.
1H NMR (acetone-c/6) δ 2.39 (m, 1H), 2.75 (m, 1H), 4.91 (m, 1H), 5.25 (m, 1 H), 5.78 (m, 1 H), 6.41 (m, 2H), 6.50 (m, 2H), 7.00 (m, 2H)
MS (m/z): MH" (325), (M +OAc)' (385).
Example 100
[2,8-Bis-(tert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-5,11-dihydro-chromeno[4,3- c]chromen-5-yl]-acetaldehyde
Figure imgf000185_0001
At -78 °C, to a solution of [2,8-Bis-(tert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-5,11- dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-5-yl]-acetic acid methyl ester, the compound prepared as in Example 96 (120 mg, 0.21 mmol) in toluene (2 mL) was added DIBAL (0.28 mL, 1.5 M in toluene, 2 eq.) at -78°C and stirred for 6 hours at -78°C . The reaction mixture was then quenched at -78°C with chilled MeOH. HPLC purification of the residue yielded the title compound as a thick oil.
1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 0.05 (s, 12H), 0.79 (s, 18H), 2.29 (m, 1H), 2.85 (m, 1H), 4.72 (d, 1H, J = 13.7 Hz), 5.08 (d, 1H, J = 13.7 Hz), 5.75 (d, 1H, J = 10.0 Hz), 6.25 (m, 4H), 6.69 (d, 2H, J = 9.6 Hz), 9.61 (s, 2H)
MS (m/z): MH+ (561), MNa+ (593)
A side product, 2-[2,8-bis-(tert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-5,11-dihydro- chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-5-yl]-ethanol, was also isolated by HPLC as an oil.
1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 0.05 (s, 12H), 0.79 (s, 18H), 3.56 (m, 1H), 3.71 (m, 1 H), 4.72 (d, 1 H, J = 13.7 Hz), 4.96 (d, 1 H, J = 13.7 Hz), 5.31 (d, 1 H), 6.21 - 6.78 (m, 6H), 9.61 (s, 2H)
MS (m/z): MH+(563). Example 101 5-(2-Hydroxy-ethyl)-5,11-dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]chromene-2,8-diol
Compound #122
Figure imgf000186_0001
Following the procedure described in Example 87. 2-r2.8-bis-(tert-butyl- dimethyl-silyloxy)-5.11-dihvdro-chromenof4.3-c1chromen-5-vn-ethanol was reacted with TBAF to yield the title compound as a yellow solid.
1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 0.05 (s, 12H), 0.79 (s, 18H), 3.56 (m, 1 H), 3.71 (m, 1 H), 4.72 (d, 1H, J = 13.8 Hz), 4.96 (d, 1 H, J = 13.8 Hz), 5.31 (d, 1 H, J = 9.8 Hz), 6.21 - 6.78 (m, 6H), 9.61 (s, 2H) MS (m/z): MH+ (313), MH"(311)
Example 102
8-(tert-Butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-11 ,12-dihydro-6,13-dioxa- benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1,2-a]naphthalen-5-one Compound #220
Figure imgf000186_0002
At room temperature, a mixture of 8-Hydroxy-11 ,12-dihydro-6,13-dioxa- benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1 ,2-a]naphthalen-5-one, prepared as in Example 74, (2.0g crude, 7.0 mmol) and TBSCI (5.34 g, 35 mmol), triethylamine (5 mL) in DCM (80 mL) was stirred overnight. The reaction mixture was then washed with water and brine. The organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulphate and concentrated and purified by flash chromatography to yield the title compound as a white solid.
1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 0.19 (s, 6H), 0.95 (s, 9H), 2.85 (m, 2H), 4.59 (m,
2H), 6.76 - 7.72 (m, 6H) MS (m/z): MH+ (395), MNa+ (417), 2MNa+ (811 ).
Example 103
2-{tert-Butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-11 ,12-dihydro-6,13-dioxa- benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1,2-a]naphthalen-5-one Compound #221
Figure imgf000187_0001
Following the procedure described in Example 102 above, 2-Hydroxy- 11 ,12-dihydro-6,13-dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1 ,2-a]naphthalen-5-one, prepared as in Example 74 (11.2 g, 40 mmol) was reacted to yield the title compound as a white powder.
1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 0.19 (s, 6H), 0.95 (s, 9H), 2.85 (m, 2H), 4.60 (m, 2H), 6.55 - 7.55 (m, 6H)
MS (m/z): MH+ (395), MNa+ (417), 2MNa+ (811), MH' (393).
Example 104 8-(tert-Butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-11,12-dihydro-5H-6,13-dioxa- benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1,2-a]naphthalen-5-ol Compound #138
Figure imgf000187_0002
To a solution of 8-(tert-Butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-11 ,12-dihydro-6,13- dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1 ,2-a]naphthalen-5-one, the compound prepared as in Example 102 above (3.0 g, 7.56 mmol) at -78 °C was slowly added DIBAL (5.10 mL, 1.5 M in toluene, 1.0 eq). After 3h, the reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (100 mL), washed with Rocelle solution three times and reverse extracted twice with ethyl acetate (25 mL). The organic layers were dried and concentrated. The residue was purified on silica gel (5% ethyl acetate in Hexane) to yield the title compound as a white solid.
1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 0.21 (s, 6H), 0.98 (s, 9H), 2.72 - 3.12 (m, 3H), 4.58 (m, 2H), 6.12 (m, 1H), 6.61 (m, 2H), 7.02 - 7.58 (m, 6H). MS (m/z): MNa+ (419).
Example 105 2-(tert-Butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-11 ,12-dihydro-5H-6,13-dioxa- benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1,2-a]naphthalen-5-ol Compound #139
Figure imgf000188_0001
Following the procedure described in Example 104 above, 2-(tert-Butyl- dimethyl-silyloxy)-11 ,12-dihydro-6,13-dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1 ,2- a]naphthalen-5-one, the compound prepared as in Example 103 above, (4.0 g, 10.1 mmol) was reacted to yield the title compound as a white solid. 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 0.26 (s, 6H), 1.05 (s, 9H), 2.85 - 3.48 (m, 3H),
4.58 (m, 2H), 6.12 (m, 1H), 6.61 - 6.73 (m, 2H), 7.05 - 7.42 (m, 6H) MS (m/z): MNa+ (419), MH' (395).
Example 106 5-[4-(2-Piperidin-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-11 ,12-dihydro-5H-6,13-dioxa- benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1,2-a]naphthalen-2-ol Compound #140
Figure imgf000188_0002
Following the procedure described in Examples 76, 2-(tert-Butyl- dimethyl-silyloxy)-11 ,12-dihydro-5H-6,13-dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1 ,2- a]naphthalen-5-ol, the compound prepared as in Example 105 above, was reacted with 1-[2-(4-lodo-phenoxy)-ethyl]-piperidine to yield 2-(8-(tert-Butyl- dimethyl-silyloxy)-5-{hydroxy-[4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-methyl}-2,3- dihydro-benzo[b]oxepin-4-yl)-phenol as a crude oil. The crude 2-(8-(tert- Butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-5-{hydroxy-[4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]- methyl}-2,3-dihydro-benzo[b]oxepin-4-yl)-phenol was then further treated with HCI (12N, 4 eq., 0.67 mL) in toluene (100 mL) to generate yield 1-(2-{4-[2- (tert-Butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-l 1 ,12-dihydro-5H-6,13-dioxa- benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1 ,2-a]naphthalen-5-yl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-piperidine as a crude oil. The crude 1-(2-{4-[2-(tert-Butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-11 ,12-dihydro-5H- 6,13-dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1,2-a]naphthalen-5-yl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)- piperidine was then further treated with HF»Pyridine (70% HF, 30% Pyridine, 0.5 mL) in CH3CN (20 mL) at room temperature for 30 min. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate.THF (1:1) and then washed with 5% NaHCO3 and brine. The reaction mixture was dried, concentrated and purified by flash chromatograph eluted with 5% MeOH in DCM to yield the title compound as a slightly yellow solid. 1H NMR (Acetone-de) δ 1.35 (m, 2H), 1.49 (m, 4H), 2.42 (br s, 4H),
2.64 (m, 2H), 2.71 - 2.98 (m, 3H), 3.91 (m, 2H), 4.59 - 4.74 (m, 2H), 6.21 (s, 1H), 6.55 - 7.45 (m, 11 H) MS (m/z): MH+ (470)
The racemic 5-[4-(2-Azepan-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-11 , 12-dihydro-5H-
6,13-dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1,2-a]naphthalen-2-ol compound 800 mg) was loaded was loaded onto a ChiralPak AD chiral HPLC column ( 5 cm I.D: x 50 cm L) and eluted with 100% IPA at the 150 mL/min flow rate. The two peaks were removed under vacuum to yield the enantiomers as follows: Peak 1 : 5R*-(+)-[4-(2-Azepan-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-11 ,12-dihydro-5H-6,13- dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1 ,2-a]naphthalen-2-ol
1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 1.36 (m, 6H), 2.28 - 2.59 (m, 6H), 2.65 (m, 1 H), 2.89 (m, 1 H), 3.91 (t, 2H, J = 6.6 Hz), 4.59 (m, 2H), 6.16 - 7.38 (m, 12H), 9.65 (s, 1 H).
MS (m/z): MH+ (470); [a]D = +39 ( c = 0.23, MeOH) Peak 2: 5S*-(-)-[4-(2-Azepan-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-11 ,12-dihydro-5H-6,13-dioxa- benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1 ,2-a]naphthalen-2-ol
[α]D = -37 ( c = 0.43, MeOH) MS (m/z): MH+ (470)
Example 107
5-[4-(2-Azepan-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-11 ,12-dihydro-5H-6,13-dioxa- benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1,2-a]naphthalen-2-ol Compound #141
Figure imgf000190_0001
Following the procedure described in Example 106 above, 2-(tert-Butyl- dimethyl-silyloxy)-11 ,12-dihydro-5H-6,13-dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1 ,2- a]naphthalen-5-ol, the compound prepared as in Example 105 above, (0.8 g, 2.0 mmol) was reacted with 1-{2-(4-lodo-phenoxy)-ethyl]-azepane to yield the title compound as a yellow solid.
1H NMR (Acetone-σ* 6) δ1.54 (m, 8H), 2.58 -2.95 (m, 8H), 3.95 (m, 2H), 4.59 - 4.74 (m, 2H), 6.21 (s, 1H), 6.51 - 7.45 (m, 11H) MS (m/z): MH+ (484).
The racemic 5-[4-(2-Azepan-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-11 ,12-dihydro-5H-
6,13-dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1,2-a]naphthalen-2-ol compound (950 mg) was loaded was loaded onto a ChiralPak AD chiral HPLC column ( 5 cm I.D. x 50 cm L) and eluted with 100% IPA at the 150 mL/min flow rate. The two peaks were removed under vacuum to yield the enantiomers as follows: Peak 2: 5S*-(-)-[4-(2-Azepan-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-11 ,12-dihydro-5H-6,13- dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1,2-a]naphthalen-2-ol [α]D= -28(c=0.12, MeOH) H NMR (DMSO-de) δ 1.51 (broad s, 8H), 2.45 (broad m, 4H), 2.70 (broad m, 2H), 3.22 (broad s, 2H), 3.91 (t, 2H, J = 6.6 Hz), 4.56 (m, 2H), 6.15 (s, 1H), 6.39 - 7.36 (m, 11H), 9.67 (s, 1H)
MS (m/z): MH+ (484) Peak 1 : 5R*-(+)-[4-(2-Azepan-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-11 , 12-dihydro-5H-6, 13- dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1,2-a]naphthalen-2-ol
[α]D= +38(c=0.25, MeOH).
MH+ (484).
Example 108
5-[4-(2-Dimethylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-11 ,12-dihydro-5H-6,13-dioxa- benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1,2-a]naphthalen-2-ol Compound #142
Figure imgf000191_0001
Following the procedure described in Example 106, 2-(tert-Butyl- dimethyl-silyloxy)-11 ,12-dihydro-5H-6,13-dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1 ,2- a]naphthalen-5-ol, the compound prepared as in Example 105 was reacted in sequence with [2-(4-lodo-phenoxy)-ethyl]-dimethyl-amine, HCI and then HF»Pyridine to yield the title compound as a yellow solid.
1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 2.28 (s, 6H), 2.72 (m, 2H), 2.82 (m, 2H), 3.95 (m, 2H), 4.59 (m, 2H), 6.02 (s, 1 H), 6.41 - 7.29 (m, 11 H) MS (m/z): MH+ (430) The racemic 5-[4-(2-Dimethylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-11 ,12-dihydro-5H- 6,13-dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1 ,2-a]naphthalen-2-ol compound (890 mg) was loaded onto a ChiralPak AD chiral HPLC column ( 5 cm I.D. x 50 cm L) and eluted with 20% MeOH and 80% IPA at the 150 mUmin flow rate. The two peaks were removed under vacuum to yield the enantiomers as follows: Peak 1 : 5R*-(+)-[4-(2-Dimethylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-11 ,12-dihydro-5H-6,13- dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1 ,2-a]naphthalen-2-ol
[α]D = +38(C=0.3, MeOH)
1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 2.13 (s, 6H), 2.43 - 2.92 (m, 4H), 3.95 (t, 2H, J = 6.6 Hz), 4.59 (m, 2H), 6.15 (s, 1H), 6.38 - 7.39 (m, 11H), 9.69 (s, 1H)
MS (m/z): MH+ (430) Peak 2: 5S*-(-)-[4-(2-Dimethylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-11 ,12-dihydro-5H-6,13- dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1 ,2-a]naphthalen-2-ol [α]D = -36(C=0.32, MeOH)
MS (m/z): MH+ (430)
Example 109
5-[4-(2-Azepan-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-11 ,12-dihydro-5H-6,13-dioxa- benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1,2-a]naphthalen-8-ol Compound #143
Figure imgf000192_0001
Following the procedure described in Example 106, 8-(tert-Butyl- dimethyl-silyloxy)-11 ,12-dihydro-5H-6,13-dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1 ,2- a]naphthalen-5-ol, the compound prepared as in Example 105, was reacted in sequence with 1-[2-(4-lodo-phenoxy)-ethyl]-azepane, HCI and then HF«Pyridine to yield the title compound as a yellow solid. 1H NMR (Acetone-de) δ δ1.54 (m, 8H), 2.68 -2.95 (m, 8H), 3.98 (m, 2H), 4.74 (m, 2H), 6.18 (s, 1 H), 6.21 - 7.39 (m, 11 H) MS (m/z): MH+ (484).
The racemic 5-[4-(2-Azepan-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-11 ,12-dihydro-5H-
6,13-dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1 ,2-a]naphthalen-8-ol compound (840 mg) was loaded onto a ChiralPak AD chiral HPLC column ( 5 cm I.D. x 50 cm L) and eluted with 40% MeOH and 60% IPA at the 100 mUmin flow rate. The two peaks were removed under vacuum to yield the two enantiomers: Peak 1 : 5R*-(+)-[4-(2-Azepan-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-11 ,12-dihydro-5H-6,13- dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1 ,2-a]naphthalen-8-ol [α]D= +37(c=0.11, MeOH)
1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 1.55 (broad s, 8H), 2.68 - 2.92 (m, 8H), 3.92 (t, 2H, J = 6.6 Hz), 4.61 (m, 2H), 6.14 - 7.38 (m, 12H). 9.56 (s, 1 H) MS (m/z): MH+ (484)
Peak 2: 5S*-(-)-[4-(2-Azepan-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-11 ,12-dihydro-5H-6,13- dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1 ,2-a]naphthalen-8-ol [α]D= -39(c=0.51 , MeOH)
1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 1.55 (broad s, 8H), 2.68 - 2.92 (m, 8H), 3.92 (t, 2H, J = 6.6 Hz), 4.61 (m, 2H), 6.14 - 7.38 (m, 12H). 9.56 (s, 1 H) MS (m/z): MH+ (484)
Example 110
5-[4-(2-Dimethylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-11 ,12-dihydro-5H-6,13-dioxa- benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1,2-a]naphthalen-8-ol Compound #144
Figure imgf000193_0001
Following the procedure described in Example 106, 8-(tert-Butyl- dimethyl-silyloxy)-11 ,12-dihydro-5H-6,13-dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1 ,2- a]naphthalen-5-ol, the compound prepared as in Example 104 was reacted in sequence with [2-(4-lodo-phenoxy)-ethyl]-dimethyl-amine, HCI and then HF»Pyridine to yield the title compound as a yellow solid.
MS (m/z): MH+ (430)
The racemic 5-[4-(2-Dimethylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-11 ,12-dihydro-5H- 6,13-dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1,2-a]naphthalen-8-ol compound (800 mg) was loaded onto a ChiralPak AD chiral HPLC column ( 5 cm I.D. x 50 cm L) and eluted with 100% IPA at the 150 mL/min flow rate. The two peaks were removed under vacuum to yield the two enantiomers as follows:
Peak l: 5R*-(+)-[4-(2-Dimethylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-11,12-dihydro-5H-6,13- dioxa benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1 ,2-a]naphthalen-8-ol [α]D= +42(c= 0.34, MeOH). H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 2.12 (s, 6H), 2.49 - 2.90 (m, 4H), 3.95 (t, 2H, J = 6.6 Hz), 4.61 (m, 2H), 6.09 - 7.23 (m, 11 H), 9.54 (s, 1 H)
MS (m/z): MH+ (430) Peak 2: 5S*-(-)-[4-(2-Dimethylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-11 ,12-dihydro-5H-6,13- dioxa benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1 ,2-a]naphthalen-8-ol
[α]D= - 42(c= 0.34, MeOH)
MS (m/z): MH+ (430)
Example 111 5-[4-(2-Azepan-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-11 ,12-dihydro-5H-6,13-dioxa- benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1 ,2-a]naphthalene-2,8-diol Compound #159
Figure imgf000194_0001
Following the procedure described in Example 106, 2,8-Bis-(tert-butyl- dimethyl-silyloxy)-11 ,12-dihydro-5H-6,13-dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1 ,2- a]naphthalen-5-ol, prepared as in Example 75 (1.5 g, 2.85 mmol) was reacted in sequence with 1-[2-(4-lodo-phenoxy)-ethyl]-azepane, HCI and then HF«Pyridine to yield the title compound as a foam.
1H NMR (CDOD3) δ 1.65 (m, 4H), 1.84 (m, 4H), 2.78 (m, 2H), 3.35 (m, 4H), 3.48 (m, 2H), 4.18 (m, 2H), 4.61 (m, 2H), 6.02 (s, 1 H), 6.18 - 7.35 (m, 10
H)
MS (m/z): MH+ (500), MH' (498).
The racemic 5-[4-(2-Azepan-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-11 ,12-dihydro-5H- 6,13-dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1 ,2-a]naphthalene-2,8-diol compound (1.02g) was loaded onto a ChiralPak AD chiral HPLC column ( 5 cm I.D. x 50 cm L) and eluted with 100% IPA at the 150 mLJmin flow rate. The two peaks were removed under vacuum to yield the two enantiomers as follows:
Peak 1 : 5R*-(+)-[4-(2-Azepan-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-11 ,12-dihydro-5H-6,13- dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1,2-a]naphthalene-2,8-diol
[α]D = + 33(c=0.11, MeOH)
MS (m/z): MH+ (500), MH' (498) Peak 2: 5S*-(-)-[4-(2-Azepan-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-11 ,12-dihydro-5H-6,13- dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1 ,2-a]naphthalene-2,8-diol
[α]D = - 39(c=0.51, MeOH)
MS (m/z): MH+ (500), MH' (498)
Example 112
5-[4-(2-Diisopropylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-11,12-dihydro-5H-6,13-dioxa- benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1,2-a]naphthalene-2,8-diol Compound #160
Figure imgf000196_0001
Following the procedure described in Example 106, 2,8-Bis-(tert-butyl- dimethyl-silyloxy)-11 ,12-dihydro-5H-6,13-dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1 ,2- a]naphthalen-5-ol, prepared as in Example 75 (1.5 g, 2.85 mmol) was reacted in sequence with [2-(4-lodo-phenoxy)-ethyl]-diisopropyl-amine, HCI and then HF«Pyridine to yield the title compound as a pink solid.
1H NMR (CDOD3) δ 1.28 (d, 12H, J = 5.3 Hz), 2.78 (m, 2H), 3.25 (m, 2H), 3.52 (m, 2H), 4.05 (m, 2H), 4.56 (m, 2H), 6.05 - 7.35 (m, 11H).
MS (m/z): MH+ (502), MH' (500).
The racemic 5-[4-(2-Diisopropylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-11 ,12-dihydro- 5H-6.13-dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1 ,2-a]naphthalene-2,8-diol compound (1.4 g) was loaded onto a ChiralPak AD chiral HPLC column ( 5 cm I.D. x 50 cm L) and eluted with 80% IPA and 20% Hexanes at the 150 mL min flow rate. The two peaks were removed under vacuum to yield the tow enantiomers as follows:
Peak 1: 5R*-(+)-[4-(2-Diisopropylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-11,12-dihydro-5H- 6,13-dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1 ,2-a]naphthalene-2,8-diol
[o]D= +43(c=0.112, MeOH)
MS (m/z): MH+ (502), MH' (500) Peak 2: 5S*-(-)-[4-(2-Diisopropylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-11 ,12-dihydro-5H- 6,13-dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1 ,2-a]naphthalene-2,8-diol
[α]D= -69(c=0.812, MeOH)
MS (m/z): MH+ (502), MH' (500) Example 113
5-[4-(2-Dimethylamino-ethoxy)-phenyi]-11 ,12-dihydro-5H-6,13-dioxa- benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1,2-a]naphthalene-2,8-diol Compound #161
Figure imgf000197_0001
Following the procedure described in Example 106, 2,8-Bis-(tert-butyl- dimethyl-silyloxy)-11 ,12-dihydro-5H-6,13-dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1 ,2- a]naphthalen-5-ol, prepared as in Example 75 (2.8 g, 5.3 mmol) was reacted in sequence with [2-(4-lodo-phenoxy)-ethyl]-dimethyl-amine, HCI and then HF«Pyridine to yield the title compound as a yellow solid.
1H NMR (CDODs) δ 2.85 (s, 6H), 3.28 (m, 2H), 3.54 (m, 2H), 4.28 (m, 2H), 4.61 (m, 2H), 6.06 (s, 1H), 6.15 - 7.41 (m, 10 H).
MS (m/z): MH+ (446), MH- (444).
The racemic 5-[4-(2-Dimethylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-11 ,12-dihydro-5H- 6,13-dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1 ,2-a]naphthalene-2,8-diol compound (1.7 g) was loaded onto a ChiralPak AD chiral HPLC column ( 5 cm I.D. x 50 cm L) and eluted with 80% IPA and 20% Hexanes at the 150 mL/min flow rate. The two peaks were removed under vacuum to yield the two enantiomers as follows: Peak 1 : R*-(+)-5-[4-(2-Dimethylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-11 ,12-dihydro-5H-6,13- dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1 ,2-a]naphthalene-2,8-diol.
[α]D= + 39(c=0.14, MeOH)
MS (m/z): MH+ (446), MH- (444)
Peak 2: S*-(-)-5-[4-(2-Dimethylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-11 ,12-dihydro-5H-6,13- dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1 ,2-a]naphthalene-2,8-diol
[α]D= - 49(c=0.4, MeOH)
MS (m/z): MH+ (446), MH- (444) Example 114
9-Methyl-5-[4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-11,12-dihydro-5H-6,13- dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1,2-a]naphthalen-2-ol Compound #283
Figure imgf000198_0001
Following the procedure described in Example 106, 2-(tert-Butyl- dimethyl-silyloxy)-9-methyl-11 ,12-dihydro-5H-6,13-dioxa- benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1,2-a]naphthalen-5-ol, prepared as in Example 106 (0.80 g, 1.95 mmol) was reacted in sequence with [2-(4-lodo-phenoxy)-ethyi]- morpholine, HCI and then HF»Pyridine to yield the title compound as a yellow solid.
MS (m/z): MH+ (484).
Example 115
2,2-Dimethyl-propionic acid 8-fluoro-5-[4-(2-piperidin-1 -yl-ethoxy)- phenyl]-5,11-dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-2-yl ester Compound #87
Figure imgf000198_0002
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 54, substituting 5-[4-(2-Piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]- 5,11-dihydrochromeno[4,3-c]chromene-2,8-diol with 8-Fluoro-5-[4-(2- piperidin-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,11 -dihydro-chromeno[4,3c]chromen-2-ol, to yield a foam.
1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 1.18, 1.32 (9H, two s), 1.42 (2H, m), 1.63 (4H, m), 2.64 (4H, br s), 2.87 (2H, t, J = 5.5 Hz), 4.11 (2H, t, J = 5.5 Hz), 5.15 (1 H, d, J = 14.0 Hz), 5.38 (1 H, d, J = 14.0 Hz), 6.18 (1 H, s), 6.48 - 7.31 (10H, m).MS (m/z): MH+ (558).
The racemic 5-[4-(2-Dimethylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-11 ,12-dihydro-5H- 6,13-dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1,2-a]naphthalene-2,8-diol compound (1.7 g) was loaded onto a ChiralPak AD chiral HPLC column ( 5 cm I.D. x 50 cm L) and eluted with 100% IPA at the 100 mL/min flow rate. The two peaks were removed under vacuum to yield the two enantiomers as follows: Peak 2: 2,2-Dimethyl-propionic acid 8-fluoro-5-[4-(2-piperidin-1-yi-ethoxy)- phenyl]-5,11-dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-2-yl ester m.p. 182 -183 °C
[α] = + 160 °(c = 0.225, CHCI3) Peak 1: 2,2-Dimethyl-propionic acid 8-fluoro-5-[4-(2-piperidin-1-yi-ethoxy)- phenyl]-5,11-dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-2-yl ester m.p. 178 -179 °C [α] = - 173 °(c = 0.205, CHCI3)
Example 116 3-(2,4-Dimethoxy-phenyl)-4-methyl-chromen-2-one compound #239
Figure imgf000199_0001
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 1 , substituting 2,4-dimethoxy acetophenone with 2- hydroxy acetophenone, to yield a yellow solid. MS (m/z): MH+ (297), MNa+ (319), 2MNa+ (615). 1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 6.65 - 7.69 (m, 7H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 2.32 s, 3H).
Example 117 4-Bromomethyl-3-(2,4-dimethoxy-phenyl)-chroman-2 -one Compound
#240
Figure imgf000200_0001
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 63, substituting 3-(2,4-dihydroxyphenyl)-7-hydroxy-4- methyl-chromen-2-one with 3-(2,4-dimethoxy-phenyl)-4-methyl-chromen-2- one, and replacing bromine by NBS, to yield a yellow solid.
1H NMR (CDCI3) δ ,7.08 -7.61 (m, 5H), 6.41 (m, 2H),4.39 (1H, d, J = 10.1 Hz), 4.12 (1H, d, J = 10.1 Hz). MS (m/z): MNa+ (399), 2MNa+ (773).
Example 118 2-Hydroxy-11H-chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-5-one Compound #218
Figure imgf000200_0002
To a mixture of 4-bromomethyl-3-(2,4-dimethoxy-phenyl)-2H-chromene
(25.8 g, 68.76 mmol) in CH2CI2 (1.27 L) under nitrogen was slowly added BBr3 (1.0 M in CH2CI2, 310 mL, 4.5 eq.) at 25°C. After 16 h stirring, the reaction mixture was poured into a cold solution of saturated NaHC03 (700 mL) and water (700 mL). Aqueous NaOH solution (75 mL, 10 N) was then added to the reaction mixture. The aqueous layer was separated and then acidified with aqueous (10 N) to pH~1.0 resulting in the formation of a yellow solid that was filtered, washed with water and air-dried under vacuum overnight to yield title compound as yellow solid.
1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 9.95 (1 H, s), 8.24 (d, 1 H, J = 8.7 Hz), 7.79 (1 H, J = 7.9 Hz), 7.62 (1H, t, J = 7.2 Hz), 7.41 (m, 2H), 6.55 - 6.42 (2H, m), 5.42 (2H, s).
MS (m/z): MH+ (267), MNa+ (289).
Example 119 2-(tert-Butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-11 H-chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-5-one
Compound #219
Figure imgf000201_0001
2-Hydroxy-11 H-chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-5-one (0.5g) prepared as in Example 118 was dissolved in THF (5 mL). To the reaction mixture was then added triethylamine (1.5 mL) and 1M TBSCI (2.0 mL) in dichloromethane and the reaction mixture stirred at room temperature for 1h. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (100 mL) and then washed twice with brine. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography eluted with 100:10:2 hexane/dichloromethane/ethyl acetate, to yield title compound as a solid.
1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 8.43 (1H, d, J = 8.7 Hz), 7.58 - 7.28 (m, 4H), 6.59 - 6.43 (m, 2H), 5.31 (2H, s).
MS (m/z): MH+ (381 ), MNa+ (403). Example 120
2-(tert-Butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-5,11-dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-5- ol Compound #135
Figure imgf000202_0001
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 24, replacing 2, 8-bis-(te/t-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-11H- chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-5-one with 2-(tert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-11H- chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-5-one, to yield a solid.
1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 7.28 - 7.02 (m, 4H), 6.48 - 6.32 (m, 3H), 5.32 - 5.13 (m, 2H), 3.09 (1 H, d, J = 7.6 Hz),
MS (m/z): MNa+ (405).
Example 121 3-(2,4-Dimethoxy-phenyl)-5,7-dimethoxy-4-methyl-chromen-2-one
Compound #284
Figure imgf000202_0002
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 1, replacing 2,4-dihydroxy acetophenone with 1-(2- Hydroxy-4,6-dimethoxy-phenyl)-ethanone, to yield a yellow solid.
1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 7.08 - 6.28 (m, 6H), 3.86 (6H, s), 3.84 (3H, s), 3.76 (3H, s), 2.34 (s, 3H).
MS (m/z): MH+ (357), MNa+ (379). Example 122 3-Acetyl-5,7-dimethoxy-4-methyl-chromen-2-one
Figure imgf000203_0001
The title compound was isolated as a side product in the synthesis described in Example 123 above. m.p. 166 -167 °C
Anal. Calculated for C14H14O5: C, 64.12; H, 5.38; Measured: C, 64.20; H, 5.43.
1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 6.42 (1 H, d, J = 2.3 Hz), 6.37 (1 H, d, J = 2.3 Hz), 3.89 (s, 3H), 2.61 (s, 3H), 2.41 (s, 3H).
MS (m/z): MH+ (263), MNa+ (285), 2MNa+(547).
Example 123
2-(7-ftert-Butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-4-(hvdroxy-r4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxyι- phenvH-methyl>-2H-chromen-3-vπ-phenol Compound #245
Figure imgf000203_0002
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure for described in Example 26, replacing 2, 8-bis-(tert-Butyl-dimethyl-silanlyoxy)- 5,11 -dihydro-chromeno [4,3-c]-chromen-5-ol with 2-(tert-Butyl-dimethyl- silyloxy)-5,11-dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-5-ol, to yield a oil.
1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 7.24 - 6.15 (m, 11 H), 5.46 (s, 1 H), 4.92 (m, 2H), 4.18 (br s, 2H). 3.02 (br s, 2H), 2.78 (br s, 4H). 1.78 (br s, 4H), 1.52 (br s, 2H), 0.92 (s, 9H), 0.14 (s, 6H)
MS (m/z): MH+ (588), MH'(586). Example 124
1 -(2-{4-[2-(tert-Butyl-dimethyl-siiyloxy)-5,11 -dihydro-chromeno[4,3- c]chromen-5-yl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-piperidine Compound #158
Figure imgf000204_0001
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 35, replacing 5-(tert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-2-(7-(fe/ - butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-4-{hydroxy-[4-(2-piperidine-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]- methyl}-2H-chromen-3-yl)-phenol with 1 -(2-{4-[2-(tert-Butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)- 5,11-dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-5-yl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-piperidine, to yield a foam.
1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 7.16 - 6.12 (m, 11H), 6.05 (s, 1 H), 5.15 (1 H, d, J = 14.1 Hz), 4.95 (1H, d J = 14.1 Hz), 4.16 (2H, br s), 3.05 (br s, 2H), 2.81 (br s, 4H), 1.72 (br s, 4H), 1.38 (br s, 2H), 0.79 (s, 9H), 0.19 (s, 9H). MS (m/z): MH+ (570).
Example 125 5-[4-(2-Piperidin-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,11 -dihydro-chromeno[4,3- c]chromen-2-ol Compound #133
Figure imgf000204_0002
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 44, replacing 1-(2-{4-[2,8-Bis-(fen'-butyl-dimethyl- siiyloxy)-5,11-dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]-chromen-5-yl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)- piperidine with1-(2-{4-[2-(tert-Butyi-dimethyl-silyloxy)-5,11-dihydro- chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-5-yl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-piperidine, to yield a solid.
1H NMR (CDCb) δ 7.39 - 6.31 (m, 12H), 5.45 (1H, d, J = 14.2 Hz), 5.15 (1 H, d, J = 14.2 Hz), 4.02 (t, 2H, J = 6.2 Hz), 2.65 (t, 2H, J = 6.2 Hz), 2.45 (br s, 4H), 2.05 (br s, 4H), 1.51 (m, 2H).
MS (m/z): MH+ (456).
Example 126 2,2-Dimethyl-propionic acid 5-[4-(2-piperidin-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,11 - dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-2-yl ester Compound 134
Figure imgf000205_0001
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 54, replacing 5-[4-(2-Piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]- 5,11-dihydrochromeno[4,3-c]chromene-2,8-diol with 5-[4-(2-Piperidin-1 -yl- ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,11-dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-2-ol, prepared as in Example 127, to yield a solid.
1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 7.38 - 6.38 (m, 11H), 6.21 (s, 1H), 5.40 (1H, d, J 14.0 Hz), 5.18 (1H, d, J = 14.0 Hz), 4.13 (2H, t, J = 5.5 Hz), 2.95 (2H, t, J = 5.4 Hz), 2.71 (br s, 4H), 1.68 (br m, 4H), 1.47 (m, 2H), 1.32 (s, 9H).
MS (m/z): MH+ (539). Example 127 7-Fluoro-3-(2-methoxy-phenyl)-4-methyl-chromen-2-one Compound #285
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 1 , replacing 2,4-dihydroxy acetophenone wifh fluoro-2- hydroxy-phenyl)-ethanone and replacing 2,4-dimethoxyphenyl acetic acid with 2-methoxy phenyl acetic acid. 1-(4-Fluoro-2-hydroxy-phenyl)-ethanone, to yield a solid.
1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 7.65 - 6.94 (m, 6H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 2.23 (s, 3H).
MS (m/z): MH+ (285), MNa+ (307).
Example 128 3-(2-Methoxy-phenyl)-4-methyl-chromen-2-one Compound #241
Figure imgf000206_0002
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 1, replacing 2,4-dihydroxy-acetophenone by 1-(2- Hydroxy-phenyl)-ethanone and 2,4-dimethoxy-phenylacetic-acid with 2- methoxy-phenyl acetic acid, to yield a solid.
1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 7.68 - 6.96 (m, 8H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 2.25 (s, 3H). MS (m/z): MH+ (267), MNa+ (289). Example 129
4-Bromomethyl-3-(2,4-dimethoxy-phenyl)-5,7-dimethoxy-chromen-2-one
Compound #242
Figure imgf000207_0001
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 63, replacing 3-[2,4-bis-(2-trimethylsilanyi- ethoxymethoxy)-phenyl]-4-methyl-7-(2-trimethylsilanyl-ethoxymethoxy)- chromen-2-one with 3-(2,4-Dimethoxy-phenyl)-5,7-dimethoxy-4-methyl- chromen-2-one, and bromine with NBS (1.1 eq.), to yield a solid.
1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 7.28 - 6.38 (m, 5H), 4.49 (d, 1H, J = 8.8 Hz), 4.31 (d, 1H, J = 8.8 Hz), 3.94 (s, 3H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 3.75 (s, 3H).
MS (m/z): MH+ (436, 438), MNa+ (457, 459).
Example 130 4-Bromomethyl-3-(2-methoxy-phenyl)-chromen-2-one Compound #243
Figure imgf000207_0002
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure described in in Example 63, replacing 3-[2,4-bis-(2-trimethylsilanyl- ethoxymethoxy)-phenyl]-4-methyl-7-(2-trimethylsilanyl-ethoxymethoxy)- chromen-2-one with 3-(2-Methoxy-phenyl)-4-methyl-chromen-2-one, and replacing brominne with NBS (1.1 eq.) instead of Br2, to yield a solid.
1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 7.82 - 7.01 (m, 8H), 4.44 (d, 1H, J = 10.2 Hz), 4.25 (d, 1H, J = 10.2 Hz).
MS (m/z): MH+ (347), MNa+ (369). Example 131 4-Bromomethyl-3-(2-hydroxy-phenyl)-chromen-2-one Compound 245
Figure imgf000208_0001
The title compound was prepared according to the same procedure described in Example 120, replacing 4-bromomethyl-3-(2,4-dimethoxy- phenyl)-2H-chromene with 4-bromomethyl-3-(2-methoxy-phenyl)-chromen-2- one, to yield a solid. m.p. 213 - 215 °C.
1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 7.82 - 7.01 (m, 8H), 5.02 (s, 1 H), 4.50 (1H, d, J = 10.2 Hz), 4.30 (1H, d, J = 10.2 Hz).
MS (m/z): MH+ (333), MNa+ (355).
Example 132 11 H-Chromenor4,3-c1chromen-5-one
Figure imgf000208_0002
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 61 , starting from 4-bromomethyl-3-(2-hydroxy-phenyl)- chromen-2-one instead of 4-bromomethyl-3-(2,4-dibenzoyl-phenyl)-7-benzoyl- chromen-2-one, to yield a solid.
Anal. Calculated for C16HnBr03: C, 58.03; H, 3.35.
Measured: C, 58.02; H, 3.29. m. p. 201.5 - 202.0 °C.
1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 8.61 - 7.01 (m, 8H), 5.34 (s, 2H). MS (m/z): MH+ (333), MNa+ (355).
Example 133 5.11-Dihvdro-chromenor4,3-c1chromen-5-ol Compound 3136
Figure imgf000209_0001
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 24, starting from 11 H-Chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-5-one instead 2, 8-bis-(te/f-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-11H-chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-5- one, to yield a solid.
Anal. Calculated for C16H1203: C, 76.18; H, 4.79. Measured: C, 75.86; H, 4.70.
1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 7.34 - 6.86 (m, 8H), 6.41 (d, 1H, J = 6.3 Hz), 5.22 (m, 2H), 3.12 (d, 1H, J = 7.8 Hz).
MS (m/z): MH+ (253), MNa+ (275).
Example 134 2-(4 Hvdroxy-r4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy.-phenvn-methyl -2H-chromen-
3-v0-phenol Compound #246
Figure imgf000209_0002
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 26, starting from 2-(tert-Butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-5,11- dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-5-ol replacing 2, 8-bis-(terf-Butyl-dimethyl- silanlyoxy)-5, 11 -dihydro-chromeno [4,3-c]-chromen-5-ol to yield a solid. Anal. Calculated for C29H31NO4.0.75 H20:
C, 73.94; H, 6.95, N, 2.97. Measured: C, 73.98; H, 6.92, N, 2.97.
1H NMR (DMSO-de) δ 9.80 (s, 1 H), 7.48 - 6.59 (m, 12H), 5.87 (br s, 1 H), 5.58 (br s, 1 H), 5.01 (br d, 1 H), 4.64 (br d, 1 H), 3.98 (br s, 2H), 2.58 (br s, H), 2.37 (br s, 4H), 1.42 (br s, 4H), 1.34 (br s, 2H). MS (m/z): MH+ (458).
Example 135 1 2-.4-(5,11 -Dihvdro-chromenof4.3-c1chromen-5-vπ-phenoxy1-€thyl piperidine Compound #137
Figure imgf000210_0001
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 35, starting from 2-(4-{Hydroxy-[4-(2-piperidin-1-yl- ethoxy)-phenyl]-methyl}-2H-chromen-3-yl)-phenol instead 5-(fe/t-butyl- dimethyl-silyloxy)-2-(7-(fert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-4-{hydroxy-[4-(2- piperidine-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-methyl}-2H-chromen-3-yl)-phenol, to yield a solid.
Anal. Calculated for C29H29N03: C, 79.24; H, 6.65, N, 3.19. Measured: C, 78.96; H, 6.57, N, 3.11.
1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 7.38 - 6.71 (m, 12H), 6.22 (s, 1 H), 5.38 (d, 1 H, J = 14.0 Hz), 5.15 (d, 1H, J = 14.1 Hz), 4.03 (t, 2H, J = 6.1 Hz), 2.71 (t, 2H, J = 6.1 Hz), 2.45 (brs, 4H), 1.55 (brs, 4H), 1.45 (br m, 2H).
MS (m/z): MH+ (440). Example 136 1 -(2-{4-[2,8-Bis-(tert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-11 -methoxy-5,11 -dihydro- chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-5-yl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-piperidine Compound
#162
Figure imgf000211_0001
The title compound was isolated by flash chromatography, as a byproduct of the reaction described in Example 35.
1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 7.38 - 6.10 (m, 11H), 5.91 (s, 1H), 4.41 (br s, 2H), 3.61 (s, 3H), 3.21 (br s, 2H), 3.15 (br m, 4H), 1.95 (br s, 4H), 1.54 (br s, 2H), 0.91 (m, 18H), 0.21 (m, 12H).
MS (m/z): MH+ (730).
Example 137 2,2-Dimethyl-propionic acid 5R*-(-)-[4-(2-piperidin-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]- 5,11-dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-2-yl ester Compound #171 and
2,2-Dimethyl-propionic acid 5S*-(+)-[4-(2-piperidin-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-
5,11-dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-2-yl ester Compound #172
Figure imgf000211_0002
and
Figure imgf000212_0001
The racemic 2,2-Dimethyl-propionic acid 5S*-(+)-[4-(2-piperidin-1-yl- ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,11-dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-2-yl ester compound, prepared as in Example 126, (400mg ) was loaded onto a ChiralPak AD chiral HPLC column ( 5 cm I.D. x 50 cm L) and eluted with 80% IPA and 20% Hexanes at the 150 mL/min flow rate. The two peaks were removed under vacuum to yield the two enantiomers as follows: Peak 1: 2,2-Dimethyl-propionic acid 5R*-(-)-[4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)- phenyl]-5,11-dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-2-yl ester
[α] = -91 ° (c = 0.21, CHCI3). Peak 2: 2,2-Dimethyl-propionic acid 5S*-(+)-[4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)- phenyl]-5,11-dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-2-yl ester
[α] = +102 ° (c = 0.31, CHCI3).
Example 138
5R*-(-)-1 -{2-[4-(5,11 -Dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-5-yl)-phenoxy]- ethyl}-piperidine Compound #169 and
5S*-(+)-1 -{2-[4-(5,11 -Dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-5-yl)-phenoxy]- ethyl}-piperidine Compound #170
Figure imgf000213_0001
and
Figure imgf000213_0002
The racemic 2,2-Dimethyl-propionic acid 5S*-(+)-[4-(2-piperidin-1 -yl- ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,11-dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-2-yl ester compound, prepared as in Example 135, (900mg ) was loaded onto a ChiralPak AD chiral HPLC column ( 5 cm I.D. x 50 cm L) and eluted with 50% IPA and 50% Hexanes at the 200 mL/min flow rate. The two peaks were removed under vacuum to yield the two enantiomers as follows:
Peak 1 : 5R*-(-)-1-{2-[4-(5,11-Dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-5-yl)- phenoxy]-ethyl}-piperidine
[α] = -135 ° (c = 0.27, CHCI3). Peak 2: 5S*-(+)-1-{2-[4-(5,11-Dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-5-yl)- phenoxy]-ethyl}-piperidine
[α] = +146 ° (c = 0.27, CHCI3). Example 139
2-(tert-Butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-8-fluoro-11 ,12-dihydro-5H-6,13-dioxa- benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1,2-a]naphthalen-5-ol Compound #286
Figure imgf000214_0001
A solution of 2-(tert-Butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-8-fluoro-11 ,12-dihydro- 6,13-dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1,2-a] naphthalen-5-one (1.56g, 3.7 mmol) in toluene (40 mL) was treated with DIBAL (2.53 mL, 1.5 M in toluene, 1.0 eq.) at -78 °C for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was then quenched with chilled MeOH at -78 °C and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatograph (10% EtOAc in hexanes) to yield the title compound as a white solid.
MS (m/z): MH+ (416).
Example 140 5-[4-(2-Azepan-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-8-fluoro-11 ,12-dihydro-5H-6,13- dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1.2-a]naphthalen-2-ol Compound #174
Figure imgf000214_0002
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 106, substituting 2-(tert-Butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-8- fluoro-11 ,12-dihydro-5H-6,13-dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1 ,2-a]naphthalen-5- ol (1.1 g) for 2-(tert-Butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-11 ,12-dihydro-5H-6,13-dioxa- benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1 ,2-a]naphthalen-5-ol to yield a yellow solid. 1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 1.61 (m, 8H), 2.71 - 2.99 (m, 8H), 3.92 (t, 2H, J = 6.6 Hz), 4.66 (m, 2H), 6.08 (s, 1 H), 6.46 - 7.36 (m, 10H) MS (m/z): M+H=502
The racemic 5-[4-(2-Azepan-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-8-fluoro-11 ,12- dihydro-5H-6,13-dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1 ,2-a]naphthalen-2-ol compound (700 mg) was loaded onto a ChiralPak AD chiral HPLC column ( 5 cm I.D. x 50 cm L) and eluted with 80% IPA and 20% Hexanes at the 150 mUmin flow rate. The two peaks were removed under vacuum to yield the two enantiomers as follows:
Peak 1 : 5R*-(+)-[4-(2-Azepan-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-8-fluoro-11 ,12-dihydro-5H- 6,13-dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1 ,2-a]naphthalen-2-ol [α]D= +24.2(c=0.305, MeOH) MS (m/z): M+H=502 Peak 2: 5S*-(-)-[4-(2-Azepan-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-8-fluoro-11 , 12-dihydro-5H- 6,13-dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1 ,2-a]naphthalen-2-ol [α]D= -28.2(c=0.5, MeOH). MS (m/z): M+H=502
Example 141
2,2-Dimethyl-propionic acid 8-hydroxy-11 S*-(+)-[4-(2-piperidin-1 -yl- ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,11 -dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-2-yl ester
Compound #90 and 2,2-Dimethyl-propionic acid 8-hydroxy-5S*(+)-[4-(2-piperidin-1-yl- ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,11-dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-2-yl ester
Compound #89
Figure imgf000216_0001
Dimethyl-propionic acid 8-(2,2-dimethyl-propionyloxy)-5S*-(+)-[4-(2- piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,11dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-2-yl ester, prepared as in Example 67, (10 g) was suspended in MeOH (200 mL) and 1.2 equivalents of diethylamine were added into a sealed tube. The resulting solution was heated to 150°C for 3 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated on vacuum and purified on Siθ2 to yield a mixture of
The mixture (3.1g) was loaded onto a ChiralPak AD chiral HPLC column (5 cm I.D. x 50 cm L) and eluted with 100% IPA at the 150 mL/min flow rate. The two peaks were removed under vacuum to yield the two regio- isomers as follow:
Peak 1: 2,2-Dimethyl-propionic acid 8-hydroxy-5S*(+)-[4-(2-piperidin-1-yl- ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,11-dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-2-yl ester 1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 1.35 (s, 9H), 1.45 (broad s, 2H), 1.62 (broad s, 4H),
2.61 (broad s, 4H), 2.82 (broad s, 2H), 3.92 (t, 2H, J = 6.0 Hz), 5.05 (d, 1H, J = 14.7 Hz), 5.25 (d, 1H, J = 14.7 Hz), 6.12 - 7.22 (m, 11H)
MS (m/z): MH+ (556). Peak 2: 2,2-Dimethyl-propionic acid 8-hydroxy-11S*-(+)-[4-(2-piperidin-1-yl- ethoxy )-phenyl]-5,11-dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-2-yl ester 1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 1.19 (d, 9H, J = 7.0 Hz), 1.42 (broad s, 2H), 1.61 (broad s, 4H), 2.59 (broad s, 4H), 2.72 (broad s, 2H), 4.06 (m, 2H), 5.05 (d, 1 H, J = 13.2 Hz), 5.24 (d, 1 H, J = 13.2 Hz), 6.16 - 7.23 (m, 11H)
MS (m/z): MH+ (556).
Example 142 8-Methoxy-5S-r4-(2-piperidin-1 -yl-ethoxy.-phenvπ-5,11 -dihvdro- chromenof4,3-c1chromen-2-ol Compound #181
Figure imgf000217_0001
2,2-Dimethyl-propionic acid 8-hydroxy-5S*(+)-[4-(2-piperidin-1 -yl- ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,11-dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-2-yl ester (330 mg) the compound prepared as in Example 145 above, was dissolved in CH3CN/MeOH (3:1) (8 mL). TMSCHN2 (2M in hexane 3.3 mL) and was stirred over night. The reaction mixture was concentrated to dryness. The resulting crude oil was suspended in MeOH (5 mL) and TEA (0.800 mL) and heated in a sealed tube at 150°C overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated and purified on SiO2 using 5-10% MeOH in CH2CI2. to yield the title compound as a yellow foam.
1H NMR (CDOD3) δ 1.48 (m, 2H), 1.61 (m, 4H), 2.59 (broad s, 4H), 2.79 (t, 2H, J = 5.6 Hz), 4.08 (t, 2H, J = 5.6 Hz), 5.02 (d, 1 H, J = 13.8 Hz), 5.31 (d, 1H, J = 13.6 Hz)
MS (m/z): MH+ (486). Example 143 8-Methoxy-11 S*(-)-[4-(2-piperidin-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,11 -dihydro- chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-2-ol Compound #195
Figure imgf000218_0001
2,2-Dimethyl-propionic acid 8-hydroxy-11S*-(+)-[4-(2-piperidin-1-yl- ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,11-dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-2-yl ester (300 mg), the compound prepared as in Example 145, was dissolved in CH3CN/MeOH(3:1) (8 mL). TMSCHN2 (2M in hexane, 3.3 mL) and was stirred overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated to dryness. The resulting crude oil was suspended in MeOH (5 mL) and TEA (0.8 mL) and heated in a sealed tube at 150°C overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated and purified on Si02 using 5-10% MeOH in CH2CI2. to yield the title compound as a yellow foam.
MS (m/z): MH+ (486).
Example 144 5S*-(+)-1 -{2-[4-{2,8-Dimethoxy-5,11 -dihydro-chromeno[4,3-cJchromen-5- yl)-phenoxy]-ethyl}-piperidine Compound #173
Figure imgf000218_0002
5S*-(+)-[4-(2-Piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,11-dihydro-chromeno[4,3- c]chromene-2,8-diol (290 mg) , prepared as in Example 78, was dissolved in CH3CN/MeOH (3:1) (5 mL). TMSCHN2 (2M in hexane, 4 mL) and was stirred overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated to dryness and purified over Si02 using 5% MeOH in CH2CI2, to yield the title compound as a colorless oil.
1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 1.41 (broad s, 2H), 1.62 (broad s, 4H), 2.53 (broad s, 4H), 2.79 (s, 2H), 3.81 (s, 3H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 4.08 (t, 2H, J = 5.5 Hz), 5.12 (d, 1H, J = 13.6 Hz), 5.41 (d, 1H, J = 13.6 Hz), 6.18 (s, 1H), 6.32 - 7.38 (m, 10 H).
MS (m/z): MH+ (500).
Example 145 5R*-(+)-[4-(2-Piperidin-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-11 ,12-dihydro-5H-6,13-dioxa- benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1,2-a]naphthalene-2,8-diol Compound #125 and
5S*-(-)-[4-(2-Piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-11,12-dihydro-5H-6,13-dioxa- benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1,2-a]naphthalene-2,8-diol Compound #126
Figure imgf000219_0001
and
Figure imgf000219_0002
The racemic 5-[4-(2-Piperidin-1-yi-ethoxy)-phenyl]-11 ,12-dihydro-5H- 6,13-dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1 ,2-a]naphthalene-2,8-diol compound, prepared as in Example 77, (1.18 g) was loaded onto a ChiralPak AD chiral HPLC column (5 cm I.D. x 50 cm L) and eluted with 80% IPA and 20% MeOH at the 150 mUmin flow rate. The two peaks were removed under vacuum to yield the two enantiomers as follows:
Peak 1: 5R*-(+)-[4-(2-Piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-11 ,12-dihydro-5H- 6,13-dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1,2-a]naphthalene-2,8-diol:
1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 1.46 (m, 2H), 1.59 (m, 4H), 2.55 (m, 4H), 2.72 (M, 2H), 2.81 (m, 2H), 4.02 (t, 2H, J = 5.4 Hz). 4.60 (m, 2H), 6.05 (s, 1H), 6.14 - 7.34 (m, 10H). m.p. 147 -149 °C
[α] = + 57 °, ( c = 0.302, MeOH).
Anal. Calculated for C30H31NO5.0.95 H20
C, 71.68; H, 6.60; N, 2.79; Found: C, 71.67; H, 6.52; N, 2.57.
MS (m/z): MH+ (486).
Peak 2: 5S*-(-)-[4-(2-Piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-11 ,12-dihydro-5H- 6, 13-dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1 ,2-a]naphthalene-2,8-diol
[α] = - 59 °, ( c = 0.41, MeOH).
MS (m/z): MH+ (486).
Example 146
5S*-(-)-H2-[4-(2,8-Dimethoxy-11,12-dihydro-5H-6,13-dioxa- benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1,2-a]naphthalen-5-yl)-phenoxy]-ethyl}-piperidine
Compound #157
Figure imgf000220_0001
5S*-(-)-[4-(2-Piperidin-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-11 ,12-dihydro-5H-6,13- dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1 ,2-a]naphthalene-2,8-diol (1 g) prepared as in Example 145 was dissolved in CH3CN/MeOH (3:1) (28 mL). TMSCHN2 (2M in hexane, 3.3 mL) and was stirred overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated to dryness and purified on SiO2 using 5% MeOH in CH2CI2 to yield the title compound as a yellow oil.
1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 1.40 (m, 2H), 1.59 (m, 4H), 2.49 (broad s, 4H), 2.72 (m, 2H), 2.91 (m, 2H), 3.71 (s, 3H), 3.78 (s, #H), 4.05 (m, 2H), 4.69 (m, 2H), 6.05 (s, 1 H), 6.36 - 7.39 (m, 10H)
MS (m/z): MH+ (514).
Example 147 2-Methoxy-5S*-(-)-[4-(2-piperidin-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-11 ,12-dihydro-5H- 6,13-dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1,2-a]naphthalen-8-ol Compound #195 and
8-Methoxy-5*-(-)-[4-(2-piperidin-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-11 ,12-dihydro-5H-
6,13-dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1,2-a]naphthalen-2-oi Compound #196
Figure imgf000221_0001
and
Figure imgf000221_0002
5S*-(-H4-(2-Piperidin-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-11 , 12-dihydro-5H-6, 13- dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1,2-a]naphthalene-2,8-diol (10 g), prepared as in Example 145, was dissolved in CH3CN/MeOH (3:1) (280 mL). 1.1 equivalent of TMSCHN2 (2M in hexane, 10.2 mL) and was stirred overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated to dryness and purified on SiO2 using 5-
10% MeOH in CH2CI2. to yield a mixture of the title compounds as yellow foam.
The mixture of compounds (2.9g) was loaded onto a ChiralPak AD chiral HPLC column 5 cm I.D. x 50 cm L) and eluted with 100% IPA at the
150 mL/min flow rate. The two peaks were removed under vacuum to yield the two title compounds as follows: Peak 1 : 2-Methoxy-5S*-(-)-[4-(2-piperidin-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-11 ,12-dihydro-
5H-6.13-dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1 ,2-a]naphthalen-8-ol
1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 1.42 (s, 2H), 1.61 (s, 4H), 2.41 - 3.14 (m, 8H),
3.67 (s, 3H), 4.24 (s, 2H), 4.59 (m, 2H), 6.14 - 7.28 (m, 11 H). MS (m/z): MH+ (500). Peak 2: 8-Methoxy-5S*-(-)-[4-(2-piperidin-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-11 ,12-dihydro-
5H-6.13-dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1 ,2-a]naphthalen-2-ol
1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 1.41 (broad s, 2H), 1.59 (broad s, 4H), 2.50 (broad s, 4H0, 2.68 (m, 2H), 2.81 (m, 2H), 3.78 (m, 2H), 4.61 (t, 2H, J = 6.0 Hz), 6.02
(s, 1H), 6.22 - 7.29 (m, 10H). MS (m/z): MH+ (500).
Example 148
3-(2,4-Dimethoxy-phenyl)-7-methoxy-4-[2-(2-trimethylsilanyl-ethoxy)- ethyl]-chromen-2-one Compound #258
Figure imgf000222_0001
A 200 ml single neck flask was charged with lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide ((TMS)2NLi, 16 mL 1M solution in THF). 3-(2,4- dimethoxy-phenyl)-7-methoxy-4-methyl-chromen-2-one (3.45g) in anhydrous THF was added to the reaction mixture over a 10-min period and stirred at- 20°C for 45 min. (2-Chloromethoxy-ethyl)-trimethyl-silane (1.95g) was added to the reaction mixture over a 10-min period and stirring was continued at - 10°C for 6 hours. The reaction mixture was quenched with saturated NH4CI (200 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (200 mL). The organic phase was condensed in vacuo at 60°C to yield a crude product which was purified by flash chromatography to yield the title compound as a white solid.
MS (m/z): MH+ (457), MNa+ (479).
Example 149 7-Methoxy-3-(2-methoxy-phenyl)-4-[2-(2-trimethylsilanyl-ethoxy)-ethyl]- chromen-2-one Compound #262
Figure imgf000223_0001
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 148 above, substituting 3-(2,4-dimethoxy-phenyl)-7- methoxy-4-methyl-chromen-2-one with 7-methoxy-3-(2-methoxy-phenyl)-4- methyl-chromen-2-one, to yield a white solid.
MS (m/z): MH+ (427), MNa+ (449). Example 150
3-(2,4-Dimethoxy-phenyl)-4-[2-(2-trimethylsilanyl-ethoxy)-ethyl]- chromen-2-one Compound #259
Figure imgf000224_0001
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 148 above, substituting 3-(2,4-dimethoxy-phenyl)-7- methoxy-4-methyl-chromen-2-one with 3-(2,4-dimethoxy-phenyl)-4-methyl- chromen-2-one, to yield a white solid.
MS (m/z): MH+ (427), MNa+ (449).
Example 151 3-(2,4-Dimethoxy-phenyl)-7-fluoro-4-[2-(2-trimethylsilanyl-ethoxy)-ethyl]- chromen-2-one Compound #264
Figure imgf000224_0002
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure described in Example A above, substituting 3-(2,4-dimethoxy-phenyl)-7- methoxy-4-methyl-chromen-2-one with 3-(2,4-dimethoxy-phenyl)-7-fluoro-4- methyl-chromen-2-one, to yield a solid.
MS (m/z): MH+ (445), MNa+ (467). Example 152
3-(2,4-Dimethoxy-phenyl)-6-methyl-4-[2-(2-trimethyisilanyl-ethoxy)-ethyl]- chromen-2-one Compound #267
Figure imgf000225_0001
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 148 above, substituting 3-(2,4-dimethoxy-phenyl)-7- methoxy-4-methyl-chromen-2-one with 3-(2,4-dimethoxy-phenyl)-4,6- dimethyl-chromen-2-one, to yield a solid.
MS (m/z): MH+ (441), MNa+ (463).
Example 153
3-(2,4-Dihydroxy-phenyl)-7-hydroxy-4-(2-hydroxy-ethyl)-chromen-2-one
Compound #231
Figure imgf000225_0002
A 1 L flask was charged with CH2CI2 (200 mL) and 3-(2,4-dimethoxy- phenyl)-7-methoxy-4-[2-(2-trimethylsilanyl-ethoxy)-ethyl]-chromen-2-one, prepared as in Example 148, (5g ) The solution was stirred at room temperature under N2 and BBr3 (8 mL) was added under N2 pressure over a 20-min period. The reaction mixture was then stirred for 36 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0°C, and the reaction mixture was poured in precooled 1 N NaOH (200 ml, 5°C). The resulting solution was neutralized by 1 N HCI to pH 4 and was extracted by EtOAc (2 L). The organic layer was separated and concentrated on vacuum to dryness, then purified by flash chromatography to yield the title compound as a yellow solid. MS (m/z): MH+ (315), MNa+ (337).
Example 154
3-(2,4-Dihydroxy-phenyl)-4-(2-hydroxy-ethyl)-chromen-2-one Compound
#269
Figure imgf000226_0001
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 153 above, substituting 3-(2,4-dimethoxy-phenyl)-7- methoxy-4-[2-(2-trimethylsiIanyl-ethoxy)-ethyl]-chromen-2-one with 3-(2,4- Dimethoxy-phenyl)-4-[2-(2-trimethylsilanyl-ethoxy)-ethyl]-chromen-2-one, prepared as in Example 150, to yield a solid.
MS (m/z): MH+ (299), MNa+ (321).
Example 155
7-Hydroxy-4-(2-hydroxy-ethyl)-3-(2-hydroxy-phenyl)-chromen-2-one
Compound #271
Figure imgf000226_0002
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 153 above, substituting 3-(2,4-dimethoxy-phenyl)-7- methoxy-4-[2-(2-trimethylsilanyl-ethoxy)-ethyl]-chromen-2-one with 7- methoxy-3-(2-methoxy-phenyl)-4-[2-(2-trimethylsilanyl-ethoxy)-ethyl]- chromen-2-one, prepared as in Example 149, to yield a solid. MS (m/z): MH+ (299), MNa+ (321).
Example 156 3-(2,4-Dihydroxy-phenyl)-7-fluoro-4-(2-hydroxy-ethyl)-chromen-2-one
Compound #270
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 153 above, substituting 3-(2,4-dimethoxy-phenyl)-7- methoxy-4-[2-(2-trimethylsilanyl-ethoxy)-ethyl]-chromen-2-one with 3-(2,4- dimethoxy-phenyl)-7-fluoro-4-[2-(2-trimethylsilanyl-ethoxy)-ethyl]-chromen-2- one, prepared as in Example 151, to yield a solid.
MS (m/z): MH+ (317), MNa+ (339).
Example 157
3-(2,4-Dihydroxy-phenyl)-4-(2-hydroxy-ethyl)-6-methyl-chromen-2-one
Compound #268
Figure imgf000227_0001
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 153 above, substituting 3-(2,4-dimethoxy-phenyl)-7- methoxy-4-[2-(2-trimethylsilanyl-ethoxy)-ethyl]-chromen-2-one with 3-(2,4- dimethoxy-phenyl)-6-methyl-4-[2-(2-trimethylsilanyl-ethoxy)-ethyl]-chromen-2- one, prepared as in Example 152, to yield a solid.
MS (m/z): MH+ (313), MNa+ (335). Example 158
2,8-Dihydroxy-11,12-dihydro-6,13-dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1,2- a]naphthalen-5-one Compound #56
Figure imgf000228_0001
A suspension of 3-(2,4-Dihydroxy-phenyl)-7-hydroxy-4-(2-hydroxy- ethyl)-chromen-2-one, prepared as in Example 153, (2.5g) and anhydrous THF (40 mL) was cooled to about -5 to 0°C. To the reaction mixture was then added diisopropyl azodicarboxylate (DIAD, 6.64.5 mL) over a 35-min period and the mixture stirred at -5°C for 30 min. A solution of triphenylphosphine (8.41 g) in THF (160 ml) was then added over a 30-min period, the reaction was warmed to 20°C and stirred for 18 hours. The solvent was condensed in vacuo at 60°C and the resulting residue was dissolved in CH2CI2 (300 mL) and washed with 2 N NaOH solutions three times (200, mL, 100mL and 50mL). The aqueous phases were combined and back-extracted with CH2CI2 (50 ml). The aqueous phase was cooled to 0°C and acidified to pH -1-2 with concentrated HCI solution (37%), and the resulting slurry was stirred at 10°C for 1 hour. The solid was isolated by filtration and the filter cake was washed with H20 (50 mL ). This solid was dried in a vacuum over to yield the title compound as a solid. MS: 295.0 M-H; 297 M+H; 319 M+Na
1H-NMR (300 MHz, THF-d8): δ (ppm) 6.5-7.8 (m, 6H), 4.6 (t, 2H), 3.0 (t, 2H). Example 159
2-Hydroxy-11 ,12-dihydro-6,13-dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1 ,2- a]naphthalen-5-one Compound #225
Figure imgf000229_0001
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 153 above, substituting 3-(2,4-dihydroxy-phenyl)-7- hydroxy-4-(2-hydroxy-ethyl)-chromen-2-one, with 3-(2,4-Dihydroxy-phenyl)-4- (2-hydroxy-ethyl)-chromen-2-one, prepared as in Example 158, to yield a solid.
MS(m/z): M+H= 281, M+Na= 283
Example 160 8-Hydroxy-11 ,12-dihydro-6,13-dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1 ,2- a]naphthalen-5-one Compound #223
Figure imgf000229_0002
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 153 above, substituting3-(2,4-dihydroxy-phenyl)-7- hydroxy-4-(2-hydroxy-ethyl)-chromen-2-one, with 7-hydroxy-4-(2-hydroxy- ethyl)-3-(2-hydroxy-phenyl)-chrσmen-2-one, prepared as in Example 158, to yield a solid.
MS(m/z): M+H= 281, M+Na= 283. Example 161
8-Fluoro-2-hydroxy-11,12-dihydro-6,13-dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1,2- a]naphthalen-5-one Compound #226
Figure imgf000230_0001
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 153 above, substituting 3-(2,4-dihydroxy-phenyl)-7- hydroxy-4-(2-hydroxy-ethyl)-chromen-2-one, with 3-(2,4-Dihydroxy-phenyl)-7- fluoro-4-(2-hydroxy-ethyl)-chromen-2-one, prepared as in Example 158, to yield a solid.
MS(m/z): M+H= 299, M+Na= 321.
Example 162 2-Hydroxy-9-methyl-11 ,12-dihydro-6,13-dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1 ,2- a]naphthalen-5-one Compound #287
Figure imgf000230_0002
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 153 above, substituting 3-(2,4-dihydroxy-phenyl)-7- hydroxy-4-(2-hydroxy-ethyl)-chromen-2-one, with 2-Hydroxy-9-methyl-11 ,12- dihydro-6,13-dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1 ,2-a]naphthalen-5-one, prepared as in Example 158, to yield a solid.
MS(m/z): M+H= 295, M+Na= 317. Example 163
2-(tert-Butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-9-methyl-11 ,12-dihydro-6,13-dioxa- benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1,2-a]naphthalen-5-one Compound #228
Figure imgf000231_0001
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 22, substituting 2-hydroxy-9-methyl-11 ,12-dihydro-6,13- dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1 ,2-a]naphthalen-5-one for 2, 8-dihydroxy-11H- chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-5-one, to yield a solid.
MS(m/z): M+H= 409, M+Na= 431
Example 164 2-(tert-Butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-8-fluoro-11 ,12-dihydro-6,13-dioxa- benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1 ,2-a]naphthalen-5-one Compound #288
Figure imgf000231_0002
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 22, substituting 8-fluoro-2-hydroxy-11,12-dihydro-6,13- dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1 ,2-a]naphthalen-5-one for 2, 8-dihydroxy-11H- chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-5-one, to yield a solid.
MS(m/z): M+H= 413, M+Na= 435. Example 165 2-(tert-Butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-8-fluoro-11,12-dihydro-5H-6,13-dioxa- benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1 ,2-a]naphthalen-5-ol Compound #205
Figure imgf000232_0001
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 84, substituting 2-(tert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-8-fluoro- 11 ,12-dihydro-6,13-dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1 ,2-a] naphthalen-5-one for 2,6,12-tris[[(1 I1-dimethylethyl)dimethylsilyl]oxy]-2,3-dihydro- [1]benzopyrano[4,3-e][1]benzoxocin-9(1/-/)-one, to yield a yellow solid.
MS(m/z): M+H= 415, M+Na= 437.
Example 166
2-(tert-Butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-9-methyl-11 ,12-dihydro-5H-6.13-dioxa- benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1,2-a]naphthalen-5-ol Compound #207
Figure imgf000232_0002
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 84, substituting 2-(tert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-9-methyl- 11 ,12-dihydro-6,13-dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1 ,2-a]-naphthalen-5-one for 2,6,12-tris[[(1 ,1 -dimethylethyl)dimethylsilyl]oxy]-2,3-dihydro- [1]benzopyrano[4,3-e][1]benzoxocin-9(1H)-one, to yield a yellow solid.
MS(m/z): M+H= 411 , M+Na= 433. Example 167 7-Methoxy-3-(2-methoxy-phenyl)-4-methyl-chromen-2-one Compound
#289
Figure imgf000233_0001
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 1 , substituting commercially available 2,4-dimethoxy acetophenone and 2-methoxy phenyl acetic acid for 2,4- dihydroxyacetophenone and 4-dimethoxy phenyl acetic acid, respectively, to yield a yellow solid.
MS(m/z): M+H= 297, M+Na= 319.
Example 168 3-(2-Methoxy-phenyl)-4,6-dimethyl-chromen-2-one Compound #290
Figure imgf000233_0002
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 1 , substituting 4-methyl-2-hydroxy-acetophenone and 2-4-dimethoxy phenyl acetic acid for 2,4-dihydroxyacetophenone and 4- dimethoxy phenyl acetic acid, respectively, to yield a yellow solid.
MS(m/z): M+H= 281 , M+Na= 303. Example 169
2-{4-[2,8-Bis-(tert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-11,12-dihydro-5H-6,13-dioxa. benzo[3.4]cyclohepta[1 ,2-a]naphthalen-5-yl]-phenoxy}-ethanol
Compound #186
Figure imgf000234_0001
To a clear solution of 2-(4-iodo-phenoxy)-ethanol (400 mg, 5 eq.) in THF (10 mL) was added isopropyl magnesium bromide (3.0 mL, -1.0 M, 10 eq.). After 10 min, 2,8-bis-(tert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-11 ,12-dihydro-5H- 6,13-dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1 ,2-a]naphthalen-5-ol (example 75) (162 mg, 0.30 mmol) in THF (2 mL) was added at 25°C and stirred for 30 min before the reaction mixture was quenched with NH4CI aqueous saturated solution. After quenching, EtOAc (200 mL) was added, the organic layer was separated and dried over anhydrous Na Sθ and concentrated under reduced pressure yield a crude oil. The crude oil was dissolved in toluene (10 mL) and then treated with TFA (0.023 mL, 1 eq.) at 0°C. The reaction mixture was then diluted by EtOAc (200 mL) and washed with water (200 mL). The organic layer was separated and dried over Na2Sθ4, then concentrated under reduced pressure to yield a crude oil. This crude oil was purified by flash coloumn chromatography to yield the title compound as a foam. 1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 7.35 - 6.29 (m, 10 H), 6.02 (s, 1H), 4.62 (t, 2H, J =
6.5 Hz), 4.01 - 3.83 (m, 4H), 2.86 (m, 2H), 0.93 (d, 18H, J = 13.7 Hz), 0.17 (d, 12H, J =15.2 Hz).
MS (m/z): MH+ (647), MNa+ (669)
The racemic 2-{4-[2,8-Bis-(tert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-11 ,12-dihydro-
5H-6,13-dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1,2-a]naphthalen-5-yl]-phenoxy}-ethanol product (950 mg) was loaded on to ChiralPak AD chiral HPLC column ( 5 cm I.D. x 50 cm L) and eluted with 50% IPA and 50% Hexanes at the 150 mL/min flow rate. The two peaks were removed under vacuum to yield the two enantiomers as follows:
Peak 1 : 5R*-(+)-2-{4-[2,8-Bis-(tert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-11 ,12-dihydro-5H- 6,13-dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1 ,2-a]naphthalen-5-yl]-phenoxy}-ethanol
[ ]20 D = +33.5 ° (c 0.30, CHCI3). Peak 2: 5S*-(-)-2-{4-[2,8-Bis-(tert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-11 ,12-dihydro-5H- 6,13-dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1 ,2-a]naphthalen-5-yl]-phenoxy}-ethanol
[CC]20D = -33.5 ° (c 0.36, CHCI3).
Example 170
3-{4-[2,8-Bis-(tert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-11 ,12-dihydro-5H-6,13-dioxa- benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1,2-a]naphthalen-5-yl]-phenoxy}-propan-1-ol
Compound #191
Figure imgf000235_0001
Following the same procedure described in Example 169, substituting 2-(4-iodo-phenoxy)-ethanol with 3-(4-lodo-phenoxy)-propan-1-ol (2.78 g, 10 mmol, 5 eq.), to yield the title compound as a white solid.
Anal. Calculated for C38H52θ6Si2: C, 69.05; H, 7.93, Si, 8.50.
Found: C, 68.68; H, 8.00, Si, 8.90.
1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 7.19 - 6.35 (m, 10H), 5.63 (s, 1H), 4.49 (t, 2H, J = 6.6Hz), 3.99 (m, 2H), 3.66 (m, 2H), 2.42 (m, 2H), 1.93 (m, 2H), 0.94 (d, 18H, J = 13. 7 Hz), 0.16 (d, 12H, J = 15.2 Hz).
MS (m/z): MH+ (661).
The racemic 3-{4-[2,8-Bis-(tert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-11 ,12-dihydro- 5H-6, 13-dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1 ,2-a]naphthalen-5-yl]-phenoxy}-propan- 1-ol product (850 mg) was loaded on to ChiralPak AD chiral HPLC column ( 5 cm I.D. x 50 cm L) and eluted with 50% IPA and 50% Hexanes at the 150 mL/min flow rate. The two peaks were removed under vacuum to yield the two enantiomers as follows:
Peak 1 : 5R*-(+)-3-{4-[2,8-Bis-(tert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-11 ,12-dihydro-5H-
6,13-dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1 ,2-a]naphthalen-5-yl]-phenoxy}-propan-1-ol
[α]20 D = 29.5 ° (c 0.36, CHCI3). Peak 2: 5S*-(-)-3-{4-[2,8-Bis-(tert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-11 ,12-dihydro-5H- 6,13-dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1 ,2-a]naphthalen-5-yl]-phenoxy}-propan-1-ol
[α]20 D = -29.5 ° (c 0.36, CHCI3).
Example 171
5S*-(+)-l -{2-[4-(2,8-Dihydroxy-11 ,12-dihydro-5H-6,13-dioxa- benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1,2-a]naphthalen-5-yl)-phenoxy]-ethyl}-pyrrolidine-
2,5-dione Compound #277
Figure imgf000236_0001
Step A:
To the solution of 5S*-(-)-2-{4-[2,8-Bis-(tert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)- 11 ,12-dihydro-5H-6,13-dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1 ,2-a]naphthalen-5-yl]- phenoxyj-ethanol ( 323 mg, 0.5 mmo), prepared as in Example 169 and succinamide (49.5 mg) in CH2CI2 (5ml) was added triphenylphosphene(132mg) and DEAD (0.8 ml) and the reaction mixture stirred for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was then quenched by adding 50 ml of water and diluted with ETOAc (100ml). The organic layer was separated and dried over anhydrous Na2S04- The compound was purified by flash chromatography to yield 1-(2-{4-[2,8-bis-(tert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-11 ,12- dihydro-5H-6,13-dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepa[1 ,2-a]naphthalene-5-yl]- phenoxy}-ethyl)-pyrrolidine-2,5-dione as a solid.
MS (m/z): MH+ (729). ): M-H (727)
[α]20 D = -35.5 ° (c 0.36, CHCI3). Step B:
1 -(2-{4-[2,8-Bis-(tert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-11 ,12-dihydro-5H-6,13- dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1 ,2-a]naphthalen-5-yl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)- pyrrolidine-2,5-dione, prepared as in Step A above, (220 mg) was dissolved in acetonitrile: pyridine (10:1). HF*Pyridine (0.5 ml) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 12 hours room temprature. The reaction mixture was quenched by aqueous saturated solution of NaHC03 (100 mL) and then diluted by ethyl acetate (200 mL). The organic layer was separated and then concentrated under reduced pressure to yield a crude oil. The crude oil was purified by flash chromatography to yield the title compound as a solid.
MS (m/z): MH+ (500). ): M-H (498).
Following the procedures described in the Schemes and Examples above, representative compounds of the present invention were prepared, as listed in Tables 1-3. For the stereo-configuration of the R2 group, the R*-(-) and S*-(+) notations indicate that the exact orientation was not determined.
TABLE 1
Figure imgf000237_0001
Figure imgf000238_0001
Figure imgf000238_0002
Figure imgf000239_0001
Figure imgf000240_0001
Figure imgf000241_0001
Figure imgf000242_0001
Figure imgf000243_0001
Figure imgf000244_0001
Figure imgf000245_0001
Figure imgf000246_0001
Figure imgf000247_0001
Figure imgf000248_0001
Figure imgf000249_0001
Figure imgf000250_0001
Figure imgf000251_0001
Figure imgf000252_0001
Figure imgf000253_0001
Table 3
Figure imgf000254_0001
(*) Within the table, the Y group is defined as it fits into the structure. Thus when Y is -CH2-C(O)- the -CH2 is bound to the B ring and the C(O)- is bound to the O.
The symbol " - " indicates that no R3 or R4 substituent was present.
Representative examples of intermediates in the preparation of the compounds of formula (I) are as listed in Table 4 and 5, below.
Table 4
Figure imgf000255_0001
Figure imgf000256_0001
Figure imgf000257_0001
Figure imgf000258_0001
Figure imgf000259_0001
Table 5
Figure imgf000260_0001
Additional compounds prepared as intermediates in the synthesis of the compounds of the present invention, include the following:
Figure imgf000261_0001
also known as 2,8-bis-(tert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy)-5,11-dihydro- chromeno[4,3-c]chromene-5-carbonitrile;
Figure imgf000261_0002
also known as acetic acid 4-[4-(4-acetoxy-benzyl)-2-oxo-2H-chromen-3- yl]-phenyl ester;
Figure imgf000261_0003
also known as 2,6,12-tris[[(1 ,1-dimethylethyl)dimethylsilyl]oxy]-3,9- dihydro-[1]benzopyrano[4,3-e][1]benzoxocin-9-ol;
Figure imgf000262_0001
also known as 1-[2-[4-[2,6,12-tris[[(1,1-dimethylethyl)dimethylsilyl]oxy]- 3,9-dihydro[1]benzopyrano[4,3-e][1]benzoxocin-9-yl]phenoxy]ethyl]-piperidine;
Figure imgf000262_0002
also known as 0-[6,12-bis[[(1,1-dimethylethyl)dimethylsilyl]oxy]-1 ,2,3,9- tetrahydro-9-oxo[1 ]benzopyrano[4,3-e][1 ]benzoxocin-2-yl] O-phenyl ester carbonothioic acid;
Figure imgf000263_0001
also known as-0-[6,12-bis[[(1 ,1 -dimethylethy.)dimethylsilyl]oxy]-1, 2,3,9- tetrahydro-9-oxo[1]benzopyrano[4,3-e][1]benzoxocin-2-yl] S-methyl ester carbonodithioic acid;
Figure imgf000263_0002
also known as 11 H-chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-5-one; and
Figure imgf000263_0003
also known as 3-acetyl-7-methoxy-2-methyl-chromen-4-one.
Example 172
Estrogen Receptor α Flash Plate Assay
This assay monitors binding of radiolabeled estrogen to the estrogen receptor. It is performed on a BioMek 2000 (Beckman). Plates are read in a scintillation counter (Packard TopCount), with decreased counts an indication of binding of a compound to the receptor. The assay was run according to the procedure described by Allan, et al., Anal. Biochem. (1999), 275(2), 243-247. On day one, 100 μL of Estrogen Screening Buffer (ESB, Panvera) containing 5mM dithiothreitol (DTT, Panvera), 0.5 μg mouse anti-estrogen receptor monoclonal antibody (SRA-1010, Stressgen) and 50 ng purified human estrogen receptor α (Panvera) were added to each well of a 96 well FlashPlate Plus plate crosslinked with goat anti-mouse antibodies (NEN Life Sciences). The plate was sealed and incubated at 4°C overnight.
On day two, each well was washed three times with 200 μL PBS, pH 7.2, at room temperature. To each well was then added 98 μL radiolabeled estrogen (0.5 nM, which equals 6 nCi for a 120 Ci/mmol batch, Amersham), diluted in ESB and 5mM dithiothreitol (DTT). To individual wells were then added 2.5 μL test compound diluted in 30% (v/v) dimethyl sulfoxide/50 mM HEPES, pH 7.5. The wells were mixed three times by aspiration, the plate sealed and incubated at room temperature for one hour. The wells were then counted for 1 min in a TopCount scintillation counter (Packard).
Example 173 Estrogen Receptor β Fluorescence Polarization Assay This assay monitors binding of a fluorescent analog of estrogen (Fluormone ES2, Panvera) to the estrogen receptor. Plates are read in a fluorometer that can be set to polarization mode. A decrease in fluorescence relative to vehicle control is an indication of binding of a compound to the receptor.
It is crucial to avoid introduction of air bubbles into the reaction in each well of the 96 well plate throughout this procedure. (Bubbles on the surface of the reaction disrupt light flow, affecting the polarization reading.) However, it is also crucial to effectively mix the reaction components upon addition to the well.
On ice, a 2X standard mixture of Assay Buffer (Panvera), 10 nM DTT and 40 nM ES2 was prepared. On ice, a 2X reaction mixture of Assay Buffer (Panvera), and 20 nM hER-β (Panvera) and 40 nM ES2 was also prepared. Dilutions of test compound were prepared in 30% (v/v) dimethyl sulfoxide/50 mM HEPES, pH 7.5. At this point, the dilutions were 40X the final required concentration.
The standard mixture at 50 μL was then added to each well. The reaction mixture at 48 μL was added to all wells. The compound dilution at 2.5 μL was added to the appropriate wells. The reaction mixtures were mixed using a manual pipette, a roll of aluminum foil adhesive cover was placed on the plate and the plate incubated at room temperature for 1 hour.
Each well on the plate was then read in an LjL Analyst with an excitation wavelength of 265 nm and an emission wavelength of 538.
Representative compound of the present invention were tested according to the procedure described above for binding to the Estrogen Receptor α and Estrogen Receptor β, with results as listed in Table 6.
Figure imgf000265_0001
Figure imgf000266_0001
Figure imgf000267_0001
NA indicates no detected activity at test concentration;
Example 174 MCF-7 Cell Proliferation Assay
This assay was run according to the procedure described by Welshons, et al., (Breast Cancer Res. Treat, 1987, 10(2), 169-75), with minor modification.
Briefly, MCF-7 cells (from Dr. C. Jordan, Northwestern University) were maintained in RPM1 1640 phenol red free medium (Gibco) in 10% FBS (Hyclone), supplemented with bovine insulin and non-essential amino acid (Sigma). The cells were initially treated with 4-hydoxyltamoxifen (10"8 M) and 0
let stand at 37°C for 24 hours. Following this incubation with tamoxifen, the cells were treated with compounds at various concentrations.
Compounds to be tested in the agonist mode were added to the culture media at varying concentrations. Compounds to be treated in the antagonist mode were prepared similarly, and 10 nM 17β-estradiol was also added to the culture media. The cells were incubated for 24 hours at 37°C. Following this incubation, 0.1 μCi of 14C-thymidine (56mCi/mmol, Amersham) was added to the culture media and the cells were incubated for an additional 24 hours at 37°C. The cells were then washed twice with Hank's buffered salt solution (HBSS) (Gibco) and counted with a scintillation counter. The increase in the 14C- thymidine in the compound treated cells relative to the vehicle control cells were reported as percent increase in cell proliferation.
Representative compound of the present invention were tested according to the procedure described above, with results as listed in Table. 7.
TABLE 7
Figure imgf000268_0001
Figure imgf000269_0001
/0539
Figure imgf000270_0001
NA indicates no detected activity at test concentration;
Example 175 Alkaline Phosphatase Assay in Human Endometrial Ishikawa Cells
This assay was run according to the procedure described by Albert et a., Cancer Res, (9910), 50(11), 330-6-10, with minor modification.
Ishikawa cells (from ATCC) were maintained in DMEM/F12 (1:1) phenol red free medium (Gibco) supplemented with 10% calf serum (Hyclone). 24 hours prior to testing, the medium was changed to DMEM/F12 (1:1) phenol red free containing 2% calf serum. /053977
Compounds to be tested in the agonist mode were added to the culture media at varying concentrations. Compounds to be treated in the antagonist mode were prepared similarly, and 10 nM 17β-estradiol was also added to the culture media. The cells were then incubated at 37°C for 3 days. On the fourth day, the media was remove, 1 volume of 1X Dilution Buffer (Clontech) was added to the well followed by addition of 1 volume of Assay Buffer (Clontech). The cells were then incubated at room temperature for 5 minutes. 1 volume of freshly prepared Chemiluminescence Buffer (1 volume of chemiluminescent substrate (CSPD) in 19 volume Chemiluminescent Enhancer with final concentration of CSPD at 1.25 mM; Sigma Chemical Co.) was added. The cells were incubated at room temperature for 10 minutes and then quantified on a luminometer. The increase of chemiluminescence over vehicle control was used to calculate the increase in alkaline phosphatase activity.
Representative compound of the present invention were tested according to the procedure described above, with results as listed in Table 8.
Figure imgf000271_0001
Figure imgf000272_0001
Figure imgf000273_0001
NA indicates no detected activity at :est concentration;
Example 176
As a specific embodiment of an oral composition, 100 mg of the compound #22, prepared as in Example 54 is formulated with sufficient finely divided lactose to provide a total amount of 580 to 590 mg to fill a size O hard gel capsule. While the foregoing specification teaches the principles of the present invention, with examples provided for the purpose of illustration, it will be understood that the practice of the invention encompasses all of the usual variations, adaptations and/or modifications as come within the scope of the following claims and their equivalents.

Claims

We Claim:
1. A compound of formula (I)
Figure imgf000275_0001
wherein
=-=-=r=r represents a single or double bond,
X is selected from the group consisting of O and S and Y is selected from the group consisting of CRARB, CRARB(CRARB)1.2, CRARBC(0), CRARBC(0)CRARB and C(O); alternatively Y is selected from the group consisting of O and S and X is selected from the group consisting of CRARB and C(O); provided that when X is S, then Y is selected from the group consisting of CRARB, CRARB(CRARB)1.2 and CH2C(0)CH2; provided further that when Y is S, then X is selected from the group consisting of CRARB; wherein each RA and RB is independently selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl or alkoxy; provided that RA and RB are not each hydroxy;
Z is selected from the group consisting of O and S;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, -C(0)-aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl and heteroaryl-alkyl; wherein the alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl or heteroaryl-alkyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, -SH, -S(alkyl), S02, N02, CN, C02H, Rc, -ORc, -C(O)- ORc, -C(0)0-(alkyl)-NRDRE, -C(0)-NRD-(alkyl)-NRDRE, -C(O)- (heterocycloalkyl)-NRDRE, -C(O)-(heterocycloalkyl)-RF, -SO2-NRDRE, -NRDRE, NRD-S02-RF, -(alkyl)o-4-C(O)NRDRE, (alkyl)0-4-NRD-C(O)-RF, -(alkyl)0-4-(Q)o-r (alkyl)o-4-NRDRE, -(alkyl)(M-(Q)o-i-(alkyl)o-4-C(O)-ORF, -(alkyl)o- -(Q)o-i-(alkyl)o-4- C(O)-NRDRE, -(alkyl)(M-C(O)-(alkyl)o-4-C(0)-ORF, -0-(aikyl)-OSi(alkyl)3, -O- (alkyl)-ORD or -O-(alkyl)-formyl; wherein Rc is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl-alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-alkyl, heterocycloalkyl and heterocycloalkyl-alkyl; wherein the cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl-alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-alkyl, heterocycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl-alkyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, -SH, -S(alkyl), S02> N02, CN, CO2H, Rc, - SO2-NRDRE, NRDRE, NRD-SO2-RF, -(alkyl)o-4-C(0)-NRDRE, -(alkyl)o-4-NRD-C(0)- RF, -(alkyl)CM-(Q)o-ι-(alkyl)o-4-NRDRE > -(alkyl)(M-(Q)o-ι-(alkyl)o-4-C(0)-ORF, - (alkyl)o-4-(Q)o-i-(alkyl)o-4-C(O)-NRDRE or -(alkyl)o-4-C(0)-(alkyl)0-4-C(O)-ORF;
wherein Q is selected from the group consisting of O, S, NH, N(alkyl) and -CH=CH-;
wherein RD and RE are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl; alternatively RD and RE are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound to form a 3 to 10 membered ring selected from the group consisting of heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl; wherein the heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, oxo, alkyl, alkoxy, carboxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, nitro or cyano;
wherein RF is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl-alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-alkyl, heterocycloalkyl and heterocycloalkyl-alkyl; wherein the cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-alkyl, heterocycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl-alkyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, carboxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, nitro or cyano;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, -C(O)-aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl and heteroaryl-alkyl; wherein the alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl or heteroaryl-alkyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, -SH, -S(alkyl), SO2, NO2, CN, C02H, Rc, -0RC, -C(O)- Rc, -C(O)O-(alkyl)-NRDRE, -C(0)-NRD-(alkyl)-NRDRE, -C(O)-(heterocycloalkyl)- NRDRE, -C(0)-(heterocycloalkyl)-RF, -SO2-NRDRE, -NRDRE, NRD-SO2-RF, - (alkyl)o- -C(O)NRDRE, (alkyl)0-4-NRD-C(O)-RF, -(alkyl)0-4-(Q)o-ι-(alkyl)o-4-NRDRE, - (alkyl)o-4-(Q)o.r(alkyl)o-4-C(O)-ORF, -(alkyl)o-4-(Q)o.ι-(alkyl)o-4-C(0)-NRDRE, - (alkyl)o-4-C(0)-(alkyl)0-4-C(0)-ORF, -0-(alkyl)-OSi(alkyl)3, -0-(alkyl)-ORD or -O- (alkyl)-formyl;
alternatively, R1 and R2 are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are bound to form C(O); provided that when R1 and R2 are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are bound to form C(O) and X is selected from the group consisting of O and S, then Y is selected from the group consisting of CRARB, CRARB(CRARB)ι-2, CRARBC(0) and CH2C(0)CH2; provided that when R1 and R2 are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are bound to form C(O) and Y is selected from the group consisting of O and S, then X is selected from the group consisting of CRARB;
n is an integer selected from 0 to 4; each R3 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, Rc, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, nitro, cyano, -C(O)RG, - C(O)ORG, -OC(O)RG, -OC(O)ORG, -OC(O)N(RG)2, -N(RG)C(O)RG,-OSi(RG)3, - ORG -SO2N(RG)2, -0-(alkyl)ι-4-C(O)RG and -0-(alkyl)ι-4-C(0)ORG; wherein each RG is independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, aralkyl and 1 ,7,7-trimethyl-2-oxabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-3-one; wherein the alkyl, aryl or aralkyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from alkyl, halogenated alkyl, alkoxy, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, -OC(O)-alkyl or -C(0)0-alkyl; alternatively two RG groups are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound to form a heterocycloalkyl group; wherein the heterocycloalkyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, carboxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, nitro or cyano;
m is an integer selected from 0 to 4; each R4 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, Rc, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, nitro, cyano, -C(O)RG, - C(0)ORG, -OC(O)RG, -OC(O)ORG, -OC(0)N(RG)2, -N(RG)C(O)RG,-OSi(RG)3, - ORG -S02N(alkyl)2, -0-(alkyl)1-4-C(0)RG and -0-(alkyl)1-4-C(O)ORG;
provided that when =r=^ is a double bond, X is CH2, Y is O, Z is O and R1 and R2 are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are bound to form C(O), then at least one of n or m is an integer selected from 1 to 4;
provided further that when = r=^ is a single bond, X is O, Y is CH(alkyl),
Z is O, R1 is hydrogen and R2 is alkyl, then at least one of n or m is an integer selected from 1 to 4; provided further that when s r^r is a single bond, X is O, Y is CH(alkyl), Z is O, R1 is hydrogen, R2 is alkyl, n is 1 and m is 1 , then R3 and R4 are other than methoxy or ethoxy;
provided further that when ^-* is a double bond, X is O, Y is CH , Z is O, R1 and R2 are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are bound to form C(O), n is 0 and m is 2, then each R4 is not hydroxy or alkoxy. or a pharmacetucailly acceptable salt thereof.
2. A compound as in Claim 1 wherein zr r=-= represents a single bond or a double bond, X is selected from the group consisting of O and S; Y is selected from the group consisting of CRARB, CRARB(CH2)ι-2,
CRARBC(O), CH2C(O)CH2, C(O) and CH2CRARBCH2; provided that when X is S, then Y is selected from the group consisting of CRARB, CRARB(CH2)1-2, CH2C(0)CH2 and CH2CRARBCH2; wherein each RA and RB is independently selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, lower alkyl or lower alkoxy; provided that both RA and RB are not hydroxy;
Z is selected from the group consisting of O and S;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, aryl, -C(0)-aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl and heteroaryl-(lower alkyl); wherein the lower alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl or heteroaryl-(lower alkyl) group is optionally substituted with one to two substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, -SH, -S(lower alkyl), S02, N02, CN, -C(0)-(lower alkyl), C02H, Rc, -Sθ2-NRDRE, -NRDRE, NRD-SO2-RF, -(alkyl)0-4- C(O)NRDRE, -C(O)O-(lower alkyl)-NRDRE, -C(0)-NH-(lower alkyl)-NRDRE, - C(0)-(N containing heterocycloalkyl (wherein said N containing heterocycloalkyl is bound through the N atom))-NRDRE, -C(O)-(N containing heterocycloalkyl (wherein said N containing heterocycloalkyl is bound through the N atom))-RF, -(alkyl)o-4-NRD-C(0)-RF, -(alkyl)o-4-(Q)o-ι-(alkyl)o-4-NRDRE, - (alkyl)o-4-(Q)( ι-(alkyl)o-4-C(O^ORF, -(alkyl)(M-(Q)o-ι-(alkyl)(M-C(O)-NRDRE, - (alkyl)o-4-C(0)-(alkyl)0-4-C(O)-ORF, -0-(lower alkyl)-OSi(lower alkyl)3, -0-(lower alkyl)-ORD or -O-(lower alkyl)-formyl; wherein Rc is selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-(lower alkyl), heterocycloalkyl and heterocycloalkyl-(lower alkyl); wherein the aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl- (lower alkyl), heterocycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl-(lower alkyl) group is optionally substituted with one to two substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, -SH, -S(alkyl), SO2, NO , CN, CO2H, Rc, -SO2-NRDRE, NRDRE, NRD-SO2-RF, -(alkyl)0-4-C(O)-NRDRE, -(alkyl)0. 4-NRD-C(O)-RF, -(alkyl)(M-(Q)o-i-(alkyl)o-4-NRDRE, -(alkyl)o-4-(Q)o-i-(alkyl)o-4- C(O)-ORF, -(alkyl)o-4-(Q)o-i-(alkyl)o-4-C(O)-NRDRE or -(alkyl)0-4-C(O)-(alkyl)o-4- C(O)-ORF; wherein Q is selected from the group consisting of O, S, NH, N(lower alkyl) and -CH=CH-; wherein RD and RE are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and lower alkyl; alternatively RD and RE are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound to form a 5 to 6 membered ring selected from the group consisting of heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl; wherein the heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl group is optionally substituted with one to two substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, oxo, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, carboxy, amino, (lower alkyl)-amino, di(lower alkyl)amino, nitro or cyano; wherein RF is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-(lower alkyl), heterocycloalkyl and heterocycloalkyl-(lower alkyl); wherein the aryl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-(lower alkyl), heterocycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl-(lower alkyl) group is optionally substituted with one to two substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, carboxy, amino, (lower alkyl)-amino, di(lower alkyl)amino, nitro or cyano;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, aryl, -C(O)-aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl and heteroaryl-(lower alkyl); wherein the lower alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl or heteroaryl-(lower alkyl) group is optionally substituted with one to two substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, -SH, -S(lower alkyl), SO2, NO2, CN, -C(O)-(lower alkyl), CO2H, Rc, -ORc, -SO2-NRDRE, -NRDRE, -(alkyl)0-4- C(O)NRDRE, -C(O)O-(lower alkyl)-NRDRE, -C(0)-NH-(lower alkyl)-NRDRE, - C(0)-(N containing heterocycloalkyl (wherein said N containing heterocycloalkyl is bound through the N atom))-NRDRE, -C(0)-(N containing heterocycloalkyl, bound throughthe N atom)-RF, (alkyl)0-4-NRD-C(O)-RF, - (alkyl)o-4-(Q)o-i-(alkyl)o-4-NRDRE, -(alkyl)o-4-(Q)o-i-(alkyl)o-4-C(0)-ORF, -(alkyl)0-4- (Q)o-ι-(alkyl)cM-C(O)-NRDRE, - (alkyl)0-4-C(O)-(alkyl)0-4-C(O)-ORF, -0-(lower alkyl)-OSi(lower alkyl)3, -O-(lower alkyl)-ORD or -O-(lower alkyl)-formyl; alternatively, R1 and R2 are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are bound to form C(O); provided that when R1 and R2 are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are bound to form C(O) and X is selected from the group consisting of O and S, then Y is selected from the group consisting of CRARB, CRARB(CH2)1-2 CRARBC(O), CH2C(0)CH2 and CH2CRARBCH2);
n is an integer selected from 0 to 2; each R3 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, Rc, amino, (lower alkyl)-amino, di(lower alkyl)amino, nitro, cyano, - OC(0)RG, -OC(O)ORG, -OC(O)N(RG)2,-OSi(RG)3, -ORG, -0-(alkyl)1-4-C(0)RG
Figure imgf000281_0001
wherein each RG is independently selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl, aralkyl and 1,7,7-trimethyl-2-oxabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-3-one; wherein the alkyl, aryl or aralkyl group is optionally substituted with one to two substituents independently selected from lower alkyl, halogenated lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, -OC(0)-(lower alkyl) or -C(0)O-(lower alkyl); alternatively two RG groups are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound to form a heterocycloalkyl group; wherein the heterocycloalkyl group is optionally substituted with one to two substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, carboxy, amino, (lower alkyl)-amino, di(lower alkyl)amino, nitro or cyano;
m is an integer selected from 0 to 2; each R4 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, Rc, amino, (lower alkyl)-amino, di(lower alkyl)amino, nitro, cyano, - OC(O)RG, -OC(O)ORG, -OC(O)N(RG)2,-OSi(RG)3, -ORG,
Figure imgf000281_0002
and -O-(alkyl)ι-4-C(0)ORG;
provided that when ^^ is a single bond, X is O, Y is CH(alkyl), Z is O,
R1 is hydrogen and R2 is lower alkyl, then at least one of n or m is an integer selected from 1 to 4; provided further that when ^^ is a single bond, X is O, Y is CH(alkyl), Z is O, R1 is hydrogen, R2 is alkyl, n is 1 and m is 1 , then R3 and R4 are other than methoxy or ethoxy;
provided further that when ^^ is a double bond, X is O, Y is CH2, Z is O, R1 and R2 are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are bound to form C(O), n is 0 and m is 2, then each R4 is not hydroxy or alkoxy. or a pharmacetucailly acceptable salt thereof.
3. A compound as in Claim 1 wherein
=r^r=r represents a single bond or a double bond,
X is selected from the group consisting of CRARB and C(O);
Y is selected from the group consisting of O and S; provided that when Y is S, then X is selected from the group consisting of CRARB; wherein each RA and RB is independently selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, lower alkyl or lower alkoxy; provided that both RA and RB are not hydroxy; Z is selected from the group consisting of O and S;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, aryl, -C(O)-aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl and heteroaryl-(lower alkyl); wherein the lower alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl or heteroaryl-(lower alkyl) group is optionally substituted with one to two substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, -SH, -S(lower alkyl), S02, N02, CN, -C(0)-(lower alkyl), C02H, Rc, -S02-NRDRE, -NRDRE, NRD-S02-RF, -(alkylλw- C(0)NRDRE, -C(O)O-(lower alkyi)-NRDRE, -C(O)-NH-(lower alkyl)-NRDRE, - C(O)-(N containing heterocycloalkyl (wherein said N containing heterocycloalkyl is bound through the N atom))-NRDRE, -C(O)-(N containing heterocycloalkyl (wherein said N containing heterocycloalkyl is bound through the N atom))-RF, -(alkyl)0-4-NRD-C(O)-RF, -(alkyl)o-4-(Q)o-ι-(alkyl)0-4-NRDRE, - (alkyl)o-4-(Q)o-ι-(alkyl)0- -C(O)-ORF, -(alkyl)o-4-(Q)o-ι-(alkyl)o-4-C(O)-NRDRE, - (alkyl)o-4-C(0)-(alkyl)o-4-C(O)-ORF, -O-(lower alkyl)-OSi(lower alkyl)3, -O-(lower alkyl)-ORD or -O-(lower alkyl)-formyl; wherein Rc is selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-(lower alkyl), heterocycloalkyl and heterocycloalkyl-(lower alkyl); wherein the aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl- (lower alkyl), heterocycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl-(lower alkyl) group is optionally substituted with one to two substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, -SH, -S(alkyl), SO2, NO2, CN, C02H, Rc, -S02-NRDRE, NRDRE, NRD-S02-RF, -(alkyl)0-4-C(O)-NRDRE, -(alkyl)0. 4-NRD-C(0)-RF, -(alkyl)o-4-(Q)o-ι-(alkyl)o-4-NRDRE, -(alkyl)o-4-(Q)o-ι-(alkyl)0-4- C(0)-OR , -(alkyl)o-4-(Q)o-ι-(alkyl)0-4-C(0)-NRDRE or -(alkyl)0-4-C(O)-(alkyl)0-4- C(O)-ORF; wherein Q is selected from the group consisting of O, S, NH, N(lower alkyl) and -CH=CH-; wherein RD and RE are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and lower alkyl; alternatively RD and RE are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound to form a 5 to 6 membered ring selected from the group consisting of heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl; wherein the heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl group is optionally substituted with one to two substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, oxo, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, carboxy, amino, (lower aikyl)-amino, di(lower alkyl)amino, nitro or cyano; wherein RF is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-(lower alkyl), heterocycloalkyl and heterocycloalkyl-(lower alkyl); wherein the aryl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-(lower alkyl), heterocycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl-(lower alkyl) group is optionally substituted with one to two substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, carboxy, amino, (lower alkyi)-amino, di(lower alkyl)amino, nitro or cyano; R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, aryl, -C(O)-aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl and heteroaryl-(lower alkyl); wherein the lower alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl or heteroaryl-(lower alkyl) group is optionally substituted with one to two substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, -SH, -S(lower alkyl), SO2, NO2, CN, -C(O)-(lower alkyl), CO2H, Rc, -ORc, -SO2-NRDRE, -NRDRE, -(alkyl)0-4- C(O)NRDRE, -C(O)O-(lower alkyl)-NRDRE, -C(0)-NH-(lower alkyl)-NRDRE, - C(O)-(N containing heterocycloalkyl (wherein said N containing heterocycloalkyl is bound through the N atom))-NRDRE, -C(O)-(N containing heterocycloalkyl (wherein said N containing heterocycloalkyl is bound through the N atom))-RF, -(alkyl)0-4-NRD-C(O)-RF, -(alkyl)o-4-(Q)0-r(alkyl)o-4-NRDRE, - (alkyl)o-4-(Q)o-ι-(alkyl)o-4-C(O)-ORF, -(alkyl)o-4-(Q)o-ι-(alkyl)o-4-C(O)-NRDRE, - (alkyl)o-4-C(0)-(alkyl)0-4-C(0)-ORF, -O-(lower alkyl)-OSi(lower alkyl)3, -O-(lower alkyl)-ORD or -O-(lower alkyl)-formyl;
alternatively, R1 and R2 are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are bound to form C(O); provided that when R1 and R2 are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are bound to form C(O) and Y is selected from the group consisting of O and S, then X is selected from the group consisting of CRARB;
n is an integer selected from 0 to 2; each R3 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, Rc, amino, (lower alkyl)-amino, di(lower alkyl)amino, nitro, cyano, - OC(O)RG, -OC(0)ORG, -OC(O)N(RG)2,-OSi(RG)3, -ORG, -0-(alkyl)^-C(O)RG and -O-(alkyl)^-C(0)ORG; wherein each RG is independently selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl, aralkyl and 1,7,7-trimethyl-2-oxabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-3-one; wherein the alkyl, aryl or aralkyl group is optionally substituted with one to two substituents independently selected from lower alkyl, halogenated lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, -OC(0)-(lower alkyl) or -C(0)O-(lower alkyl); alternatively two RG groups are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound to form a heterocycloalkyl group; wherein the heterocycloalkyl group is optionally substituted with one to two substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, carboxy, amino, (lower alkyl)-amino, di(lower alkyl)amino, nitro or cyano;
m is an integer selected from 0 to 2; each R4 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, Rc, amino, (lower alkyl)-amino, di(lower alkyl)amino, nitro, cyano, - OC(O)RG, -OC(O)ORG, -OC(0)N(RG)2)-OSi(RG)3, -ORG, -O-(alkyl)1-4-C(0)RG and -O-(alkyl)1-4-C(0)ORG;
provided that when ^^ is a double bond, X is CH2, Y is O, Z is O and R1 and R2 are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are bound to form C(O), then at least one of n or m is an integer selected from 1 to 4; or a pharmacetucailly acceptable salt thereof.
4. A compound as in Claim 2 wherein
== represents a double bond, X is O;
Y is selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, -CH2CH2-, - CH2CH2CH2-. -CH(lower alkoxy)-, -CH(OH)-, -CH2CH(OH)CH2-, -CH(lower alkyl)-,-CH2C(0)- and -CH2C(0)CH -;
Z is O;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and lower alkyl;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, lower alkenyl, carboxy-lower alkyl, hydroxy-lower alkyl, aryl, 4-(1-N containing heterocycloalkyl (wherein said N containing heterocycloalkyl is bound through the N atom)-alkoxy)-phenyl, 4-(di(lower alkyl)amino-alkoxy)-phenyl, 4-(di(lower alkyl)amino)-phenyl, 4-aralkyloxy-phenyl, lower alkoxy-carbonyl-lower alkyl, 4- (lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy)-phenyl, di(lower alkyl)amino-(lower alkoxy)- carbonyl-(lower alkyl), (N containing heterocycloalkyl (wherein said N containing heterocycloalkyl is bound through the N atom))-(lower alkoxy)- carbonyl-(lower alkyl), (N containing heterocyloalkyl (wherein said N containing heterocycloalkyl is bound through the N atom))-(lower alkyl)-amino-carbonyi- (lower alkyl), (N containing heteroaryl)-(N containing heterocycloalkyl (wherein said N containing heterocycloalkyl is bound through the N atom))-C(0)-(lower alkyl), (halo-substituted aryl)-(N containing heterocycloalkyl (wherein said N containing heterocycloalkyl is bound through the N atom))-carboxy-(lower alkyl), 4-((N containing heterocycloalkyl )-(lower alkoxy))-phenyl-carbonyl, 2- hydroxy-2-(4-N containing heterocycloalkyl-lower alkoxy)-phenyl)-ethyl, 4-
(tri(lower alkyl)silyloxy-(lower alkoy)-phenyl, 4-(hydroxy-lower alkoxy)-phenyl, 4- (formyl-lower alkoxy)-phenyl, 4-(carboxy-lower alkoxy)-phenyl, 4-(lower alkoxy- carbonyl-lower alkoxy )-phenyl, 4-(piperidinyl-2,6-dione-lower alkoxy)-phenyl, 4- (pyrrolidinyl-2,5-dione-(lower alkyl)-phenyl, R-4-(pyrrolidinyl-2,5-dione-(lower alkoxy)-phenyl and S-4-(pyrrolidinyl-2,5-dione-(lower alkoxy)-phenyl; alternatively R1 and R2 are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are bound to form C(O);
n is an integer from 0 to1 ; R3 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, tri(lower alkyl)-silyloxy, -OC(0)-(lower alkyl), -OC(0)-C(phenyl)-OC(0)- (lower alkyl), -OC(O)-(1,7,7-trimethyl-2-oxabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-3-one) and - OC(O)-C(CH3)(CF3)-phenyl; m is is an integer from 0 to 1 ; R4 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, tri(lower alkyl)-silyloxy, -OC(O)-(lower alkyl), -OC(0)-C(phenyl)- " OC(0)-(lower alkyl), -OC(0)-(1 ,7,7-trimethyl-2-oxabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-3-one) and -OC(0)-C(CH3)(CF3)-phenyl; or a pharmacetucailly acceptable salt thereof.
5. A compound as in Claim 4 wherein
Y is selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, -CH2CH2-, - CH2CH2CH2-, -CH(OCH3)-, -CH(OH)-,-CH2CH(OH)CH2-, -CH((CH(CH3)2)- - CH2C(0)- and -CH2C(O)CH2-; R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and methyl;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, allyl, carboxymethyl, hydroxy-ethyl, 3-hydroxy-n-propyl, phenyl, 3-(1-piperidinyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(1- piperidinyl-ethoxy)-phenyi, S-4-(piperidinyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, R-4-(piperidinyl- ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(1 -pyrrolidinyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(4-morpholinyl-ethoxy)- phenyl, 4-(1-azepanyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, R-4-(1-azepanyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, S-4-(1- azepanyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(diethyiamino-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(dimethylamino- ethoxy)-phenyl,R-4-(dimethylamino-ethoxy-phenyl, S-4-(dimethylamino- ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(diisopropylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl, R-4-(diisopropylamino- ethoxy)-phenyl, S-4-(diisopropylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(dimethylamino)- phenyl, 4-benzyloxy-phenyl, 4-(1 -piperidinyl-n-propoxy)-phenyl, 4-(t-butyl- dimethyl-silyloxy-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(methoxy-ethoxy)-phenyl, methoxy- carbonyl-methyl, isopropoxy-carbonyl-methyl, dimethylamino-ethoxy-carbonyl- methyl, piperidinyl-ethoxy-carbonyl-methyl, pyrrolidinyl-ethoxy-carbonyl-methyl, morpholinyl-ethoxy-carbonyl-methyl, dimethylamino-n-propoxy-carbonyl- methyl, morpholinyl-ethyl-amino-carbonyl-methyl, morpholinyl-n-propyl-amino- carbonyl-methyl, pyrrolidinyl-ethyl-amino-carbonyl-methyl, 4-(2-pyridyl)- piperazinyl-carbonyl-methyl, 4-(4-fluorophenyl)-piperazinyl-carboxy-methyl, 4- (piperidinyl-ethoxy)-phenyl-carbonyl, 2-hydroxy-2-(4-(piperidinyl-ethoxy)- phenyl)-ethyl, 4-(2-hydroxy-ethoxy)-phenyl, R-4-(2-hydroxy-ethoxy)-phenyl, S- 4-(hydroxy-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(3-hydroxy-n-propoxy)-phenyl, R-4-(3-hydroxy-n- propoxy)-phenyl, S-4-(3-hydroxy-n-propoxy)-phenyl, 4-(formyl-methoxy)- phenyl, 4-(carboxy-methoxy)-phenyl, 4-carboxy-ethoxy)-phenyi, 4-(methoxy- carbonyl-methoxy)-phenyl, 4-(methoxy-carbonyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, R-4- (piperidinyl-2,6-dione-ethoxy)-phenyl, R-4-(pyrrolidinyl-2,5-dione-ethoxy)- phenyl, S-4-(pyrrolidinyl-2,5-dione-ethoxy)-phenyl, R-4-(pyrrolidinyl-2,5-dione- n-propoxy)-phenyl and S-4-(pyrrolidinyl-2,5-dione-n-propoxy)-phenyl; alternatively R1 and R2 are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are bound to form C(O);
R3 is selected from the group consisting of fluoro, hydroxy, methoxy, t- butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy, -OC(O)-methyl, -OC(O)-t-butyl, -OC(0)-CH(phenyl)- OC(O)CH3l -OC(O)-(1 ,7,7-trimethyl-2-oxabicyclo[.2.1]heptan-3-one), and - OC(O)-C(CH3)(CF3)-phenyl;
R4 is selected from the group consisting of fluoro, hydroxy, methyl, methoxy, t-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy, -OC(O)-methyl, -OC(0)-t-butyl, -OC(O)- CH(phenyl)-OC(0)CH3, -OC(0)-(1,7,7-trimethyl-2-oxabicyclo[.2.1]heptan-3- one) and -OC(0)-C(CH3)(CF3)-phenyl; or a pharmacetucailly acceptable salt thereof.
6. A compound as in Claim 5 wherein
Y is selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, -CH2CH2-, - CH2CH2CH2-, -CH(OCH3)- and -CH(OH)-;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, 4-(1 -piperidinyl- ethoxy)-phenyl, R-4(piperidinyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, S-4-(piperidinyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(1 -pyrrolidinyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(4-morpholinyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(1 - azepanyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, R-4-(azepanyl-ethoxy)-ohenyl, S-4-(azepanyl- ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(diethylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(dimethylamino-ethoxy)- phenyl, R-4-(dimethylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl, S-4-(dimethylamino-ethoxy)- phenyl, R-4-(diisopropylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl, S-4-(diisopropylamino-ethoxy)- phenyi, 4-(dimethylamino)-phenyl, 4-(3-hydroxy-n-propoxy)-phenyi and 4- (methoxy-cabonyl-methoxy); alternatively R1 and R2 are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are bound to form C(O);
R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, methoxy and - OC(O)-t-butyl;
R4 is selected from the group consisting of fluoro, hydroxy, methoxy and -OC(O)-t-butyl; or a pharmacetucailly acceptable salt thereof.
7. A compound as in Claim 6 wherein
Y is selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, -CH2CH2-, - CH2CH2CH2- and -CH(OH)-;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, 4-(1 -piperidinyl- ethoxy )-phenyl, R-4-(piperidinyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, S-4-(piperidinyl-ethoxy)- phenyl, 4-(1-pyrrolidinyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(4-morpholinyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(1- azepanyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, R-4-(azepanyl-ethoxy)-ohenyl, S-4-(azepanyl- ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(diethylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(dimethylamino-ethoxy)- phenyl, R-4-(dimethylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl, S-4-(dimethylamino-ethoxy)- phenyl, R-4-(diisopropylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl, S-4-(diisopropylamino-ethoxy)- phenyl, 4-(dimethylamino)-phenyl, 4-(3-hydroxy-n-propoxy)-phenyl and 4- (methoxy-cabonyl-methoxy); or a pharmacetucailly acceptable salt thereof
8. A compound as in Claim 7 wherein
R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and methyl; R2 is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, 4-(1 -piperidinyl- ethoxy)-phenyl, R-4-(piperidinyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, S-4-(piperidinyl-ethoxy)- phenyl), 4-(1-pyrrolidinyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(4-morpholinyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(1- azepanyl-ethoxy)-phenyl, R-4-(azepanyl-ethoxy)-ohenyl, S-4-(azepanyl- ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(dimethylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl, R-4-(dimethylamino-ethoxy)- phenyl, S-4-(dimethylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl, R-4-(diisopropylamino-ethoxy)- phenyl, S-4-(diisopropylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(dimethylamino)-phenyl, 4-(3- hydroxy-n-propoxy)-phenyl and 4-(methoxy-cabonyl-methoxy); R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydroxy and -OC(0)-t-butyl; or a pharmacetucailly acceptable salt thereof
9. A compound as in Claim 5 wherein the compound of formula (I) is selected from the group consisting of 2-(2,2-dimethyl-propionyloxy)-8-(2,2-dimethyl-propionyloxy)-5-[4-(2- piperidin-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,11 -dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-2-yl ester 2,2-dimethyl propionic acid; 2-(2,2-dimethyl-propionyloxy)-8-(2,2-dimethyl-propionyloxy)-5R-[4-(2- piperidin-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,11 -dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-2-yl ester 2,2-dimethyl propionic acid;
2-(2,2-dimethyl-propionyloxy)-8-(2,2-dimethyl-propionyloxy)-5S-[4-(2- piperidin-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,11-dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-2-yl ester 2,2-dimethyl propionic acid;
5-[4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl}-5,11-dihydro-chromeno[4,3- c]chromene-2,8-diol;
8-fluoro-5-[4-(2-piperidin-1 -yl-n-propoxy)-phenyl]-5,11 -dihydro- chromeno[4,3-c]chromenen-2-ol;
8-(2,2,-dimethyl-propionyloxy)-5-hydroxy-5H-6,13-dioxa- benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1,2-a]naphthalen-2-yl ester 2,2,-dimethyl-propionic acid;
5-[4-(2-Piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,11-dihydrochromeno[4,3- c]chromene-2,8-diol; 5R-[4-(2-Piperidin-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,11 -dihydrochromeno[4,3- c]chromene-2,8-diol;
5S-[4-(2-Piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,11-dihydrochromeno[4,3- c]chromene-2,8-diol;
2,2-Dimethyi propionic add, 8-hydroxy-5-[4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)- phenylJ-5, 11 -dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-2-yl ester;
2,2-Dimethyl propionic acid, 8-hydroxy-11-[4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)- phenyl]-5,11-dihydro-chromeno[4,3-c]chromen-2-yl ester;
5-[4-(2-Azepan-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-11 ,12-dihydro-5H-6,13-dioxa- benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1,2-a]naphthalen-2-ol; 5S*-(-)-[4-(2-Azepan-1 -y1-ethoxy)-phenyl]-11 , 12-dihydro-5H-6, 13-dioxa- benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1,2-a]naphthalen-2-ol;
5R*-(+)-[4-(2-Azepan-1-yi-ethoxy)-phenyl]-11 ,12-dihydro-5H-6,13- dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1,2-a]naphthalen-2-ol;
5-[4-(2-Dimethylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-11 ,12-dihydro-5H-6,13-dioxa- benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1 ,2-a]naphthalen-2-ol;
5R*-(+H -(2-Dimethylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-11,12-dihydro-5H-6,13- dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1,2-a]naphthalen-2-ol; 5S*-(-)-[4-(2-Dimethyiamino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-11 ,12-dihydro-5H-6,13- dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1,2-a]naphthalen-2-ol;
5-[4-(2-Azepan-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-8-fluoro-11 ,12-dihydro-5H-6,13- dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1,2-a]naphthalen-2-ol;
5R*-(+H4-(2-Azepan-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-8-fluoro-11,12-dihydro-5H- 6,13-dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1 ,2-a]naphthalen-2-ol;
5S*-(-)-[4-(2-Azepan-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-8-fluoro-11,12-dihydro-5H- 6,13-dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1 ,2-a]naphthalen-2-ol;
2-Methoxy-5S*-(-)-[4-(2-piperidin-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-11 ,12-dihydro- 5H-6.13-dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1 ,2-a]naphthalen-8-ol;
8-Methoxy-5*-(-)-[4-(2-piperidin-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenyi]-11 ,12-dihydro-5H- 6,13-dioxa-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1 ,2-a]naphthalen-2-ol; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
10. A compound of formula (I)
Figure imgf000291_0001
wherein
=^^ represents a single or double bond,
X is selected from the group consisting of O and S and Y is selected from the group consisting of CRARB, CRARB(CH2)ι-2, CRARBC(O) and C(O); alternatively Y is selected from the group consisting of O and S and X is selected from the group consisting of CRARB and C(O); provided that when X is S, then Y is selected from the group consisting of CRARB and CRARB(CH2)ι-2; provided further that when Y is S, then X is selected from the group consisting of CRARB; wherein each RA and RB is independently selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl or alkoxy; provided that RA and RB are not each hydroxy;
Z is selected from the group consisting of O and S; R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl and heteroaryl-alkyl; wherein the cycloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl or heteroaryl-alkyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, -SH, -S(alkyl), SO2, NO2, CN, C02H, Rc, -ORc, -S02-NRDRE, -NRDRE, NRD- SO2-RF, -(alkyl)o-4-C(O)NRDRE, (alkyl)o-4-NRD-C(0)-RF, -(alkyl)0-4-(Q)o-ι-(alkyl)0- 4-NRDRE ) -(alkyl)o-4-(Q)o-r(alkyl)o-4-C(O)-ORF, -(alkyl)o-4-(Q)o-ι-(alkyl)o-4-C(O)- NRDRE or -(alkyl)o-4-C(O)-(alkyl)o-4-C(O)-ORF; wherein Rc is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl-alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-alkyl, heterocycloalkyl and heterocycloalkyl-alkyl; wherein the cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl-alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-alkyl, heterocycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl-alkyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, -SH, -S(alkyl), S02, N02, CN, C02H, Rc, - SO2-NRDRE, NRDRE, NRD-S02-RF, -(alkyl)o-4-C(0)-NRDRE, -(alkyl)o-4-NRD-C(O)- RF, -(alkyl)o-4-(Q)o-r(alkyl)o-4-NRDRE, -(alkyl)o-4-(Q)o-ι-(alkyl)0-4-C(O)-ORF, - (alkyl)(M-(Q)o-ι-(alkyl)o-4-C(O)-NRDRE or-(alkyl)o-4-C(0)-(alkyl)o^-C(0)-ORF; wherein Q is selected from the group consisting of O, S, NH, N(alkyl) and -CH=CH-; wherein RD and RE are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl; alternatively RD and RE are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound to form a 4 to 8 membered ring selected from the group consisting of heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl; wherein the heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, carboxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, nitro or cyano; wherein RF is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl-alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-alkyl, heterocycloalkyl and heterocycloalkyl-alkyl; wherein the cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-alkyl, heterocycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl-alkyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, carboxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, nitro or cyano;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl and heteroaryl-alkyl; wherein the cycloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl or heteroaryl-alkyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, -SH, -S(alkyl), SO2, N02, CN, C02H, Rc, -ORc, -SO2-NRDRE, -NRDRE, NRD- S02-RF, -(alkyl)(M-C(0)NRDRE, (alkyl)0-4-NRD-C(O)-RF, -(alkyl)0-4-(Q)o-ι-(alkyl)0- 4-NRDRE, -(alkyl)0-4-(Q)o-r(alkyl)( -C(0)-ORF, -(alkyl)o-4-(Q)o-ι-(alkyl)o-4-C(0)- NRDRE or - (alkyl)o-4-C(0)-(alkyl)o-4-C(0)-ORF; alternatively, R1 and R2 are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are bound to form C(O); provided that when R and R2 are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are bound to form C(O) and X is selected from the group consisting of O and S, then Y is selected from the group consisting of CRARB and CRARB(CH2)ι-2; provided that when R1 and R2 are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are bound to form C(O) and Y is selected from the group consisting of O and S, then X is selected from the group consisting of CRARB; n is an integer selected from 0 to 4; each R3 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, Rc, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, nitro, cyano, S02, -C(0)RG, - C(0)ORG, -OC(O)RG, -OC(0)ORG, -OC(0)N(RG)2) -N(RG)C(0)RG, -OSi(RG)3, - ORG, -SO2N(RG)2, -0-(alkyl)ι.4-C(0)RG and -O-(alkyl)ι-4-C(0)ORG; wherein each RG is independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, aralkyl and 1,7,7-trimethyl-2-oxabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-3-one; wherein the alkyl, aryl or aralkyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from alkyl, halogenated alkyl, alkoxy, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, -OC(O)-alkyl or -C(0)0-alkyl; alternatively two RG groups are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound to form a heterocycloalkyl group; wherein the heterocycloalkyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, carboxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, nitro or cyano; m is an integer selected from 0 to 4; each R4 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, Rc, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, nitro, cyano, S02, -C(0)RG, - C(0)ORG, -OC(O)RG, -OC(O)ORG, -OC(0)N(RG)2l -N(RG)C(0)RG, -OSi(RG)3l - ORG -S02N(alkyl)2, -0-(alkyl)ι-4-C(O)RG and -0-(alkyl)1-4-C(0)ORG; provided that when ^= is a double bond, X is CH2, Y is O, Z is O and R1 and R2 are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are bound to form C(O), then at least one of n or m is an integer selected from 1 to 4; provided further that when =-=^ is a single bond, X is O, Y is CH(alkyl), Z is O, R1 is hydrogen and R2 is alkyl, then at least one of n or m is an integer selected from 1 to 4; provided further that when =^=-=r= is a single bond, X is O, Y is CH(alkyl), Z is O, R1 is hydrogen, R2 is alkyl, n is 1 and m is 1 , then R3 and R4 are other than methoxy or ethoxy; provided further that when =^^=r is a double bond, X is 0, Y is CH2, Z is O, R1 and R2 are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are bound to form C(O), n is 0 and m is 2, then each R4 is not hydroxy or alkoxy. or a pharmacetucailly acceptable salt thereof.
11. A compound of the formula (D)
Figure imgf000294_0001
wherein =-=-=^ represents a single or double bond,
A is selected from the group consisting of O and S; D is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, acetyl, benzyl, benzoyl, SEM, MOM, BOM, TBS, TMSpivaloyl and -C(O)R; wherein R is selected from alkyl, aryl, and substituted aryl; wherein the substituents on the aryl group are one or more independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, amino, alkylamino, di(alkyl)amino, nitro or cyano; each R10 and R11 is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, -CH(OH)-aryl, -CHO, -C(0)-(alky), -C(O)-aryl, -C(0)0- alkyl, -C(0)0-aryl, SEM, MOM, BOM, -CH2CH2-0-benzyl, -CH2CH2-OCH3 and pivaloyl; wherein the alkyl group, whether alone or as part of a large substiutent group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from hydroxy, halogen or phenyl); wherein the aryl group, whether alone or as part of a larger substituents group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from hydroxy, alkoxy or alkoxy- carbonyl); provided that R10 and R11 are not each hydrogen or each hydroxy;
Z is selected from the group consisting of O and S; n is an integer selected from 0 to 4; each R12 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, trialkylsilyl, acyloxy, benzoyloxy, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, SEMoxy, MOMoxy and pivaloyloxy; m is an integer selected from 0 to 4; each R13 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, trialkylsilyl, acyloxy, benzoyloxy, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, SEMoxy, MOMoxy and pivaloyloxy; or a pharmacetucailly acceptable salt thereof.
12. A compound of the formula (Dl)
Figure imgf000295_0001
wherein =-=r^r represents a single or double bond, X is selected from the group consisting of O and S and Y is selected from the group consisting of CRARB, CRARB(CRARB)1-2, CRARBC(0), CRARBC(0)CRARB and C(O); alternatively Y is selected from the group consisting of O and S and X is selected from the group consisting of CRARB and C(O); provided that when X is S, then Y is selected from the group consisting of CRARB, CRARB(CRARB)1-2 and CH2C(O)CH2; provided further that when Y is S, then X is selected from the group consisting of CRARB; wherein each RA and RB is independently selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl or alkoxy; provided that RA and RB are not each hydroxy;
T is selected from the group consisting of -(aryl)-0-(alkyl)-NRDRE and - (aryl)-0-(alkyl)-OH; n is an integer selected from 0 to 4; each R3 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, Rc, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, nitro, cyano, -C(O)RG, -
C(O)ORG, -OC(0)RG, -OC(0)ORG, -OC(0)N(RG)2, -N(RG)C(O)RG, -OSi(RG)3, - ORG, -SO2N(RG)2, -0-(alkyl)1-4-C(0)RG and -0-(alkyl)ι-4-C(0)ORG; wherein Rc is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl-alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-alkyl, heterocycloalkyl and heterocycloalkyl-alkyl; wherein the cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl-alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-alkyl, heterocycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl-alkyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, -SH, -S(alkyl), S02, N02) CN, C02H, Rc, - S02-NRDRE, NRDRE, NRD-S02-RF, -(alkyl)0-4-C(O)-NRDRE, -(alkyl)0-4-NRD-C(O)- RF, -(alkyl)o-4-(Q)o-r(alkyl)o-4-NRDRE, -(alkyl)0-4-(Q)o-ι-(alkyl)0-4-C(O)-ORF, - (alkyl)o-4-(Q)o-r(alkyl)o-4-C(O)-NRDRE or -(alkyl)o-4-C(0)-(alkyl)(M-C(0)-ORF; wherein Q is selected from the group consisting of O, S, NH, N(alkyl) and -CH=CH-; wherein RD and RE are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl; alternatively RD and RE are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound to form a 3 to 10 membered ring selected from the group consisting of heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl; wherein the heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, oxo, alkyl, alkoxy, carboxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, nitro or cyano; wherein RF is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl-alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-alkyl, heterocycloalkyl and heterocycloalkyl-alkyl; wherein the cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-alkyl, heterocycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl-alkyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, carboxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, nitro or cyano; wherein each RG is independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, aralkyl and 1,7,7-trimethyl-2-oxabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-3-one; wherein the alkyl, aryl or aralkyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from alkyl, halogenated alkyl, alkoxy, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, -OC(O)-alkyl or -C(0)0-alkyl; alternatively two RG groups are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound to form a heterocycloalkyl group; wherein the heterocycloalkyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, carboxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, nitro or cyano; m is an integer selected from 0 to 4; each R4 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, Rc, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, nitro, cyano, -C(O)RG, - C(0)ORG, -OC(O)RG, -OC(0)ORG, -OC(0)N(RG)2, -N(RG)C(0)RG, -OSi(RG)3, - ORG, -S02N(alkyl)2, -0-(alkyl)ι-4-C(0)RG and -0-(alkyl)ι-4-C(0)ORG; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
13. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and a compound of Claim 1.
14. A pharmaceutical composition made by mixing a compound of Claim 1 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
15. A process for making a pharmaceutical composition comprising mixing a compound of Claim 1 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
16. A method of treating a disorder mediated by an estrogen receptor, in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of the compound of Claim 1.
17. The method of Claim 16, wherein the disorder mediated by an estrogen receptor is selected from the group consisting of hot flashes, vaginal dryness, osteopenia, osteoporosis, hyperlipidemia, loss of cognitive function, degenerative brain diseases, cardiovascular diseases, cerebrovascular diseases, cancer of the breast tissue, hyperplasia of the breast tissue, cancer of the endometrium, hypeφlasia of the endometrium, cancer of the cervix, hyperplasia of the cervix, cancer of the prostate, hypeφlasia of the prostate, endometriosis, uterine fibroids, osteoarthritis and contraception.
18. The method of Claim 16, wherein the disorder mediated by an estrogen receptor is selected from the group consisting of osteoporosis, hot flashes, vaginal dryness, breast cancer and endometriosis.
19. A method of treating a disorder mediated by an estrogen receptor in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of the composition of Claim 13.
20. A method of contraception comprising co-therapy with a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula (I) and a progestogen or a progestogen antagonist.
1. A process for the preparation of a compound of formula (DX)
Figure imgf000299_0001
wherein
=-=τ^r represents a single or double bond,
X is selected from the group consisting of O and S; p is an integer from 0 to 2;
RA and RB are each independently selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl or alkoxy; provided that RA and RB are not each hydroxy;
Z is selected from the group consisting of O and S; n is an integer from 0 to 4; each R12 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, trialkylsilyl, acyloxy, benzoyloxy, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, SEMoxy, MOMoxy and pivaloyloxy; m is an integer selected from 0 to 4; each R13 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, trialkylsilyl, acyloxy, benzoyloxy, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, SEMoxy, MOMoxy and pivaloyloxy; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; comprising
Figure imgf000299_0002
reacting a suitable substituted compound of formula (VIII), a known compound or compound prepared by known methods, wherein Pg10 is a protecting group, with an organic base selected from the group consisting of NaHMDS, LiHMDS, KHMDS, LDA and di(lower alkyl)amino lithium, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (C), wherein V is the corresponding base cation;
Figure imgf000300_0001
reacting the compound of formula (C) with a suitably substituted compound of formula (Cl), wherein E is an electrophile and L is a leaving group, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Cll);
Figure imgf000300_0002
de-protecting the compound of formula (Cll), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Clll);
Figure imgf000300_0003
cyclizing the compound of formula (Clll), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (DX).
22. A process for the preparation of a compound of formula (DXI)
Figure imgf000301_0001
wherein
= r="r represents a single or double bond,
X is selected from the group consisting of O and S;
U is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl;
RA and RB are each independently selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl or alkoxy; provided that RA and RB are not each hydroxy;
Z is selected from the group consisting of O and S; n is an integer from 0 to 4; each R12 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, trialkylsilyl, acyloxy, benzoyloxy, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, SEMoxy, MOMoxy and pivaloyloxy; m is an integer selected from 0 to 4; each R13 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, trialkylsilyl, acyloxy, benzoyloxy, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, SEMoxy, MOMoxy and pivaloyloxy; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; comprising
Figure imgf000301_0002
reacting a suitable substituted compound of formula (VIII), a known compound or compound prepared by known methods, wherein Pg10 is a protecting group, with an organic base selected from the group consisting of NaHMDS, LiHMDS, KHMDS, LDA and di(lower alkyl)amino lithium, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (C), wherein V is the corresponding base cation;
Figure imgf000302_0001
reacting the compound of formula (C) with a suitably substituted aldehyde, a compound of formula (CIV), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (CV);
Figure imgf000302_0002
de-protecting the compound of formula (CV), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (CVI);
Figure imgf000302_0003
cyclizing the compound of formula (CM), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (DXI).
23. A process for the preparation of a compound of formula (Ca)
Figure imgf000303_0001
wherein
^"^ represents a single or double bond,
X is selected from the group consisting of O and S;
Pg11 is a protecting group selected from the group consisting of alkyl, allyl, benzyl, benzoyl, SEM, MOM, BOM and pivaloyl;
V is selected from the group consisting of Li, Na and K;
RA and RB are each independently selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl or alkoxy; provided that RA and RB are not each hydroxy;
Z is selected from the group consisting of O and S; n is an integer from 0 to 4; each R12 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, trialkylsilyl, acyloxy, benzoyloxy, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, SEMoxy, MOMoxy and pivaloyloxy; m is an integer selected from 0 to 4; each R13 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, trialkylsilyl, acyloxy, benzoyloxy, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, SEMoxy, MOMoxy and pivaloyloxy; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; comprising
Figure imgf000303_0002
reacting a suitable substituted compound of formula (Villa), a known compound or compound prepared by known methods, with an organic base selected from the group consisting of NaHMDS, LiHMDS, KHMDS, LDA and di(lower alkyl)amino lithium, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Ca).
24. A compound prepared according to the process of Claim 21.
25. A compound prepared according to the process of Claim 22.
PCT/US2002/038486 2001-12-19 2002-12-02 Tetracyclic heterocompounds as estrogen receptor modulators WO2003053977A1 (en)

Priority Applications (13)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
BR0215152-9A BR0215152A (en) 2001-12-19 2002-12-02 Tetracyclic heterocomposites as estrogen receptor modulators
MXPA04006034A MXPA04006034A (en) 2001-12-19 2002-12-02 Tetracyclic heterocompounds as estrogen receptor modulators.
IL16229502A IL162295A0 (en) 2001-12-19 2002-12-02 Tetracyclic heterocompounds as estrogen receptor modulators
EP02797167A EP1467998B1 (en) 2001-12-19 2002-12-02 Tetracyclic heterocompounds as estrogen receptor modulators
SI200230339T SI1467998T1 (en) 2001-12-19 2002-12-02 Tetracyclic heterocompounds as estrogen receptor modulators
NZ533281A NZ533281A (en) 2001-12-19 2002-12-02 Tetracyclic heterocompounds as estrogen receptor modulators
JP2003554693A JP2005513133A (en) 2001-12-19 2002-12-02 Tetracyclic complex compounds as estrogen receptor modulators
HU0500103A HUP0500103A3 (en) 2001-12-19 2002-12-02 Tetracyclic compounds containing oxygen and/or sulfur atom, process for the preparation of some of them, their use and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
DE60210333T DE60210333T2 (en) 2001-12-19 2002-12-02 TETRACYCLIC HETEROVER BINDINGS AS MODULATORS OF THE ESTROGEN RECEPTOR
CA002471107A CA2471107A1 (en) 2001-12-19 2002-12-02 Novel heteroatom containing tetracyclic derivatives as selective estrogen receptor modulators
AU2002362041A AU2002362041A1 (en) 2001-12-19 2002-12-02 Tetracyclic heterocompounds as estrogen receptor modulators
HK05101213A HK1068875A1 (en) 2001-12-19 2005-02-15 Tetracyclic heterocompounds as estrogen receptor modulators
CY20061100768T CY1105361T1 (en) 2001-12-19 2006-06-08 TETRACYCLIC ETOCOMPOUNDS AS ESTROGEN RECEPTOR REGULATORS

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US34195701P 2001-12-19 2001-12-19
US60/341,957 2001-12-19

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2003053977A1 true WO2003053977A1 (en) 2003-07-03

Family

ID=23339719

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2002/038486 WO2003053977A1 (en) 2001-12-19 2002-12-02 Tetracyclic heterocompounds as estrogen receptor modulators

Country Status (22)

Country Link
EP (1) EP1467998B1 (en)
JP (1) JP2005513133A (en)
CN (1) CN1620457A (en)
AR (1) AR038661A1 (en)
AT (1) ATE321764T1 (en)
AU (1) AU2002362041A1 (en)
BR (1) BR0215152A (en)
CA (1) CA2471107A1 (en)
CY (1) CY1105361T1 (en)
DE (1) DE60210333T2 (en)
DK (1) DK1467998T3 (en)
ES (1) ES2264737T3 (en)
HK (1) HK1068875A1 (en)
HU (1) HUP0500103A3 (en)
IL (1) IL162295A0 (en)
MX (1) MXPA04006034A (en)
NZ (1) NZ533281A (en)
PL (1) PL371045A1 (en)
PT (1) PT1467998E (en)
RU (1) RU2305099C2 (en)
WO (1) WO2003053977A1 (en)
ZA (1) ZA200405653B (en)

Cited By (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2004050660A1 (en) * 2002-12-02 2004-06-17 Ortho-Mcneil Pharmaceutical, Inc. Novel heteroatom containing tetracyclic derivatives as selective estrogen receptor modulators
WO2005073244A1 (en) * 2004-01-22 2005-08-11 Eli Lilly And Company Selective estrogen receptor modulators
WO2006047017A1 (en) * 2004-09-20 2006-05-04 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Novel tetracyclic heteroatom containing derivatives useful as sex steroid hormone receptor modulators
US7105679B2 (en) 2001-12-19 2006-09-12 Kanojia Ramesh M Heteroatom containing tetracyclic derivatives as selective estrogen receptor modulators
WO2006138511A2 (en) 2005-06-15 2006-12-28 Fibrogen, Inc. Use of hif 1alfa modulators for treatment of cancer
EP2322153A1 (en) 2003-06-06 2011-05-18 Fibrogen, Inc. Use of HIF Alpha stabilizers for enhancing erythropoiesis

Families Citing this family (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE102006024032A1 (en) * 2006-05-23 2007-11-29 Voith Patent Gmbh Arrangement for band regulation
RU2360670C1 (en) * 2007-10-03 2009-07-10 Закрытое акционерное общество "Биологические исследования и системы" Local and external sygethin-based pharmaceutical composition applied in menopausal disorders
RS56042B1 (en) * 2010-06-10 2017-09-29 Seragon Pharmaceuticals Inc Estrogen receptor modulators and uses thereof
WO2013090836A1 (en) * 2011-12-14 2013-06-20 Aragon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Fluorinated estrogen receptor modulators and uses thereof
CN113135884B (en) * 2020-01-20 2023-03-10 西华大学 A kind of isochromene compound and its preparation method and application

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB1094806A (en) * 1964-11-04 1967-12-13 Roussel Uclaf Unsaturated steroid compounds and processes for their preparation
US6133458A (en) * 1996-09-26 2000-10-17 Eli Lilly And Company Benzo[B]indeno[2, 1-D]thiophene compounds, intermediates, compositions, and methods
US6153768A (en) * 1996-12-13 2000-11-28 C & C Research Laboratories Benzopyran derivatives

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
SU1607348A1 (en) * 1989-03-02 1994-09-30 Пятигорский фармацевтический институт 7-(3-phenylpropenoyloxy)-4'-fluoroisiflavone having hypotensive activity
RU2138669C1 (en) * 1997-07-02 1999-09-27 Гнедых Александр Михайлович Air rocket engine

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB1094806A (en) * 1964-11-04 1967-12-13 Roussel Uclaf Unsaturated steroid compounds and processes for their preparation
US6133458A (en) * 1996-09-26 2000-10-17 Eli Lilly And Company Benzo[B]indeno[2, 1-D]thiophene compounds, intermediates, compositions, and methods
US6153768A (en) * 1996-12-13 2000-11-28 C & C Research Laboratories Benzopyran derivatives

Cited By (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7105679B2 (en) 2001-12-19 2006-09-12 Kanojia Ramesh M Heteroatom containing tetracyclic derivatives as selective estrogen receptor modulators
US7329654B2 (en) 2001-12-19 2008-02-12 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Heteroatom containing tetracyclic derivatives as selective estrogen receptor modulators
WO2004050660A1 (en) * 2002-12-02 2004-06-17 Ortho-Mcneil Pharmaceutical, Inc. Novel heteroatom containing tetracyclic derivatives as selective estrogen receptor modulators
EP2322153A1 (en) 2003-06-06 2011-05-18 Fibrogen, Inc. Use of HIF Alpha stabilizers for enhancing erythropoiesis
EP2322155A1 (en) 2003-06-06 2011-05-18 Fibrogen, Inc. Use of HIF alpha stabilizers for enhancing erythropoiesis
EP2826471A1 (en) 2003-06-06 2015-01-21 Fibrogen, Inc. Use of hif alpha stabilizers for enhancing erythropoiesis
WO2005073244A1 (en) * 2004-01-22 2005-08-11 Eli Lilly And Company Selective estrogen receptor modulators
WO2006047017A1 (en) * 2004-09-20 2006-05-04 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Novel tetracyclic heteroatom containing derivatives useful as sex steroid hormone receptor modulators
US7759498B2 (en) 2004-09-20 2010-07-20 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V Tetracyclic heteroatom containing derivatives useful as sex steroid hormone receptor modulators
US8318766B2 (en) 2004-09-20 2012-11-27 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Tetracyclic heteroatom containing derivatives useful as sex steroid hormone receptor modulators
WO2006138511A2 (en) 2005-06-15 2006-12-28 Fibrogen, Inc. Use of hif 1alfa modulators for treatment of cancer

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
DK1467998T3 (en) 2006-07-31
DE60210333T2 (en) 2006-11-30
RU2305099C2 (en) 2007-08-27
NZ533281A (en) 2007-05-31
DE60210333D1 (en) 2006-05-18
AU2002362041A1 (en) 2003-07-09
RU2004118606A (en) 2006-01-10
ZA200405653B (en) 2006-06-28
HUP0500103A3 (en) 2009-01-28
MXPA04006034A (en) 2005-03-31
CY1105361T1 (en) 2010-03-03
BR0215152A (en) 2004-10-19
CA2471107A1 (en) 2003-07-03
CN1620457A (en) 2005-05-25
PT1467998E (en) 2006-08-31
AR038661A1 (en) 2005-01-26
IL162295A0 (en) 2005-11-20
ES2264737T3 (en) 2007-01-16
PL371045A1 (en) 2005-06-13
ATE321764T1 (en) 2006-04-15
EP1467998A1 (en) 2004-10-20
JP2005513133A (en) 2005-05-12
EP1467998B1 (en) 2006-03-29
HUP0500103A2 (en) 2005-05-30
HK1068875A1 (en) 2005-05-06

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US7329654B2 (en) Heteroatom containing tetracyclic derivatives as selective estrogen receptor modulators
US7399767B2 (en) Heterocyclic benzo[c]chromene derivatives useful as modulators of the estrogen receptors
US7105679B2 (en) Heteroatom containing tetracyclic derivatives as selective estrogen receptor modulators
EP1907394B1 (en) Novel tetracyclic heteroatom containing derivatives useful as sex steroid hormone receptor modulators
EP1467998B1 (en) Tetracyclic heterocompounds as estrogen receptor modulators
US7074779B2 (en) Estrieno[3,2-b]/[3,4-c]pyrrole derivatives useful as modulators of the estrogen receptors
EP1796664B1 (en) Novel tetracyclic heteroatom containing derivatives useful as sex steroid hormone receptor modulators
EP0095836A1 (en) Aza-furochromones
US20090069362A1 (en) Novel Spiro-benzo[c]chromene derivatives useful as modulators of the estrogen receptors
WO2004005314A1 (en) ESTRIENO[3,2-b]/[3,4-c]PYRROLE DERIVATIVES USEFUL AS MODULATORS OF THE ESTROGEN RECEPTORS
TW200306315A (en) Novel heteroatom containing tetracyclic derivatives as selective estrogen receptor modulators
AU2005307704A1 (en) Novel 2H-chromene derivatives as selective estrogen receptor modulators

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY BZ CA CH CN CO CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EC EE ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NO NZ OM PH PL PT RO RU SD SE SG SK SL TJ TM TN TR TT TZ UA UG UZ VC VN YU ZA ZM ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): GH GM KE LS MW MZ SD SL SZ TZ UG ZM ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LU MC NL PT SE SI SK TR BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GQ GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
DFPE Request for preliminary examination filed prior to expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed before 20040101)
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 162295

Country of ref document: IL

Ref document number: 533281

Country of ref document: NZ

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 833/KOLNP/2004

Country of ref document: IN

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: PA/a/2004/006034

Country of ref document: MX

Ref document number: 2471107

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2003554693

Country of ref document: JP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2002797167

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2004/05653

Country of ref document: ZA

Ref document number: 200405653

Country of ref document: ZA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 20028281446

Country of ref document: CN

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2002797167

Country of ref document: EP

WWG Wipo information: grant in national office

Ref document number: 2002797167

Country of ref document: EP